IS leap = Gy S Sas = may S

sy es Ss </ «a Bl, et, Son SY ma wy =

T1158 Oo ON. DC. i Yi ro) N DC, ae £1158 O

z= a = — =

ITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥VudiT LIBRARIES INS]

= es ee S is Se 7

5 ae fhe ms i

= oo ‘ = wo = o

fe wD SN ae 2 ee 2

oh > YS OE > = i>

: NE ; 2 Oe:

o m WY g m a m

“a wn Me = w oe Se Ww

IWuai LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3lI

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

NYINOSHLIWS

TUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

o 3 ” 3 3

Lid ia ,

- “4 = 4 Yhln, °

= a < = Gy” fo FA

oc a Oo ( ea de” Lf (ex

= y, ar

8) 5 m = 4 =

ane Oo SN ee O Oo

ivugit LIBRARIES _ TSO AN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ]

a ra = z

or = ss) o NS 2)

> i > = 5

7 — % ee) ~_ =

S ae see re in

o Zz Hi z Z

TUTION NOILMLILSNt SMITHSONIAN _ INS’

S3SIYVUEIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S31u¥Vvuaii LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

” = 2] = we. a

s .. = Bhs = . Fis" NS <

SQ. 4 3 ) . ¢ md 8 , =

2 GL 3 i GY 32 BS a

2 Uy - 2 Gy = E

3 > KM = > za = : s

a Pik Ww) me (op) a, YW)

yyuagi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

sh = a” as wn ca

“ : = [a a = aad

<x %; < |

= : = 0 = e:

S| a , rs a 5 =

= ma Ps wll z an ee

ITTUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SI¥VYgIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS1

= ene 2 fc z a 7

= w = ow = 5 w

ee > fe > = **, >

= = = a = ay

u? 2) cr wo ey

Zz o we o : z o

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

1vudi INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sal

z= wn

Z z Z Z Z =

2 z z z 3 a 4

g g i c 2 g

= ze E 2, = 2y 4%

= \S > = >” = ae

7) = ” hee zZ 7p) = .

ITUTION pitas LSNI_NVINOSHLIWS (S3 lYy¥vugd a BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INST

a a = Yily, “

<< Z . = < Di fas a

[o< ~ ~ ba a fo? i

im et a we 8 5 ne 5

ny a od az. ag =

4VUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNALILSNI NWINOSHLINS SJ]

ah <= =z ii =

SZ raed “HSON;, Oo : iia <vSON; re) “77 pa Va 5

» 2 Kame 2 Ct AA? KOS = Er F Ws = 4

Mars) <§ Gp 3 Say s Sar a SSO ss Cay 3

Sas GG 3 BY 3 KR 2 SN 8 a 3

a i = inf os ee

LLALILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS 4 IuYVvad en LIBRARI EG SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION a

a S 5 S by, & S

2 I = x > 2 5

> Ys WS = > — ‘> t

a AS zi -, a ie

2 Ny 2 i Z 4 z

—

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SA1uVvualt

w . =

2 Z z it < = <

— eat baer” y Y fy, A ae od i

Z S = YER: 5 = :

E Yh fy,

| : 8 WY fv # o :

\ 3 S z : ;

NANLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION .,

a us a us Yr, in =

3 2 = e “S :

; <x <

Cc S 2 , OZ Cc oc & foal

= i SS a a,

oO SW 2 re) — rs) =

= a | a wail Zz <i

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SaIuYvudI7 |

FS _ 5 a Z c

— “OO = fee] VY wo

S 2 = ade 5 3

k= : te > ro

- * “a4 i a = =

w w pa 7p)

z Oo = un a

MLALILSNI SSIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

z= 2] = eee ” = w

as = ie “Ni = 4 < =

5 = BPM 5S WS = S =

g 2G 47 2 g 2

Ee Z yy = = = =

a Zs a . 3 = ——

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI SSIYVesi

” Zz nf z ” Zz

om a” om op) as op)

. = oO a or =

x = < 4% x. —

=" : : ; : :

m _ m ae fea} a.

ios Yi O aa oO ae Oo

iol = cal m2 ee | =

YILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION

- ° 5 a z in z

: : 6 Guy, > 5

> i > i i fo i> > =

x = 2 = OG fii =

m : “” m wm * 5 ras) YW")

w cee == wn = w =

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS

“we W a s ~” = wn” Ze

= Ss = < = <

= S = 2 & > 5

g : a: = 3 :

Z - a = 4 =

z Z 2 E 2 ;

a LIBRARIES INSTITUTION

= if > on > ”

7) ul wn Lu Fs Ww

a ow a! Po + i

a < = < a <

eS ne =e Cc or

~ = sae |

_ rae) = m. =— co

oO S rai oO pa fe) —

= wt = - = od

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YWYuSII

SON, S = <ASON = a x = -

Ka, SC oo hea 2 ge a Ss 2 GS> @

‘i

TN a

re ar

; V

} ( ly { \

{ , Paiva

‘ ! / }

h |

| {

i} F

i ]

; {

= i

fi i

p \

i ss

F oo) ;

‘ ;

‘ &

,. ~

{ { =

? hy

Aik

4 f

¥ }

} f

' i hi J

\ Hawi :

i ) \

fl } i i

{ an {

, ¢

Hits) ih

A } \

, i DOR)

; i ii

} ‘

fy)

] '

iat i

1a } iH ae

H Leann

i } »

' : ' Hy

\ ; rane

ee eee, Bae

JOURNAL

(Formerly Proceedings)

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 63. Issued December 1,1966

| GENERAL

_ GRANT—The hosts and distribution of the root weevils Hylobius pinicola

(Couper) and H. warreni Wood in British Columbia. ...... Se Naseer 3

‘SUGDEN—Annotated list of forest insects of British Columbia Part XIII,

_ Brephinae, Geometrinae, Sterrhinae and Larentiinae (Geometridae) .. 4

KIMMICH—Notes on the biology of three Arctiid moths from British

DINAN hh a) a ae ei Se a yo Cn kgs gt ge le ig 10

GREGSON —Records of tick paralysis in livestock in British Columbia .... . 1

SARAI—The peach twig borer, Anarsia lineatella Zell. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae),

in the Okanagan and Similkameen Valleys of British Columbia. . . . . 19

_ SPENCER—Anoplura from British Columbia and some adjacent areas... . . 23

ROSS—Overwintering of caged Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiffermuller) at Vernon,

EHTS Spe SMI ON IESG SCR Pg I a ee a Os area me ea oe ea 31

TAXONOMIC

SCUDDER—The immature stages of Cenocorixa bifida (Hung.) and C. expleta

(Omer) (Hemiptera: Qorxidae) 262 ow a 33

OBITUARIES—George Johnston Spencer. ... . CUS PEEGR Saat hg se hae ae a ea 42

eotee AUStir ary ne ae ee a a 43

Wamund Teter Venables rie aa ei he es ee 45

BI UR icy os Hunk a Ge yb in eR WR lee nels 18, 22, 40

EDITORIAL NOTES. ...... pe Li ti ee ns 32

JOURNAL

(Formerly Proceedings)

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

3 Vol. 63. issued December 11,1966

GENERAL .

GRANT—The hosts and distribution of the root weevils Hylobius pinicola

(Couper) and H. warreni Wood in British Columbia. ............ 3

SUGDEN —Annotated list of forest insects of British Columbia Part XIII,

Brephinae, Geometrinae, Sterrhinae and Larentiinae (Geometridae) .. 4

KIMMICH—Notes on the biology of three Arctiid moths from British

Columbia ........ ee ee ee ee fe ere ee 10

GREGSON—Records of tick paralysis in livestock in British Columbia .... . 13

SARAI—The peach twig borer, Anarsia lineatella Zell. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae),

in the Okanagan and Similkameen Valleys of British Columbia. . . . . 19

SPENCER—Anoplura from British Columbia and some adjacent areas .... . 23

ROSS—Overwintering of caged Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiffermuller) at Vernon,

BNC MII 965-604 sttee ne es, lk CRY She Sos eM EE Ee es ee 31

TAXONOMIC

SCUDDER—The immature stages of Cenocorixa bifida (Hung.) and C. expleta

(Uhler) (Hemiptera: Corixidae) .................200. 33

OBITUARIES—George Johnston Spencer... ............2.+2224. 42

George Austin Hardy ................02200- 43

Edmund Peter Venables. ..............0..226. 45

oo USING, OPIS (OD She Re ee hgh a eZ nea ee 18, 22, 40

AUTOR ANGINO RSS: 562 oe co te lS nw Pea, dia Ee NO Meg He 32

Journat Entomor. Soc. Brir. Corumrera, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

DIRECTORS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA FOR 1966-1967

Honorary President

ProFr. G. J. SPENCER

Vancouver

President

G. G. E. SCUDDER

Dept. of Zoology, University of B.C.

Vancouver 8

President-Elect

F. L. BANHAM

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

Vice-President

H, MADSEN

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

Secretary-Treasurer

M. D. ATKINS

Forest Research Laboratory,

506 West Burnside Road,

Victoria

Honorary Auditor

PETER ZUK

Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine Dr.,

Vancouver 8

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCartHuy, Chairman R. R. LEJEUNE

C. V. G. MorGAN W. G. MATHERS D. A. Ross

Directors

G. J. SPENCER, Vancouver L. C. Curtis, Kamloops

K. GRAHAM, Vancouver P. R. WILKINSON, Kamloops

J. M. KIncHorN, Victoria

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumstia, Von. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 3

THE HOSTS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE ROOT WEEVILS

Aylobius pinicola (COUPER) AND H. warreni WOOD

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

J. GRANT!

Larvae of the weevils Hylobius

pinicola (Coup.) and H. warreni Wood

damage coniferous trees by boring in

the bark and cambium of roots and

root collars; injury caused by the

last-named species to western white

pine, Pinus monticola Dougl., lodge-

pole pine, Pinus contorta var. latifolia

Engelm., and Engelmann = spruce,

Picea engelmanni Parry, has been re-

corded in British Columbia.

The adults climb coniferous trees

and feed on the terminal shoots and

needles, but cause negligible damage

(Warren, 1956; Stark, 1959). Although

they are mainly nocturnal (Reid,

1952), they are occasionally obtained

during the day by beating the foliage

of conifers over a Sheet spread on the

ground. As this method of sampling

is commonly used in the Forest Insect

and Disease Survey for assessing

populations of defoliating insects, a

number of incidental captures of Hy-

lobius adults have been made in the

period 1938-1965. This paper summar-

izes information relating to their

hosts and distribution in British Co-

lumbia and Yukon Territory.

Hylobius pinicola and H. warreni

are superficially similar, and until

1957 were considered as a Single spe-

cies, Hypomolyx wpiceus (DeGeer).

Consequently, some of the records ob-

tained in the early years of the Sur-

vey, for which the specimens can not

be located, are not included in this

summary. Data were available for

140 specimens; 12 were reared and

the remainder were perching records.

Material used in this study included

two specimens of dH. pinicola and

eight warreni in the Canadian Na-

tional Collection, Ottawa; two H. pin-

icola and 34 warreni in the collection

of the Forest Entomology and Path-

Ology Laboratory in Victoria, deter-

mined by Mr. D. Evans; and 29 H.

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry of Canada, Vernon, B.C,

pinicola and 55 warreni in the Vernon

Forest Insect Laboratory collection,

determined by the writer.

Survey records of adults collected

from foliage do not necessarily indi-

cate true hosts, but since Hylobius

weevils are flightless and somewhat

Sluggish, they may still be of some

significance. Table 1 lists by host the

specimens for which data are avail-

able.

TABLE 1—Specimens of Hylobius pinicola

(Coup.) and H. warreni Wood Taken in For-

est Insect and Disease Survey Collections

from Coniferous Hosts in British Columbia

and Yukon Territory, 1938-1965.

Host H. pinicola H. warreni

Douglas-fir 1 3

Fir, alpine 4 4

Hemlock, western i 7

Larch, eastern 9 —

Pine, lodgepole 4 9

Pine, western white — 3

Spruce spp. 12 61

Total 31 87

Trees of the cooler and moister

regions have produced most Hylobius

adults. Douglas fir is poorly repre-

sented considering the large number

of collections taken from this species.

No specimens have been found on

ponderosa pine. Adults have been

collected from late May to mid Sep-

tember.

The short-winged species, H. war-

reni, appears to be distributed over a

large part of the Interior south of 57°

latitude, and has been collected along

the Coast from Rivers Inlet north to

Stewart, and at Skagway, Alaska. The

long-winged species, H. pinicola, is

more northerly in distribution; it ov-

erlaps the range of H. warreni in cen-

tral British Columbia, having been

taken as far south as Horsefly and

Blue River, and as far west as Smith-

ers Landing. It has been collected as

far north as Yukon Territory where

Samples have been taken at Dawson

and Mayo. Fig. 1 shows localities

where specimens have been collected.

4 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumsBiA, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

In view of the intensity of surveys

in southwestern British Columbia, the

absence of records of these weevils in

this region is noteworthy. However,

it would be premature to conclude

that neither species occurs in this

area, until there have been extensive

surveys for root damage; most rec-

ords of H. warreni in the Okanagan -

West Kootenay region are for reared

specimens, and there are no perching

records in some localities where there

is a high incidence of root damage.

An analysis of 11 years’ Survey col-

lections showed that the frequency of

perching records was almost three

times as great in the Prince George

Forest District and Yukon Territory

as in the Kamloops and Nelson Forest

districts of southern British Colum-

bia. While this may merely reflect a

higher population level in the north-

ern areas, the scarcity of adults in

collections from some southern local-

ities where root damage is common

suggests that a difference in the be-

haviour of the insects may be respon-

Sible for the disparity. Climatic fac-

tors in the northern regions, such as

lower daytime temperatures or short

summer nights may be more conduc-

ive to diurnal activity than are con-

ditions prevailing in southern British

Columbia.

References

Reid, R. W. 1952. Hypomolyx piceus (DeG.) on lodgepole pine. Can. Dept. of Agr., For.

Biol. Div. Bi-monthly Progress Rept. 8: (4) 2-3.

Stark, R. W. 1959. Studies of the pine root weevil Hylobius warreni Wood in Alberta

(1957). Interim Report (1959), For. Biol. Lab., Calgary, Alta.

Warren, G. L. 1956. The effect of some site factors on the abundance of Hypomolyx

piceus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Ecology 37: (1) 132-139.

ANNOTATED LIST OF FOREST INSECTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

PART XIII, BREPHINAE, GEOMETRINAE, STERRHINAE

AND LARENTIINAE (GEOMETRIDAE)

B. A. SUGDEN!

Members of the subfamilies Bre-

phinae, Geometrinae, Sterrhinae and

Laurentiinae are not regarded as eco-

nomically important forest insects in

British Columbia. Only three species

are known to have reached epidemic

proportions: Epirrita autumnata

omissa Harr. in 1954 on apline fir in

the central Interior; Rreumaptera sp.

{in 1962 on western white birch in the

Skeena River Valley; and Operoph-

tera bruceata Hist. in 1958 and 1959

on trembling aspen and willow in

north-eastern British Columbia: all

were of short duration.

Larvae of Brephinae differ from

those of the other three sub-families

in having four pairs of abdominal

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry of Canada, Vernon, B.C.

prolegs regularly graduated in size.

The larvae of Geometrinae, Sterrhi-

nae, and Larentiinae have only one

pair of abdominal prolegs. The body

may be short and stout or twig-like

with lobed sides, prominences and en-

larged tubercles; or slim and tapered

with a sharply bilobed head. The lar-

vae range from green, buff, brown,

erey, or black. They are soiitary de-

foliators of conifers and broadleaved

trees and shrubs. The number of col-

lections per host is shown in brackets

only when fewer than five. Pupation

may occur in the litter on the forest

floor or in silken cocoons in the foli-

age or bark crevices of trees or shrubs.

BREPHINAE

Brephos infans oregonensis Swett—

Alnus spp., Betula papyrifera Marsh

(2 records). Distributed throughout

southern British Columbia including

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumstaA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

HYLOBIUS PINICOLA fe)

H. WARRENI

100 Ml.

_—_— SS ==_

Fig. 1—Location of points where Hylobius pinicola and H. warreni have been collected

in British Columbia and the Yukon Territory.

6 JOURNAL ENTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBiA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

Vancouver Island; rare on _ forest

trees.

LARVA: 1% inches; head immac-

ulate light green; ocelli black; body

bright green; indistinct, pale yellow-

ish-white dorsal, addorsal and sub-

dorsal lines; spiracles, medium buff

outlined with black; broad yellowish-

white subspiracular stripe; four pairs

of abdominal prolegs, very small on

third abdominal segment, gradually

increasing on fourth and fifth to

reach normal size on sixth; venter

faintly marked with irregular, pale

yellowish-green lines.

Leucobrephos brephoides WI1k. ---

Salix spp. (2 records), Betula sp. (1),

Alnus sp. (1). Interior British Col-

umbia from Wingdam, Peachland,

Larkin, Hupel, and Mile 178 Alaska

Highway; rare. LARVA: 1% inches;

head medium green marked with light

brown on frons and sides; ocelli, dark

brown, area between ocelli, whitish;

body velvety, grass green with bluish-

green venter, dorsum with three pairs

of fine yellowish lines; spiracles, dark

brown outlined with black; broad,

yellow subspiracular stripe; four pairs

of abdominal prolegs, similar to B.

infans,; mid-ventral line, white.

GEOMETRINAE

Nemoria darwiniata Dyar — Salix

spp. (3 records), Arbutus menziesii

Pursh. (1), Symphoricarpos racemosa

Michx. (1). Southern British Colum-

bia, Enderby, Cascade, Vancouver and

Victoria; common on shrubs but rare

on forest trees. LARVA: 7% inch, head

small, square, medium brown; body

yellowish - brown to reddish - brown

with four pairs of lateral lobes on

A2-5; prominent dorsal tubercles on

TI and cervical shield; cone-like tu-

bercles on TII and III and Al, 6 and

7; venter of abdomen suffused with

dark brown.

Nemoria unilinearia Tayl.—Thuja

plicata Donn. (1 record). British Col-

umbia: Sidney: rare. LARVA: similar

to N. darwiniata, but green.

Mesothea viridipennata Hlst. —

Salix spp., Almus sp. (1 record). Van-

derhoof, Mud River, Wasa Lake and

Vancouver Island. LARVA: 1 inch;

head small, granular, sharply bilobed

with angles half as high as height of

head, brown or yellowish-green shad-

ed with brown; body granular, taper-

ing to front, yellowish-green to red-

dish - brown; paler specimens with

brown dorsal line and faintly raised

addorsal lines, indistinct on TI-III;

dorsal and addorsal lines less con-

spicuous on dark specimens; two

prominent addorsal tubercles inclined

toward head on TI; cervical shield

tapering to a point; dark specimens

With subspiracular area and venter

dark reddish-brown; pale pinkish

ventral line; A2-5 on pale larvae

marked with reddish-brown subspira-

cular spots, bases of prolegs reddish-

brown; venter immaculate.

STERRHINAE

Cosymbia pendulinaria Gn.— Betula

spp. Alnus spp. Throughout British

Columbia; common. LARVA: 1 inch;

head small; pale yellowish-buff heav-

ily marked with brown or pale tan,

pale vertexal lines; body (two color

phases with intermediates): (a) pale

green with indistinct white dorsal

and subdorsal lines, usually with

brown spot anterior to spiracle on

Al: subspiracular area of abdomen

marked with pale greyish-brown;

venter immaculate: (b) dorsum ir-

regularly mottled with contrasting

patches of brown, yellow, white and

reddish-orange; Al-6 with oblique

lateral stripes of dark brown and pale

yellowish-buff; dark brown or black

spot anterior to spiracle on Al; venter

mottled with shades of brown; vent-

ral line on Al-5 irregular pale yellow-

ish green: (c) intermediates, pale

green; dorsum lightly marked with

shades of brown; spot anterior to

spiracle on Al usually brown or tan;

venter mottled with brown and tan;

yellowish - green, irregular’ ventral

line.

Cosymbia dataria Hist. — Quercus

garryana Dougl. Southern Vancouver

Island; rare. LARVA: 1 inch; head

small, tan; body similar to dark phase

of C. pendulinaria.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Conumsra, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 7

LARENTIINAE

Nyctobia limitaria Wlk. — Picea

glauca (Moench) Voss., P. engelmanni

Parry, P. sitchensis (Bong.) Carr., ?.

mariana (Mill.) BSP., Tsuga hetero-

phylla (Raf.) Sarg., Pseudotsuga

menziesii (Dougl.), Abies lasiocarpa

(Hook) Nutt., A. amabilis (Dougl.)

Forb., A. grandis (Dougl.) Lindl.,

Thuja plicata Donn., Larix cccident-

alis Nutt., Pinus contorta Dougl., P.

monticola Dougl. (3 records), Taxus

brevifolia Nutt. (1). Throughout

British Columbia; common south of

latitude 56°. LARVA: 1% inches;

head medium green, moderately re-

tractile; body green, subdorsal lines

pale green or yellowish-green; sub-

spiracular stripe, pale yellow or yel-

lowish-white; ventral line whitish or

greenish-white.

Cladara atroliturata W1k. — Alnus

spp., Betula sp. (1 record). Southern

interior of British Columbia; rare.

LARVA: 1 inch; head velvety green;

body slender, immaculate, velvety

green, Small anal tubercles; venter

pale bluish-green.

Lobophora simsata Swett — Salix

spp., Alnus rubra Bong. (2 records),

Populus tremuloides Michx. Vancou-

ver Island, Queen Charlotte Islands,

central and southern coastal regions

of British Columbia; rare. LARVA:

Ye, inch; head small, light green; body

short, smooth, light green, light yel-

low subdorsal lines; small anal tuber-

cles; subspiracular area light yellow-

ish-green; venter green, paler than

dorsum.

Lobophora magnoliatoidata Dyar—-

Salix spp. (3 records), Populus tremu-

loides (1). Chilliwack, Vernon, Nel-

son and Donald Landing; rare.

LARVA: 7% inch, similar to L. simsata.

Operophtera bruceata Hlst.—Pop-

ulus tremuloides, Salix spp., Betula

spp., Alnus sp. (1 record). Through-

out interior British Columbia; com-

mon. LARVA: 34 inch; head small,

pale green, immaculate, or marked

with dark grey; body stout, pale

green; yellow subdorsal lines; dorsum

on some specimens marked with grey;

supra- and subspiracular lines pale

yellow, less distinct than subdorsal

line; some with grey or blackish sub-

spiracular markings; venter immac-

ulate, pale green.

Operophtera occidentalis Hist. ---

Populus tremuloides, P. trichocarna

Horr:-and Gray (1 record), Sauna spp.

Acer spp. (2), Quercus garryana (2),

Alnus rubra (1). Southwestern, cen-

tral coastal regions of British Colum-

bia, occasionally common. LARVAE:

Y44inch; similar to O. bruceata; some

specimens also with blackish mark-

ings.

Epirrita autumnata omissa Harr.-—

Tsuga heterophylla, T. mertensiana

(Bong.) Carr., Abies lasiocarpa, A.

amabilis, A. grandis, Picea engelman-

ni, P. glauca, P. sitchensis, Pseudo-

tsuga menziesii, Thuja plicata, Pinus

contorta (2 records), Larix occident-

alis (1), Betula spp., Alnus spp.

Throughout British Columbia; com-

mon; an infestation of short duration

recorded in 1954 near the Nation Riv-

er Project Road. LARVA: 114 inches;

head small, pale green flecked with

brown on vertex and sides, some im-

maculate; body velvety green, dark

Olive green dorsal and lateral lines,

narrow yellowish-green lines along

inner side of laterals; whitish sub-

spiracular stripe continuing onto anal

plate; some specimens without dark

dorsal and lateral lines; venter pale

whitish or pale bluish-green.

Epirrita pulchraria Tayl. — Tsugu

heterophylla, T. mertensiana (1 rec-

ord), Picea sitchensis, P. glauca, Abies

amabilis, A. lasiocarpa, Pseudotsuga

menziesii, Western British Columbia

south of 56° latitude; common in

coastal regions but rare in the Inte-

rior; two specimens taken in flight at

Blair Lake near Falkland represent

the only records from the south cen-

tral Interior. LARVA: 1% inches;

head small, pale green; body ‘“uni-

form, clear apple green with two wide,

white subdorsal lines which continue

around the anal margin.” (Personal

communication, D. Evans, Dept. of

Forestry, Victoria, B.C.).

Triphosa haesitata Gn.—Rhamnius

purshiana DC., Quercus garryana.

Southwestern British Columbia; com-

8 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumBtA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

mon; one record southern Interior.

LARVA: 1 inch; head tan; “Body

stout, dull lime green with fine, light

addorsal, lateral and wide yellow

spiracular lines; tan spiracles.” (Per-

sonal communication, D. Evans, De-

partment of Forestry, Victoria, B.C.).

Hydria undulata Linn.—Saliz spp.

Populus tremuloides. Central to south-

ern British Columbia; rare. LARVA:

1144 inches; head tan; body smooth,

medium olive green, narrow light ad-

dorsal and subdorsal lines; anal

shield tan marked with brown; supra-

spiracular area dark brown; thoracic

legs dark brown; posterior of anal

prolegs marked with brown; venter

yellowish-green.

Lygris destinata Moesch. — Abies

lasiocarpa, Tsuga heterophylla (2 rec-

ords), Alnus sp. (1), Rhododendron

albiflorum Hook. (1). Central to

southern British Columbia; rare.

LARVA: 114 inches; head small, pale

buff marked with dark brown, pale

buff or whitish-buff line bordering

upper side of ocelli; body slim, ochra-

ceous, marked with dark brown, leaf-

brown and pink; pale setal bases;

fine pale addorsal lines on TI-IIT ex-

tending to apex; TII and III swollen

lateral to TII with dark brown or

blackish oblique stripe; pale inverted

V pattern on Al-8, dark brown band

on dorsum of A6 extending obliquely

to venter; sides of anal prolegs leaf-

brown, with a pale yellowish-white

vertical stripe; irregular ventral line,

dark brown alternating reddish-

brown; venter banded alternately

with leaf-brown and whitish-buff.

Lygris xylina Hist.—Saliz spp., Al-

nus spp., Tsuga heterophylla, Betula

spp., Malus spp., Pinus monticola,

Pseudotsuga menziesii (1 record),

Sorbus sitchensis Roem. (1). Through-

out British Columbia; uncommon.

LARVA: 13% inches; head small, pale

golden-yellow with pale yellowish-

brown markings; body slim, pale yel-

lowish-orange finely maculated with

pink; setal bases pale; TII wider than

TI and III and marked with a leaf-

brown band extending diagonally to

venter; small leaf-brown middorsal

spot located centrally in an elliptical

patch caudad on Al-5, Al-5 banded

with brown extending to venter,

paler on Al and 2, side of anal proleg

with a fine dark brown vertical line;

venter of Al-5 banded with brown;

pale yellowish-white between abdom-

inal and anal prolegs.

Plemyria georgii Hlst—Alnus spp.,

Salix spp., Betula spp., Cornus stolon-

ifera Michx. (3 records), Acer glab-

rum Torr. (1). South of 57° latitude

in British Columbia; uncommon.

LARVA: 1 inch; head small, pale

green; body very slender, smooth,

pale green with yellow subdorsal

lines; two whitish, prominent, point-

ed projections on upper posterior of

anal prolegs; thoracic legs pinkish to

reddish on some specimens; venter,

immaculate.

Dysstroma truncata Hufn. — Larix

laricina (DuRoi) K. Koch (2 records),

Alnus spp. (2),.Picea sp: (1). Miles

69 and 290 Alaska Highway; rare.

LARVA: 1 inch; head small, yellow-

ish-green; body slender, green, indis-

tinct whitish subdorsal lines, reddish

lateral lines; small points on anal

shield; venter immaculate, pale

ereen.

Dysstroma citrata Linn. — Tsuga

heterophylla, Picea sitchensis, Pseudo-

tsuga menziesii, Alnus spp., Salix spp.

A general feeder, found occasionally

On other broadleaved trees and shrubs

south of latitude 56° in British Col-

umbia. LARVA: 1 inch; similar to

D. truncata but rarely with reddish

lateral lines.

Dysstroma ethela Hist. — Ribes sp.

(1 record). Anarchist Mountain.

LARVA: 1 inch; similar to D. truncata

but without reddish lateral lines.

Body minutely spinulose with white

setae.

Dysstroma formosa Hist. — Ribes

spp. Southern Interior; uncommon.

LARVA: 1 inch; head small, yellow-

ish-green; body slender, spinulose,

pale green, minute whitish tubercles,

in rows, form the subdorsal iines; in-

distinct, whitish lateral lines; small,

whitish projections on upper poste-

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumstiaA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 9

rior side of anal proleg; broken yel-

lowish-white ventral line.

Dysstroma sobria Swett — Picea

sitchensis. Coastal British Columbia;

rare. LARVA: unknown.

Thera otisi Dyar—Juniperus com-

munis L. South of latitude 54°, inte-

rior British Columbia; uncommon.

LARVA: 34 inch; head pale greenish-

tan; body pale green, pale bluish-

white addorsal lines, greenish-white

subdorsal stripes extending onto anal

plate, greenish-white subspiracular

stripes bordered above with a pink to

reddish, broken line on TI-III and

Al1-3; thoracic legs pink or marked

with pink; venter unmarked.

Stamnoctenis morrisata Hlst.—Ju-

niperus scopulorum Sarg. Southern

interior of British Columbia and Van-

couver Island; common in small num-

bers. LARVA: 1 inch; head retractile,

pale greenish-tan; body green with

black setal bases; dark green dorsal

line; irregular white subdorsal stripes,

narrower on thorax but accentuated

on posterior of each abdominal seg-

ment; posterior of A2-7 marked with

a short reddish-brown line between

the spiracles; posterior to subspirac-

ular Al-7 marked with yellowish-buff

and white; lower half of abdominal

prolegs pale reddish-brown; subspir-

acular area of thoracic segments

marked with white; diagonal reddish-

brown markings, fading towards

venter, on Al-8, lacking on Al in

some specimens; venter of abdominal

segments indistinctly banded with

yellowish-green.

Rheumaptera hastata Linn. — Al-

nus spp., Betula spp., Salix spp. South

of latitude 55° in British Columbia;

common. LARVA: 1 inch; head small,

medium brown, marked on sides and

front with dark brown; body stout,

skin smooth, black; subdorsal lines

formed by two rows of small, irregu-

larly shaped, creamy-white spots,

subdorsal lines lacking on some speci-

mens; cervical shield dark brown;

anal plate medium brown; broken,

creamy-white to buff, supraspiracular

and subspiracular stripes, coalesced

around the spiracles on TI and Al1-3

on some but indistinct on other speci-

mens; Subventral setal bases outlined

with creamy-white; band of creamy-

white cn lower abdominal prolegs; A9

below anal shield creamy-white, anal

prolegs creamy-white, marked ante-

riorly with black and posteriorly with

greyish-brown bordered with pink.

Rheumaptera albodecorata Blkmre.

—Betula spp., Alnus spp., Menziesia

ferruginea Smith (1 record). South of

latitude 56° in British Columbia; rare.

LARVA: 1 inch; head small, orange-

brown, sides and front marked with

dark brown; body stout, smooth, pale

yellowish-buff; medium brown, irreg-

ular dorsal line, pale brown addorsal

lines and medium brown subdorsal

stripe; medium brown cervical shield

and pale tan anal plate; broad yel-

lowish-buff lateral stripe; venter me-

dium brown indistinctly banded with

pale brown; lower half of abdominal

prolegs pale buff; anal prolegs pale

buff marked anteriorly with brown

and posteriorly with pale tan.

Venusia cambrica Curt. — Alnus

spp., Betula spp., Salix spp. Through-

out British Columbia; common. LAR-

VA: 34 inch; head small, pale green;

body stout, bright green; yellowish

lateral lines extending to anal shield;

some specimens sparsely or profusely

marked with pink or dull red on dor-

sal, lateral and ventral areas.

Venusia pearsalli Dyar—Alnus spp.,

Salix spp., Populus tremuloides, Quer-

cus garryana (2 records). Cornus

nuttali Audubon (2), Betula sp. (1)

Populus trichocarpa (1) Acer circin-

atum Pursh (1), Crataegus “sp. (1).

South of latitude 56° in British Col-

umbia; common, particularly in south

western regions. LARVA: 34 inch;

similar to V. cambrica but without

pink or red markings.

Venusia duodecemlineata Pack. —

Pseudotsuga menziesii. Vancouver

Island, rare. LARVA: 3 inch, pale

green (Personal communication, D.

Evans, Dept. of Forestry, Victoria,

B.¢.);

10 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, VOL. 63 (1966), Drc. 1, 1966

ANNOTATED LIST OF FOREST INSECTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA:

PROC. ENT. SOC. B.C.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1954. Part I—Lasiocampidae, Saturniidae, Liparidae. 51:40-43.

Ross, D. A. 1954. Part I]—Laspeyresia spp.

(Olethreutidae). 51:44.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1956. Part [[I—Eupithecia spp. (Geometridae). 52:36-38.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1956. Part [V—Hydriomena spp. (Geometridae). 52:38-39.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1957. Part V—Dioryctria spp.

(Pyralidae). 53:10-11.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1957. Part VI—Plusia (Syngrapha) spp. (Noctuidae). 54:18.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1957. Part VII—Apatela (Acronicta) spp. (Noctuidae). 54:16-17.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1958. Part VIII—Semiothisa spp.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans. 1959. Part [X—Caripeta spp. (Geometridae).

1961. Part X—Notodontidae. 58:30-32.

Ross, D. A. and D. Evans.

(Geometridae). 55:40-41.

56:15.

Sugden, B. A. and D. A. Ross. 1963. Part XI—Papilio spp. (Papilionidae). 60:17-18.

Sugden, B. A. 1964. Part XIJ—Boarmiini and Melanolophiini (Geometridae). 61:36-39.

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF THREE ARCTIID MOTHS FROM

BRITISH COLUMBIA

HELMuT P. KIMMICH

Neoarctia brucei H. Edw.

N. brucei is not listed by Jones

(1951). It inhabits the southern

slopes of alpine meadows in Manning

Park at altitudes of about 6,500 feet,

and is rare in collections. With a

wingspan of 35 mm, this is a moth of

striking beauty having black fore-

wings with broad rose coloured grid

lines and bright red hindwings with

heavy, broad spots, confluent at the

outer margins.

After hibernation the small larvae

appear in June, at first on bare spots

around trees and later mostly along

the edges of still remaining snow

patches. There, with maximum ex-

posure to the warmth of the sun, they

rest in a curled position on the bare

ground or walk swiftly, covering con-

siderable distances in search of their

favorite food plants: the tender

sprouts and shoots of Senecio, moun-

tain grass, phlox, and buds of Vac-

cinium. By the time the last snow

patches have melted, the larvae have

hidden in the thickets of fast-grow-

ing alpine flora. They reach maturity

before the leaves of the dwarf Vac-

cinium turn dark green. The moth

emerges in July after two weeks in

the pupal stage. Flight and copula

take place at dusk.

The female lays between 80 and

120 eggs in batches. The ovum is

spherical and gold coloured. Hatch-

ing follows 10 days after oviposition.

and there are six larval instars. At

maturity the larva measures 30 mm,

the head is small and black, the body

and tubercles are black, dotted with

shiny spots, visible in the reflection

of light, and with soft tufts consisting

of black and white hairs, the white

ones more numerous at the sides. The

dorsum is adorned with tufts of paie

Olive green.

The pupa is 17 x 5 mm, with the

wingcases translucent reddish, the

mobile cremaster dusted with slate

blue, the segments blackish and bor-

dered, and the head furnished with

inconspicuous bristles. It rests in a

light cocoon of plant material.

Caged caterpillars are reluctant to

accept substitutes for their native

food plants. Taking only mature lar-

vae and presenting them a variety of

wild, native plants is critical for suc-

cessful rearing. The picked plants

preserved in tightly closed jars and

kept cool, will prove satisfactory.

However, a new brood emerging in

confinement can be successfully rear-

ed on Taraxacum if they have not

hibernated. Ample space, artificial

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpataA, Von. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 1i

heat and adequate moisture are es-

sential. A second brood in the same

season may even be partly brought

to pupation. Creating conditions sim-

ilar to those found under a cover of

snow, will give modest success with a

brood in hibernation. The box used

for overwintering should not contain

anything of plant origin because of

the disastrous effects of moulds and

fungi. To induce copulation in cap-

tivity, the breeder must use his field

observations of the impetuous flight

of the male and of the climatic condi-

tions at the time of mating. The pro-

vision of cages with ample space for

flight, cold air at dusk, and a breeze

in the evening will reproduce some

of the factors for mating. The male

is able to enter more than one copula-

tion.

A tiny parasitic wasp of 2 mm

wingspan takes advantage of the con-

spicuous exposure of resting larvae to

reduce the overwintered stock dras-

tically every year.

Apantesis elongata Stretch

This species is listed as No. 1050

by Jones (1951). It was identified in

Ottawa after its discovery several

years ago in Manning Park. A. elon-

gata and N. brucei have similar life

histories and share the same habitat.

The male, with a wingspan of 30

mm, has black forewings with fine

white grid lines which sometimes are

partly missing, and the typical “W”

at the outer margin. The hindwings

are black also with a circular black

spot in the discoidal cell bordered py

a broad white band. Below the cell a

distinct white line extends from the

thorax towards the outer margin, its

widened end sometimes connected

with the aforementioned black spot.

The abdomen is black with an ochra-

ceous stripe on both sides. Some males

exhibit mutations with broad white

grid lines in the discal area. Such

aberrant males have completely black

abdomens. The white pattern on the

hindwings of the male is typical and

dominant, but an ochraceous pattern

occurs rarely.

The female has forewings like

those of the male, but the hindwings

are ochraceous with broad black spots

at the outer margins, sometimes con-

fluent. The line extending from the

thorax into the limbal area is black.

Females showing the typical geomet-

rical pattern on the hindwings are

quite rare. Mutations, showing black

hindwings with only a shade of ochra-

ceous left and forewings with a white

broad blotch in the discal area also

Occur:

In nature the larvae are found

associated with N. brucei and can be

reared in the same way. They are

more agile but less exposed and bet-

ter camouflaged. This may explain

why they were parasitised less than

the larvae of N. brucei. A brood in

confinement, unlike N. brucei, will

not reach maturity without hiberna-

tion.

The ovum is spherical, pale yel-

low and much smaller than that of

N. brucei. The female produces up

to 200 eggs, which are laid loosely

and apparently casually.

The mature larva measures 30

mm. The head and body are black,

the tubercles black and dotted with

tiny white spots reflecting the light;

the tufts are rough and short, black

on the dorsum, maroon at the Sides.

The dorsal line is comprised of lines

and spots in an alternate pattern of

white, brown or ochre. Often the dor-

sal line is missing.

The pupa is dusted with slate

blue, the seams black, the cremaster

mobile, the head with short black

bristles, more accentuated than in

N. brucéi.

Parasemia (Hyphoraia)

Har,

This superb Arctiid is distributed

throughout the Northern Atlantic

States and Canada. Its occurrence in

British Columbia is sporadic and ap-

parently restricted to small localities

in light, damp forests with under-

brush, often hundreds of miles apart.

Wherever sighted, the number of

specimens appears always very lim-

ited. Undoubtedly this moth is rare

parthenos

12 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brrr. CoLtumpBraA, VoL. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

and probably permanently endan-

gered by civilization. It should be

high on the list of insects to be pro-

tected in nature. The moth survives

only in undisturbed environment with

ideal and balanced conditions.

By the end of June it is on the

wing, but only in even - numbered

years, which indicates a two-year life

cycle. Males will come to a light, but

not females which appear to avoid

any kind of trap. In the course of

obtaining breeding material, I have

sacrificed many night hours in vain

at different places and have never

seen a female landing in the vicinity

of the light. The number of males

appearing never exceeded five, an in-

dication of its scarcity and limited

number. On June 30, 1962, near West-

bank, B.C., a female was found by ac-

cident, resting on a doorstep. On July

1 it laid about 80 eggs in a mass. The

eggs were white, dull, and globular,

slightly flattened.

In ten days the larvae hatched

and were kept in small closed jars

with perforated lids, exposed during

daylight to artificial heat. Since all

known breeding places had abundant

growth of Symphoricarpos, this shrub

was tried as a food plant, and was

very successful.

By August 22 in the VIIIth instar,

about 70 per cent of the larvae had

reached maturity without further

loss. Thus one hibernation was elim-

inated, thanks to artificial heat and

adequate moisture in the jars. The

mature larvae continued to feed until

they refused further food in the very

late fall.

Hibernation took place in a box-

like container outdoors under a root.

Inside was sterilized moss, which was

moistened from time to time. How-

ever, most of the larvae died during

the winter and early spring until

finally only three remained to pupate

in late spring. These also perished.

The failure was probably caused by

uncontrolled moisture which allowed

fungi and mildew to grow. Obvious-

ly conditions were not equivalent to

those in nature.

Extensive search for larvae in the

vicinity of breeding places did not

produce results, since these feed at

night and are well hidden during day-

light. The only remaining chance was

to watch for mature larvae in late fall

when they travel in search cf hiber-

nation sites. Occasionally they cross

roads in full sunlight. In 1965 ten

mature larvae were found in this way,

which were fed with leaves of Sym-

phoricarpos until they rolled up for

the winter. At maturity the larvae

were 40 to 45 mm long, with head and

body black, hairs long and black, the

tubercles greyish white and incon-

spicuous.

Larvae of this family spend a

great part of their lives under a cover

of snow, and they have an exceptional

need for moisture. But direct mois-

ture seemed to be deadly, producing

fungi, particularly on the prolegs.

The container for hibernation, con-

sisted of two parts: the upper part

covered with curtain fabric with a

perforated bottom; the lower part a

reservoir for water. The perforated

bottom was covered with a layer of

cotton fabric and two rocks were

placed on it and covered with a dou-

ble layer of cotton fabric to leave

cavelike spaces beneath. The whole

assembly was sheltered by an A-

frame with an impervious cover and

placed outdoors under spruce trees

and close to a stump covered with

shrubs. The layers of fabric were

moistened every two days except in

the snow season.

At the end of February, 1966 one

larva was found dead, a victim of

fungus. In March several more suc-

cumbed. Temperature changes in

early spring caused frequent inter-

ruptions of the winter sleep. At the

end of March the remaining three

larvae became active and prepared

for pupation by emptying their intes-

tines. On April 1 they began to spin

loose cocoons, and on April 5 one

larva finished its cocoon of mixed silk

and hairs, choosing the curtain fabric

as a Suitable place. Two others spun

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumnia, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 13

cocoons between the rocks under the

double layer of fabric. On April 16 a

pupa could be seen in the cocoon

under the curtain fabric. It was 27

mm long, black and shiny. A female

emerged on June l, after six weeks

pupation. A male emerged from a

cocoon between the rocks on June 11.

The third pupa was killed by mildew.

The moths emerged 10 days earlier

than those observed in nature, a sign

that the hibernation place was too

warm and the ambient air too dry.

None of the larvae reared was para-

sitised.

Reference

Jones, J. R. J. L. 1951. An annotated check list of the Macrolepidoptera of British

Columbia. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia Occasional Paper No. 1.

RECORDS OF TICK PARALYSIS IN LIVESTOCK IN

BRITISH COLUMBIA

J. D. GREGSON'!

ABSTRACT

Reports of 189 outbreaks of tick

paralysis in livestock in British Col-

umbia are tabulated with regard to

distribution, the kind and number of

animals involved, the annual inci-

dence of paralysis, and the dates and

sizes of the major outbreaks. The

disease is most prevalent in the west-

ern half of the interior dry belt

where there have been apparent peak

years of cases. The recorded totals

are in excess of 2010, 1849, 9, and 13

for cattle, sheep, horses, and dogs, re-

spectively. Most of the loss from the

disease results from the extra man-

power needed to care for affected ani-

mals, reduced animal condition, and

disuse of otherwise valuable pasture.

Almost every year since its incep-

tion in 1928, the entomology labora-

tory at Kamloops, B.C., has received

word of cases of tick paralysis in live-

stock and humans in this province.

Since the published records refer only

to 11 out of some 190 outbreaks of

the disease in livestock, it is felt that

more information should be made

available from data in this labora-

tory’s files.

1 Research Station, Research Branch, Canada

Department of Agriculture, Kamloops, B.C.

Tick paralysis was first recognized

aS a disease in North America when

Todd, in 1912, accumulated case his-

tories of the effects associated with

tick bites in humans and differenti-

ated the symptoms from those of

Rocky Mountain spotted fever. Had-

wen (1913) associated the disease

with a condition observed in the

vicinity of Keremeos, where for three

years a farmer had up to 300 of his

sheep affected by a form of paralysis.

Hadwen proved experimentally that

the disease was caused by the bite of

Dermacentor venustus Banks (=D.

andersoni Stiles). His theory that a

toxin caused the symptoms remains

unchallenged.

Other than Bruce’s (1920) warn-

ing to ranchers of tick paralysis, there

are no further references to outbreaks

until Bruce’s publication in 1922. In

this, he records witnessing an out-

break at Vavenby where Moilliet had

400. Subsequent unpublished refer-

ences to this rancher indicate that up

to 1928 as many as 10% of his flock

of 1300 were sometimes paralysed.

In 1928, at the request of the B.C.

ranching industry, a laboratory was

established at Kamloops for the study

14 JoURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumsBiaA, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

of insects affecting livestock. After

this date all records of tick paralysis

appear in the laboratory’s files and

unpublished monthly reports. These

have been the source of most of the

figures presented here.

Concerning the validity of these

records, it must be noted that only

occasionally have instances of paral-

ysis in livestock been fully and offi-

cially verified. The symptoms are so

well known to the stockman that his

first thought is for his animals, and

only after they have been “de-ticked”’

does he trouble to report the occur-

rence, and not always then. Frequent-

ly the information trickles in sec-

ond-hand a year or more later. Nev-

ertheless, because the symptoms are

not likely to be confused with other

illnesses, there is usually little doubt

of the authenticity of cases witnessed

and reported by ranchers.

The size of an outbreak is often

more questionable; a _ distraught

rancher tends to exaggerate his 1oss-

es. Compensating this in the overall

picture is the fact that many in-

stances of tick paralysis never are re-

corded. Indeed, herders have fre-

quently been reticent in reporting

their troubles even to their employers

for fear of reprisals for negligence.

TABLE 1—Number of livestock and humans paralysed annually in British Columbia by

ticks as reported to the Kamloops laboratory since 1900.

Year Cattle Sheep Horses

to 20 13 385*

20-28 22 31D 2

28 = 130

29 4 26*

30 101 24

31 2 20 1

32 Me 20*

33 hed 22

34. 29 iia

35 200 13

36 15 103 1

37 22 Zn

38 10 211

39 20 Ze

40 32

41 1 1

42 25 16*

43 16 z 1

44 491* 3

45 34

47 3 ba

48 70

49 1

50 58* 50

51 103 341

53 “4

4 1 100

55 30

o7 385*

58 1

59 23

62 1 3

63 1

64 263* 4

65 30

Totals 2010 1849 9

Humans

+80

Totals

398*

Dogs Reports

iw)

jee)

—y

PPD WH NHK abhe PRE

iw)

RPI NONOPREF RP RPRPOTINTNOCIWOOION NO

iw)

ive)

foe)

iw)

fon)

3 33

13 3881 18

CUDHROCOWHOORNHO

ONWOTH WEEN NN W0r

lw)

* “Several’’ cases, These are not entered in the totals.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiaA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 15

Human cases are well documented

in the Kamloops files since 1928, but

prior to that date the records are ob-

scure and there are possibilities of

duplication.

In this paper the 189 single and

multiple records of tick paralysis in

livestock are tabulated in three ways.

Fig. 1 illustrates their distribution

and the kind and approximate num-

bers of animals involved. Table 1

lists, Separately and together, the

annual totals of paralysed cattle,

sheep, horses and dogs, and also the

annual incidence of paralysis as re-

corded from separate reports, either

Single or grouped cases. Human cases

have been included to give an overall

picture of tick activity. Table 2 lists

those outbreaks which exceeded 20

paralysed animals.

Reference to these tabulations,

With details in the original reports,

permits some speculation regarding

the frequency and distribution of tick

paralysis as it affects livestock. How-

ever, in dealing with a disease as

enigmatic as this one (Gregson, 1962)

caution must be taken not to be mis-

led by false interpretations for it will

be apparent that to evaluate properly

any one aspect, the whole picture

must be considered. Since the main

purpose of this paper is to list the

incidence in livestock, other aspects

of the disease will not be discussed.

The distribution of tick paralysis

in livestock, with the exception of two

Known outbreaks, appears to be con-

fined to the western half of the inte-

rior dry belt. The largest outbreaks

TABLE 2—Outbreaks of tick paralysis in B.C. since 1911, involving more than 20 head

of livestock.

No. exposed

Date Locality Positions* Cattie Sheep toticks Paralysed Died

1911 Keremeos 49°N 119°W X 900 46+ 46

1912 Keremeos 49 119 x 900 334 90

1920 Vavenby 51 119 x 400 300 =

1927 Similkameen 49 119 X — 40+ 40

1928 Vavenby 51 119 xX 1300 10% yr few

1929 Blackpines 50 120 x 350 20/day few

1930 Douglas L. 50 120 X 900 100 65

1930 Stump Lake 50 120 X — 10-15/day —

1931 Copper Cr. 50 120 X 700 20 20

1932 Falkland 50 119 x 180 35+ 35

1935 Quilchena 50 1206 x 638 200 26

1936 Wolf Cr. 49 120 x 1000 100 —

1938 Pinantan 50 120 ms 1700 90 12

1938 Jaffray 4S 115 X — 100 + 100

1940 Scheidam FI. 50 120 X 2006 26 5

1944 Merritt 5C 120 x — 40 1,

1944 Quilchena 50 120 X 1230 400 50

1944 Douglas L. 50 120 x = 42+ 42

1948 Big Creek 51 122 X 2000 50 several

1959 Merritt 50 120 x = 40 3

1950 Pritchard 50 11S x 300 50 1

1951 Quilchena 50 120 x 800 30 3

1951 Penticton 49 119 x — 20+ —

1951 Barnhartvale 56 120 x 700 270 7

1954 Barnhartvale 50 120 X — 100 —

1955 Douglas L. 50 120 X 400 30 2

1957 Stump Lake 50 120 x 118 32 {i

1957 Douglas L. 50 120 x 700 320 30

1964 Alkali L. 51 122 x 300 22 7

1964 Dog Cr. 51 122 X 650 +90 3

1964 Farwell Can. Di 122 x 250 +60 13

1964 Copper Cr. 50 120 X 400 30 =

1965 Chimney Cr. 52 122 x 250 28 —

* According to 1953 Gazetteer of Canada; B.C. Co-ordinates given at S.E. corners of

the geographical quadrilaterals.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBtiA, Vot.. 63 (1966), Drc. 1, 1966

yoaiqino fo aps s2jou2p aj2.119 fo 42qU2)

CxORe

0011-IO€ OOE-102% 00¢-I0!

OPO V6

OOI-IS OS-I2 O7-II

fe)

Ol-9

\ £0q

- aS40H

‘ * dasus

° e 2 02

ere rT

‘pur $-z%S8SDd

2\ BUNS

Fig. 1—Occurrences of tick paralysis in south-central British Columbia

from 1900 to 1965

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumsBrisA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 17

occur in the best areas for ranching,

in the vicinity of Keremeos, Prince-

ton, Nicola, Kamloops and Vavenby

(Hearle, 1933; Moilliet, 1937; Gregson,

1958). Smaller, more localized out-

breaks have been recorded at points

along the Fraser River trench from

Lillooet to Macalister and up the

Chilcotin River to Alexis Creek. Oth-

ers have appeared at Mamette Lake,

Upper Bonaparte, Chase, Falkland

and Kelowna.

The paucity of cases in the Koot-

enay district may partly be due to

the fact that only about 15% of the

beef cattle industry is in that area.

Nevertheless, there are enough ani-

mals and ticks for a paralysis poten-

tial. Of interest is the fact that since

1928, 25% of the human cases in B.C.

have occurred in this region. Con-

versely, there is only one human rec-

ord in the vicinity of Nicola Lake

where a total of more than 1000 cattle

have been paralysed. Host density is

obviously a factor in the incidence of

paralysis but presumably not the only

one. Ticks east of the Rocky Moun-

tains produce paralysis rarely, if at

all.

Besides the apparent distribution-

al variation in tick virulence, there is

the possibility of seasonal variation,

resulting either from tick activity or

their feeding habits. Ranchers are

often heard to say that there are “bad

tick years.” One sheepman believed

that extremes in spring temperatures

made the ticks “hungrier and dead-

lier.’ Whether or not there are such

variations in tick virulence, Table 1

shows that some years such as 1935,

1944, 1951, 1957 and 1964 are worse

than others for livestock infestations.

Not only were there major outbreaks

of paralysis during these years, but

also there were more than the aver-

age number of separate outbreaks. A

questionnaire solicited much of this

information in 1951, but question-

naires were sent out also in 1939, 1955

and 1965. It is perhaps significant

that the incidence of human paral-

ysis is not appreciably higher during

years of heavy livestock paralysis.

Human exposure to ticks would be ex-

pected to be less variable than that

of livestock and may thus indicate

that variations in the livestock rec-

ords are more or less determined by

movements of the cattle. During years

of hay shortage special advantage is

taken of warm, tick-infested hillsides

for early spring grazing; this might

further coincide with a year of high

tick activity. When conditions of a

particular year force this practice

upon many ranchers, there may be a

high incidence of paralysis, often in

new areas. Such was the situation in

the Fraser River trench in 1964.

Changing ranching practices such as

the decline in sheep populations, or

avoidance of tick-infested areas fol-

lowing an outbreak of paralysis, are

also responsible for annual fluctua-

tions of this disease.

One often hears that ticks are on

the increase, or that they were orig-

inally brought in on livestock. Dr. L.

Guichon, pioneer rancher in the Nic-

ola valley from before 1890, was of the

latter opinion and did not become

aware of ticks as a pest until after

1920. Parks, of Cache Creek, saw ticks

for the first time in 40 years in 1928;

Lees, at Hanceville since 1913, noticed

ticks there first in 1916, then further

west at Alexis Creek in 1937; Cotton,

of Riske Creek, reported in 1941 that

ticks were the worst in the 43 years

of his ranching experience and that

he had had no ticks at first; Collett,

of Merritt, had his first tick trouble

in 40 years during 1945; Davis, of

Mamette Lake, had his first trouble in

13 years during 1957; Cordonier re-

ported ticks in 1950 for the first time

during his 30 years of ranching at

Barnhartvale. Although the first pub-

lished records of paralysis are those

appearing along the B.C.-U.S. border,

there is no reason to suppose that

D. andersoni was introduced into Can-

ada from the south. Indeed, corre-

spondence from Moilliet of Vavenby

and Johnson of Alkali Lake, report

paralysis in cattle on their relatively

northern ranches in 1907 and 1903

respectively. It is probable that tick

18 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBta, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

populations have merely increased

following the introduction of live-

stock into already infested areas.

The incidence of paralysis in live-

stock is greatest between the 10th and

27th of April. Occasional cases occur

two weeks on either side of these

dates. The earliest case recorded was

on February 9, 1962; the latest, June

15, 1965. Since paralysis occurs only

after a tick has been feeding for 5

or more days the dates of the initial

infestations would necessarily pre-

cede the recorded periods.

The ratio of paralysis in the two

groups of livestock most affected has

depended partly on which animals

were being pastured on infested pas-

tures. Until 1930, cases among sheep

were more common; during recent

years cattle have superseded sheep

and have been more affected (Table

2). The recorded cases for the entire

period are in excess of 2010 cattle,

1849 sheep, 9 horses and 13 dogs.

The economic aspect of tick paral-

ysis is difficult to estimate. Definite,

recorded deaths over the past 50 years

are not greatly in excess of 361 cattle,

251 sheep and 6 horses, representing

a value of only about $60,000 even at

present prices. Greatly exceeding this

figure are the combined losses of

manpower required to handle cattle

during week-long outbreaks, of ani-

mal condition during recovery, and

of potential pasturage unused through

fear of ticks. The use of BHC during

the past 18 years has helped to alle-

viate the hazard of paralysis. Apart

from this remedy, whenever untreat-

ed stock are pastured on tick-infested

ranges, there still remains the threat

of large outbreaks of tick paralysis

with heavy animal losses.

References

Bruce, E. A. 1920. Tick paralysis in British Columbia. Dom. of Can. Dept. Agric. Bull.

No. 133:7 pp.

Bruce, E. A. 1922. Fatalities in cattle due to the tick Dermacentor venustus. J. Amer.

Vet. Med. Assoc. 61:537-539.

Gregson, J. D. 1958. Tick paralysis in cattle in British Columbia in 1957. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 55:6-7.

Gregson, J. D. 1962. The enigma of tick paralysis in North America. Proc. 11th Intern.

Congr. Entomol., Vienna, 1960. 3:92-101.

Hadwen, S. 1913. On “tick paralysis” in sheep and man following bites of Dermacentor

venustus. Parasitology 6:283-297,.

Hearle, E. 1933. Notes on a serious outbreak of tick paralysis in cattle. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 30:11-16.

Moilliet, T. K. 1937. A review of tick paralysis in cattle in British Columbia. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 33:35-39.

Todd, J. L. 1912. Does a human tick-borne disease exist in British Columbia? Can. Med.

Assoc, J. n. s. 2:686

A RECORD OF THE BROWN-BANDED ROACH

In 1960 specimens of the brown-

banded roach, Supella supeilectilium

(Serv.) were sent from a New West-

minster home. The furniture in the

newly-built house had been shipped

from California in a moving van with-

in the last year and the infestation

had since developed. Arrangements

were made to spray the house and the

roach was controlled.

The roach has not been recorded

from Canada west of Winnipeg. Mr.

C. G. MacNay, Ottawa, has reported

it from eastern Canadian cities.

G. J. SPENCER,

University of British Columbia.

JoURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpta, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 15

THE PEACH TWIG BORER, Anarsia lineatella ZELL. (LEPIDOPTERA:

GELECHIIDAE), IN THE OKANAGAN AND SIMILKAMEEN

VALLEYS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. S. Sarat!

INTRODUCTION

The peach twig borer, Anarsia

lineatella Zell., is reported from Eu-

rope, Asia, and North America. It is

present in 35 states of the U.S. (Bail-

ey, 1948), in Ontario and British Co-

lumbia, where it is often a Serious

pest of peach and apricot in the

Okanagan and Similkameen valleys.

Almond, cherry, nectarine, plum and

prune are also listed as host plants

(Bailey, 1948). The larva tunnels the

buds and terminal twigs and infests

the fruit. The present study was in-

tended to provide information on

which to base more effective timing

of insecticide applications. Some

growers have had difficulty in con-

trolling this pest.

METHODS and MATERIALS

The seasonal history was investi-

gated from 15 May to 15 October, 1966

in peach and apricot orchards near

Penticton in the Okanagan Valley

and Cawston in the Similkameen Val-

ley. The presence and activities of

different stages were recorded each

week and the developmental stages

collected for detailed study. In the

laboratory cages small vials of water

plugged with absorbent cotton sup-

plied water to the moths. The larvae

fed satisfactorily on green or ripe

peaches and apricots. Green fruit

lasted for from 10 to 15 days, and the

larvae easily re-established in fresh

fruit. When mature larvae left the

fruit most of them moved to the top

of the cages to pupate in folds of

cheesecloth; others pupated in cor-

mers or in folds of paper. Tender

shoots were not satisfactory food be-

cause they wilted or died within three

days. It is not known whether over-

wintered larvae, which feed normally

on buds and shoots, can also develop

on fruit. They were already pupating

by mid-May.

1 Summer employee, B.C. Dept. of Agriculture,

Vernon, in 1966.

To study adult flight patterns two

U-V light traps were used, one 10

miles south of Penticton, the other

five miles east of Cawston. The light

was on each night from 8:00 p.m. to

6:00 a.m. The bottle under the light

was partly filled with a 70% mixture

of ethyl and methyl alcohols, which

was emptied and replenished every

fourth day. The method was imprac-

tical in that it was extremely time

consuming to locate the small moths

in the great number of trapped in-

sects, but it did give some indication

of the adult population levels and

supported the field observations.

Adults are difficult to observe in the

orchards because they ::re small and

their colouration blends into the

bark. Adult emergence in orchards

was noted by marking pupae and

checking these regularly. The cre-

master is securely attached so that

the empty cases remain after the

adults have emerged.

SEASONAL HISTORY

The seasonal history was the same

in the Okanagan and Similkameen

valleys. Fig. 1 shows the seasonal

history at Penticton in 1966. Over-

wintered larvae which had been feed-

ing on buds and new shoots, started

to pupate by mid-May. A few larvae

were still feeding, but most of them

were moving downwards to the large

limbs and trunks to pupate in cracks,

pruning scars, or under loose bark.

By 24 May almost all had pupated.

The mature larva is about 13 mm

long. It spins a loose, grey-white web

and pupates beneath it. The pupa is

3 to 4 mm long, brown to dark brown,

attached by the cremaster. Moths

were first seen on 7 June and the peak

of adult population was reached

about mid-June.

Oviposition began within a few

days of emergence of the adult and

Soc. Brrr. CoLtumpBraA, Vow. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

JOURNAL HINTOMOL.

YIPOLIO

go07°e° BD a0

ddgwaldas

wd WI Ww

@ @ @ @ ®

Tag mma ata Nae rage

SDAID] BU aJUIMJaAG -

s664 9

SHINPY WI ved

3DdNnd -e@2 @

- ‘ ee HEI 8 x ies Fie eet ial

i. ’ it~ ain~! i—) ‘—/ fomwt hay Act ikea)

lame!

@ ©8980

Lsnonv

() GMa as Ss

eoocoeoeaqeooe oo

VY WI VIO vo

AINE

QDAIDY — ~ ~

pow gee gee ee OD

INNE AVW

eon e@eeeoonov0o00

wd wed ed od wr

@@ 2 @ee @&

pans AO ee ee me

Figure 1—The seasonal history of the peach twig borer, Anarsia lineatella Zell. in the

Penticton area of the Okanagan Valley, B.C., 1966.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMpBiéA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 21

continued for about two weeks. Mostfew in the second instar were in-

of the eggs were laid on the terminal

parts of young shoots but some were

laid on fruits. Larvae from these

eggs were first seen on 22 June feed-

ing on terminal and side shoots and

leaf bases. The newly-hatched larva

is about 5 mm long, light brown with

a black head.

Wilted shoots caused by first-

instar larvae were not noticeable

since they consisted only of one or

two small leaves. But by 6 July they

were noticeable because the longer

larval tunnels included more leaves.

A wilted shoot with a larva Still inside

was clean, but an abandoned shoot

exuded gum. Wilted shoots were few-

er and damage to fruit started earlier

on apricot than on peach, possibly be-

cause apricot has fewer shoots and

softer fruit. Some larvae apparently

fed on apricot fruit at once on hatch-

ing in late-June, whereas damage to

peach fruit did not start until about

mid-July. In the hard unripe fruit

the tunnels were superficial, and

mostly in the stem half.

Pupation began about 20 July, in

cracks in the bark or curled bark,

under loose bark or even on the sur-

face of the fruit. The larvae did not

spin a web. Adults emerging from

these pupae were first seen on 3 Au-

gust, and were in maximum numbers

by 10 August. They were easily seen

in heavily infested orchards resting

on trunks, branches and fruit. They

were seen more often on apricot than

on peach fruits.

The eggs were laid on bark and

on fruits. Most of the apricots were

picked by the end of July so that ob-

servations after that time were made

on peach fruits. Hatching started by

7 August. Larvae hatched from eggs

on fruits made very small entry holes

marked by brown frass on the sur-

face; larvae hatched from eggs on

bark started making overwintering

chimneys in crotches of two-to four-

year-old branches. They fed on the

cambium to hollow out overwintering

Sites (hibernacula). Most of the

larvae were in the first instar but a

volved. These larvae were not seen to

migrate from bark cells to fruit as

reported in California by Bailey

(1948).

Larvae in fruits developed nor-

mally although some made chimneys

before starting to feed. They pupated

from 5 to 12 September, and the

emerged adults were seen from 14 to

28 September. These laid eggs mostly

on bark but also on fruits which were

left on the trees, Hatching occurred

in the last week of September. Most

of these newly-hatched larvae made

hibernacula. Thus overwintering lar-

vae are from eggs laid by third and

second generation moths.

A few larvae were still feeding in

fallen fruit at the end of September

and had developed beyond the sec-

ond instar. None could be found after

mid-October, by which time night

temperatures had dropped to about

4°C for a week (40°F).

DISCUSSION

Weldon (1914, cited from Duruz,

1923) concluded that the peach twig

borer in California had a single, un-

even generation per year, emerging

over a long period. Duruz (1922, 1923),

Bailey (1948) and Price & Summers

(1961) observed three to four genera-

tions. King & Denman (1960) men-

tioned a fourth generation in Texas

The presence of hibernacula in Au-

gust may have led earlier workers

(Treherne, 1923; Venables, 1940; Pro-

verbs, 1954) to assume that the Au-

cust brood was the overwintering

generation in the Okanagan Valley.

It appears that voltinism in this

species js controlled not only by tem-

perature, but also by food; larvae

feeding on fruit in August developed

and completed the third generation,

whereas those feeding on bark built

hibernacula.

The only parasite observed was a

poly-embryonic chalcid, Paralitomas-

tix pyralidis (Ashm.), which laid its

eggs in the twig borer’s eggs. Peach

twig borer larvae from parasitized

eggs died at maturity. At this time

22 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc.

the larvae were full of parasites

which could be seen under a micro-

scope through the translucent sKin of

the host. The adult chalcids emerge

soon after the peach twig borer

Brit. CoLtumbBiA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

moths; oviposition in host and para-

site is synchronized, and the parasite

also has two or three generations per

year. From 40 to 65 chalcid adults

were seen to emerge from each host.

References

Bailey, S. F. 1948. The peach twig borer. California Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 708. 56p.

Duruz, W. P. 1922. Peach twig borer experiments in California. J. Econ. Entomol.

15:395-400.

Duruz, W. P. 1923. The peach twig borer (Anarsia lineatella Zell.).

Exp. Sta. Bull. 355. 57p.

California Agr.

King, D. R., and T. E. Denman. 1960. The life history and seasonal occurrence of the

peach twig borer in Texas. J. Econ. Entomol. 53:680-681.

Price, D. W., and F. M. Summers.

1961. Cyclical changes in numbers of moths and

larvae of the peach twig borer in California. J. Econ. Entomol. 54:933-936.

Proverbs, M. D.

1954. Chemical control of the peach twig borer, Anarsia lineatella

Zell. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae), in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia.

Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 51:31-36.

Quist, J. A. 1963. Control of peach twig borer.

report 99.

Colorado Agr. Exp. Sta. Progress

Summers, F. M. 1949. Resistance to basic lead arsenate by the peach twig borer with-

in a small area in central California. J. Econ. Entomol. 42:22-24.

Treherne, R. C. 1923. The peach twig borer (Anarsia lineatella) in British Columbia.

Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 17 and 19:176-183.

Venables, E. P. 1940. The peach twig borer or peach worm. Canada Dept. of Agr.

Vernon, B.C. Mimeo.

A RECORD OF <Adranes taylori WICKHAM

(COLEOPTERA: PSELAPHIDAE

A wind-thrown western red cedar

of 18 inches diameter was found to

have a 9-inch dead strip on one side.

This was infested with termites and

field ants, Lasius sitkaensis Pergande.

The wood with the ants was Kept in

the laboratory and moistened regu-

larly. After five months two small

and unusual beetles emerged; these

were Adranes taylori Wickham 1901,

of subfamily Clavigerinae, family

Pselaphidae. Adranes is a genus Of

obligate inquilines, restricted to the

nests chiefly of Lasius ants and known

only from North America. Eight spe-

cies are recorded from the Pacific

Northwest (Hatch, M., 1962, Beetles

of the Pacific Northwest, Vol. IIT).

They are eyeless, with 3-segmented

antennae, composed mostly of the

very large 3rd segment, and have

vestigial mouth parts. These are the

only Clavigerinae in the University

collection.

G. J. SPENCER,

University of British Columbia.

JouRNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsBtA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 23

ANOPLURA FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA AND SOME

ADJACENT AREAS

By G. J. SPENCER

Department of Zoology, University

of British Columbia

INTRODUCTION

In 1951 I reported (Spencer, 1952)

that 25 named and several unidenti-

fied species of Anoplura nad been ob-

tained from the mammals of British

Columbia. Since this time, I have re-

ceived species from adjacent areas

and have managed to recognise five

additional species in British Colum-

bia. It seems appropriate at this time

to publish the list of species obtained,

with their host data. Not many spe-

cies occur that have not already been

taken and recorded, although we may

hope that some unexpected species

still remain to be discovered.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The records in this paper are based

principally on specimens in the col-

lections of the University of British

Columbia but a few are from the

Canadian National Collection [C.N.C.];

some were collected by many biolo-

gists for me over the years, and to

these I am indebted. Besides the col-

lections made in the field, I have

systematically searched the _ dried

skins in the Vertebrate Museum at

the University for lice remaining at-

tached. All the specimens of Ano-

plura were cleared and mounted on

microscope slides, according to the

method described by Spencer (1959).

Determinations were made by myself,

using the Keys of Ferris (1951), and

the list is arranged systematically,

according to Ferris (1951). A host list

is also appended, arranged according

to Cowan & Guiguet (1960) and Walk-

er et al. (1964). It will be apparent

where extra collecting might prove

rewarding.

1 This paper is based on specimens and notes

left by the late Prof. Spencer. The plan of the

Paper was discussed with him and a first draft

was seen by him prior to his death. I have at-

tempted to include all the points that seem rele-

vant.—G. G. E. Scudder.

I have a number of Mallophaga

from the mammals of British Colum-

bia, but it has not been possible to

identify all the specimens. The list

of these must therefore await further

research.

Unless otherwise noted, all the

specimens recorded here were taken

in British Columbia.

SPECIES OF ANOPLURA

Family ECHINOPHTHIRIIDAE

Antarctophthirus microchir (Troues-

sart & Neumann)

ex. Eumetopias jubata (Schreber),

Vancouver, 20.ix.1946 (G. J. Spencer) ;

ex. E. jubata, Triangle Is., 15.vi.1953

(L. Margolis).

Originally recorded from Pho-

carctos hookeri in Auckland Is., and

known also from Zalophus california-

nus and E. jubata from the coast of

California.

A. trichechi (Bohemann)

ex. Odobenus rosmarus rosmarus (L),

N.W.T.: Ellesmere Is., Craig Harbour,

6.vi.1935 (H. Kearney).

ex. Odobenus rosmarus divergens

(Ill.) ALASKA: Barrow, vii.1952 (F.

H. Fay);

ex. O. rosmarus divergens, ALASKA:

St. Lawrence Is., v.1954 (F. H. Fay).

Recorded from O. rosmarus previ-

ously from Greenland, Spitzbergen

and adjacent regions.

In A. trichechi, the dorsal aspect

of the head of the female is very

different from that of the male; it

has many large scales of two sizes,

somewhat like the ventral aspect of

the head of A. microchir.

Echinophthirius horridus (von Olfers)

ex. Pusa hispida (Schreber), N.W.T.:

Baffin Is., Harbour, 14.1.1935 (Cpl. H.

McBeth); ex. P. hispida, N.W.T.: El-

lesmere Is., Craig Harbour, 20.iv.1935

(H. Kearney).

24 JOURNAL EnTomot. Soc. Briv. CotuMBIA, VoL. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

ex. Phoca vitulina richardii (Gray),

SkKeena River, 16.vii.1946 (H. D. Fish-

er); ex. P. v. richardii, Vancouver

Aquarium, in captivity, 26.iii1.1963 (G.

Jd spencer); ex. P: vitulina, Sointula,

20.vii.1966 (H. D. Fisher).

ex. Phoca vitulina concolor DeKay,

NB. ots) ANGrews,.. v1L1951 (H.. D:

Fisher).

Described from P. vitulina. Re-

corded many times from this host on

the coasts of Europe. Also reported

from P. groenlandica and Halichoerus

gryphus in Greenland, P. hispida

from the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, P.

vitulina geronimensis from Pacific

Grove, California and P. baikalensis

from Lake Baikal.

Proechinophthirius fluctus (Ferris)

ex. Callorhinus ursinus cyanocephalus

(Walbaum), ALASKA, St. Paul Is.,

15.vii.1946 (G. C. Carl).

Previously recorded from the Alas-

kan fur seal on St. Paul Is. and on

other of the Pribilof [fslands. The

identity of the host of the type is

doubtful.

Family HAEMATOPINIDAE

Haematopinus asini (Linnaeus)

ex. Horse, Vancouver, 11.1926 (M. A.

Alan); ex. Horse, Kamloops, 10.iii.1938

(W. Godlonton); ex. Horse, Kamloops,

10.x.1943 (H. D. Fisher).

The type host is Equus asinus. Re-

corded also from domestic horses in

various parts of the world and appar-

ently occurring naturally on zebras.

H. eurysternus (Nitzsch)

ex. Bull, Kamloops, 10.11.1938 (W.

Godlonton); ex. Cattle, Douglas Lake,

20.11.1944; ex. Cattle, Kamloops, 22.ii.

1944 (G. J. Spencer).

Originally described from domestic

cattle in Europe and Known from

these hosts from many parts of the

world.

H. suis (Linnaeus)

ex. Hog, Quesnel, 15.vii.1949 (G. J.

Spencer); ex. Hog, Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C., 4.xi.1954 (G. Cowan).

Recorded originally from domestic

swine in Europe, and now Known from

this host from many parts of the

world. It is reported from Sus cris-

tatus in Tenasserim and India by

Ferris (1919-1935) and from Wild

Hog in India by Spencer (unpub-

lished).

Family HOPLOPLEURIDAE

Microphthirus uncinatus (Ferris)

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus oregonensis

(Bachman), Vancouver, University of

B.C. campus, 1.xi.1954, 15.xi.1954, 11.

Vii.1955, 12.viii.1955 (G. J. Spencer) ;

ALTA., 1947.

Described from G. sabrinus in Yo-

semite National Park, California. The

B.C. and Alberta records have been

published before (Spencer, 1956) and

at that time were apparently only

the second captures of this louse.

Hoplopleura acanthopus (Burmeister)

ex. Ochotona princeps fenisex Osgood,

Fraser River, 24 miles W. of Williams

Lake, 7.xi.1946 (J. Hatter)—ex. Mu-

seum Skin.

ex. Thomomys talpoides fuscus Mer-

riam, Anarchist Mt., 29.v.1941 (I. Mc-

T. Cowan)—ex. Museum skin.

ex. Synaptomys borealis chapmani

Allen, ALTA.: Banff, 6.1x.1930 (I. McT.

Cowan); ALTA.: Jasper Park, Elysium

Pass, 26.vi.1946 (I. McT. Cowan) —ex.

Museum skin: Wells Gray Park, Mur-

tle Lake, 24-26.vii.1950 (P. Martin).

ex. Lemmus trimucronatus trimucro-

natus (Richardson), N.W.T.: Baffin

Is. Clyde, 10.vi.1958 (J. E. H. Martin)

[C.N.C.].

ex. Neotoma cinerea _ occidentalis

(Baird), Chilcotin River Valley, 29.v.

1929 (G.J.S.).

ex, Sorex cinereus cinereus Kerr.

ONT.: Algoma District, Pancake Bay,

4.ix.1935 (C. H. D. Clarke) [C.N.C.].

ex. Clethrionomys gapperi saturatus

(Rhoads), Princeton, 23.viii.1965 (W.

Sheppe).

ex. Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout),

Vancouver, 4.ix.1940 (J. Poole).

ex. Microtus pennsylvanicus drum-

mondi (Audubon & Bachman), Nicola

Range, Minnie Lake, 17.vi.1932 (G. J.

Spencer); Grindrod, 12.ii1.1948, 24.ili.

1948, 1.v.1948 (J. Wynne).

ex. Microtus townsendi (Bachman),

Vancouver, 18.ix.1934 (R.A.C., GJS.) ;

Vancouver, 13.iv.1955 (G. Rolandson) ;

Vancouver, University of B.C., 14.iii.

1959 (J. Lanko).

JourNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumBiA, VoL. 63 (1966), DEc. 1, 1966 26

ex. Microtus montanus canescens

Bailey, Kamloops, Lac du Bois, 1.vii.

1936 (G. J. Spencer).

ex. Microtus longicaudus mordax

(Merriam), WASH., American &

Bumping R., 20.vii.1957 (W. Sheppe) ;

WASH.: River Bend Camp, 29.vi.1957

(W. Sheppe) ; WASH.: Crystal Springs

Camp, 7.vii.1957 (W. Sheppe) ; Prince-

ton, 31.vii.1965 (W. Sheppe); 4 miles

S.W. of Princeton, 23.viii.1965 (W.

Sheppe).

ex. Microtus longicaudus vellerosus

Allen, Mount Robson, Berg Lake, 26.

vii.1944.

ex. Microtus oregoni serpens Merriam,

Vancouver, 15.iii.1955 (G. J. Spencer).

Originally described from Microtus

arvalis, from Europe. Recorded also

from M. agrestis and M. nivalis in Eu-

rope; M. californicus, M. intermedius

and M. ochrogaster in the U.S.A.;

Lemmus alaskensis in Alaska; Synap-

tomys borealis in Canada; Pitymys

pinetorum in the eastern U.S.A. and

on Mus in Europe. The occurrences

reported here on Ochotona, Clethrio-

nomys, Rattus and several species of

Microtus therefore appear to be new

host records.

H. arboricola (Kellogg & Ferris)

ex. Eutamias amoenus affinis (Allen),

Savona, Deadman’s Creek, 14.viii.1934

(D. Cameron & G. J. Spencer); Kam-

loops, Lac du Bois, 30.v.1934 (D. Cam-

eron & G. J. Spencer); 17 miles from

Kamloops, on Nicola road, 13.vi.1934

(D. Cameron & G. J. Spencer); Aspen

Grove, 17.vii.1932, 28.viii.1934, 18.viii.

1935 (G. J. Spencer); Rayleigh, 18.viii.

1935 (G. J. Spencer); Tranquille

range, Davis ranch, 19.vii.1934 (D.

Cameron & G. J. Spencer).

ex. Eutamias amoenus luteiventris

(Allen). Kinbasket Lake, 4.viii.1943

(G. P. Holland & G. J. Spencer).

The type host is Eutamias town-

sendii (=Neotumias hindsi) from

California. According to Kellogg &

Ferris (1915), Ferris (1919-1935) and

Ferris (1951) the British Columbia

material listed above, runs to arbori-.

cola and not H. erratica (Osborn), but

other more atypical specimens have

been taken from Eutamias in the

Province.

H. hesperomydis (Osborn)

ex. Peromyscus sitkensis prevostensis

Osgood, Queen Charlotte Islands,

Frederick Is., 25.vi.1946, 11.vii.1947

(C. Guiguet) — ex. Museum skin;

Queen Charlotte Islands, Knight Is.,

11.vii.1947 (C. Guiguet)—ex. Museum

skin; Queen Charlotte Islands,.Hippa

Is., 25.vi - 11.vii.1947 (C. Guiguet) ;

Queen Charlotte Islands, Lina Is., 27.

vi.1960 (P. Joslin).

ex. Peromyscus maniculatus austerus

(Baird), Vancouver, West Point Grey,

17.xi.1946 (J.D.Y., GJ.S.); Cultus

Lake, 27.111.1948 (J. Yarwood); Van-

couver, 28.1.1948, 29.i111.1951, 2.ii1.1959

(G. J. Spencer); Vancouver, Point

Grey, 19.11.1959 (J. Macdonald);

Haney, Loon Lake, 29.viii.1957 (W.

Sheppe).

ex. Peromyscus maniculatus oreas

Bangs, Alta Lake, 28.viii.1941 (I. McT.

Cowan); Vancouver, 14.1.1954 (G. J.

Spencer); Princeton, 31.vii.1965 (W.

Sheppe).

ex. Peromyscus maniculatus artemi-

siae (Rhoads), Kamloops, 9.vi.1929,

21.vii.1934 (G. J. Spencer); Aspen

Grove, 12.vi.1932 (G. J. Spencer):

Kamloops, Lac du Bois, 27.viii.1939

(G. J. Spencer); Armstrong, 4.ii.1941

(I. McT. Cowan); Princeton, 12.viii.

1957 (W. Sheppe).

ex. Peromyscus sp., Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C.: 31.v.1940 (G. J. Spen-

cer); Mahood Lake, 9.vii.1950 (P. W.

Martin); Mount Seymour, 22.vii.1965

(W. Sheppe).

Described from Peromyscus leuco-

pus in Iowa. Recorded from P. boylii

and P. maniculatus in California;

Onychomys torridus in California;

O. leucogaster in Colorado; Orysomys

fulvescens in Mexico; Oryzomys

chaparensis in Bolivia; Eligmodontia

collisae in Argentina; Mus musculus

in the U.S.A. and Turkestan; Mus

gansus and M. wagneri in China. The

occurrences reported here on P. sit-

kensis thus appear to be a new host

record.

H. oenomydis Ferris

ex. Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout),

Vancouver, 4.ix.1940 (J. Poole).

26 JOURNAL ENTomot. Soc. Brit. Cotumsra, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

Originally described from Oenomys

hypoxanthus in East Africa. Record-

ed from Dasymys incomtus and

Grammomys surdaster in East Africa;

Rattus exulans and R. mearnsi in the

Philippines; Rattus exulans in Hawaii

and the Marquesas, and on R. norve-

gicus in the south-eastern U.S.A.

H. sciuricola Ferris

ex. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus streatori

(Allen), Nicola, Coyote Valley, 26.vi.

[9300-(L. Ke M., D.C. G.J-S.);> Aspen

Grove, 21.viii.1934 (D. Cameron) ;

Grindrod, 6.xii.1946 (J. Wynne).

ex. T. hudsonicus, Vancouver, 2.iv.1949

(G. J. Spencer); Grindrod, 19.11.1947

(J. Wynne).

ex. Tamiasciurus douglasi mollipilosus

(Audubon & Bachman), Vancouver,

4.11.1952 (G. J. Spencer); Gambier Is.,

21.11.1943 (I. McT. Cowan).

Originally described from Sciurus

carolinensis from Mississippi. Report-

ed from T. hudsonicus in Alaska, T.

douglasi in California, S. ignitus in

Peru, S. nasaeus in Venezuela and S.

variabilis in Colombia.

H. trispinosa Kellogg & Ferris

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus columbiensis

Howell, Princeton, 6.x%.1957 (W.

Sheppe).

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus oregonesis

Bachman, Vancouver, University of

B.C. campus, 26.i1.1944, 12.viii.1955, 11.

Vii.1955, 15.xi.1954 (G. J. Spencer) ;

ALTA.: 1947 (Spencer, 1956).

Originally described from G. sa-

brinus from Oregon. Recorded on this

species also in California, B.C., and

Alberta (Spencer, 1956) and on QG.

volans in Maryland.

Pedicinus eurygaster (Burmeister)

ex. Rhesus monkey, Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C., in captivity 1934 (G.

J. spencer).

Recorded from Macaca, Cercopith-

ecus, Pithecus and Rhinopithecus,

both wild and captive.

P. obtusus (Rudow)

ex. Rhesus monkey, Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C., in captivity, 5.ii11.1934

(G. J. Spencer); Vancouver, in cap-

tivity, 10.v.1953 (G. J. Spencer).

Originally

maurus, but may occur on almost any

Cercopithecoid monkey, either wild or

captive. It is the species most likely

to be found on captive monkeys.

Fahrenholzia pinnata Kellogg & Ferris

ex. Perognathus parvus lordi (Gray),

Osoyoos, 21.v.1941 (I. McT. Cowan) —

ex. Museum skin; 10 miles S. of Oliv-

er, 7.vii.1963 (W. B. Preston )—ex, Mu-

seum skin.

Apparently this species also from

Perognathus parvus laingi Anderson,

Okanagan Landing, 11.viii.1949 (I.

McT. Cowan)—ex Museum skin.

Originally described from Dipo-

domys californicus in California, and

noted from D. merriami and Perog-

nathus sp. in the same State, D. or-

natus and D. phillipsii in Mexico, and

Perognathus parvus in Nevada.

Haemodipsus ventricosus (Denny)

ex. Laboratory rabbit, Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C., 27.1.1942, 14.x.1934 (G.

J. Spencer); ex. rabbit, Vancouver,

24.x.1931 (G. J. Spencer).

Described from the European rab-

bit, Oryctolagus cuniculus in England.

Recorded from this host and from its

domestic descendants in many parts

of the world.

Neohaematopinus inornatus (Kellogg

& Ferris)

ex. Neotoma cinerea occidentalis

Baird, Chilcotin R. Valley, 29.v.1929

(G. J. Spencer); Nicola, 24.viii.1933

(G. J. Spencer); Vavenby, 25.x.1933

(G. J. Spencer); Cariboo, Dempsey

Lake, 12.viii.1934 (D. Cameron & G. J.

Spencer); Kamloops, Lae du Bois, 7.

ix.1938 (G. J. Spencer):

ex. Neotoma cinerea (Ord), WASH.:

American & Bumping R., 22.vii.1957

(W. Sheppe).

Described from Neotoma cinerea

in California, and Known from the

same host also in Colorado.

N. laeviusculus (Grube)

ex. Spermophilus columbianus colum-

bianus (Ord), Birch Is., 6000 feet, 12.

viii.1931 (G. J. Spencer); 30 miles

from Vernon, on Vernon-Kamloops

road, 27.v.1934 (D. C. & G. J. Spencer) ;

from Semnopithecus —

JoURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 Pag

Lower Arrow Lakes, Syringa Creek,

30.vi.1934, 6.vii.1934 (D. Cameron) ;

Grand Forks, 15.v.1939 (J. B. Poole) ;

Bridesville plateau, 25-30.vi.1940 (J.

Poole); Windermere - Golden, 20.vii.

1940 (J. Poole); Yoho Park, 2.viii.1940

(J. Poole); Mt. Tod, 27.vi.1943 (G. J.

Spencer); Kennedy Lake, 3.v.1956

(W. Sheppe).

ex. Spermophilus undulatus parryi

(Richardson), N.W.T.: Thelon R.,

Lookout Point, 7.viii.1963 (J. F. Ben-

dell) —ex. Museum skin;

ex. S. undulatus, N.W.T.: Fort Smith,

25.vili.1965 (E. Kuyt).

~ Described from Citellus eversman-

ni in Siberia. Known from many oth-

er species of Spermophilus in North

America, from Point Barrow in Alas-

ka, south to Mexico. Recorded from

Cynomys leucurus in Colorado. The

use of Spermophilus rather than Ci-

tellus follows Hall and Kelson (1959).

N. marmotae Ferris

ex. Marmota flaviventris avara

(Bangs), Nicola, 14.v.1931 (R. T. Turn-

er); Kamloops, 8.vi. 1934 (D. Cam-

eron); Agassiz, 15.vi.1934 (W. Riley) ;

Rayleigh, 2.viii.1934 (D. Cameron) ;

Tranquille, 21.vii.1934 (D. Cameron) ;

Tranquille range, Davis ranch, 3.Vvi.

1934 (D. Cameron, G. J. Spencer) ;

Kamloops, Lac du Bois range, 2.vi.1935

(G. J. Spencer); Kamloops, Straw-

berry Heights, 23.11.1936 (L. C. Curtis,

G. J. Spencer); Kamloops, 4.viii.1935

(I. Ward, G. J. Spencer); Upper Hat

Creek, 30.vi.1935 (I. Ward); Tran-

quille, 17.xi.1937 (G. P. Holland, G. J.

Spencer); Keremeos, 30.iii.1959 (G.

Gibson).

ex. Marmota monax petrensis Howell,

Oliver (Fairview), 17.iv.1934 (EB. R.

Buckell, G. J. Spencer); Kootenays,

Alder Creek, 12.vi.1932; Kootenays,

Sirdar, 20.viii.1949 (I. McT. Cowan).

ex. Marmota caligata okanagana

(King), Birch Is., 6000 feet, 12.viii.

1931 (G. J. Spencer); Dunn Peak, 9.

viii.1937, 8000 feet (G. P. Holland, G.

J. Spencer).

ex. Marmota caligata nivaria Howell,

MONTANA: Whitefish Range, 19.vii.

1965 (C. JonKel).

ex. Cynomys ludovicianus ludovician-

us (Ord), SASK.: 13 miles S.E. of Val

Marie, 6.vii.1942 (G. P. Holland).

ex. Mustela frenata nevadensis Hall,

Nicola range, Dry Farm, 1.ix.1932 (G.

J. Spencer): apparently this species.

Described originally from Mar-

mota flaviventris in California and

Known from Marmota in Montana,

Idaho and Colorado.

N. sciurinus Mjoberg

ex. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus streatori

(Allen), Aspen Grove, 21.viii.1934 (D.

Cameron); Kamloops, 4. viii.1935 (G.

J. Spencer); Nicola range, 2.xi.1932

(G. J. Spencer); Grindrod, 28.xii.1947

(J. Wynne).

ex. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus colum-

biensis Howell, Chilcotin, Riske Creek,

29.vi.1930 (G. J. Spencer).

ex. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus lanugi-

nosus (Bachman), Courtenay-Comox,

Miracle Beach, 1.viii.1960 (W. J. Meri-

lees).

ex. Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvani-

cus Ord, Vancouver, Stanley Park.*

Described from Sciurus niger rufi-

venter in Iowa. Recorded from many

species of Sciurus from North, Central

and South America and the Malayan

region.

N. sciuropteri (Osborn)

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus alpinus

(Richardson), Hazelton, Terano Lake,

11.v.1938 (J. F., G. J. Spencer).

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus columbiensis

Howell, near Kelowna, Canyon Creek,

Kettle Valley, Res. 2, xii.13 (Gillard) ;

Kamloops, 10.11.1934 (G. J. Spencer) ;

Princeton, 6.x.1957 (W. Sheppe).

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus oregonensis

(Bachman), Vancouver, West Point

Grey, 26.1.1944 (G. J. Spencer); Van-

couver, University of B.C. campus, 1.

Xi.1944, 15.xi.1954, 11.vii.1955, 12.viii.

1955 (G. J. Spencer).

ex. Glaucomys sabrinus, ALTA., 1947

(Spencer, 1956).

ex. Eutamias amoenus affinis (Allen),

Aspen Grove, 24.vii.32 (G. J. Spencer).

Described from Glaucomys volans

in Iowa and Known also from G. sa-

brinus in California. Previously re-

* Anoplura specimens not seen by G.G.E.S.

28 JourRNAL ENToMoL. Soc. Brrr. Cotumpeta, Von. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

corded from G. sabrinus in B.C. and

Alberta by Spencer (1956).

Polyplax auricularis Kellogg & Ferris

ex. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis

Mearns, ALTA.: Devona, 18.iv.1943 (I.

McT. Cowan).

ex. Peromyscus maniculatus oreas

Bangs, WASH.: Crystal Springs Camp,

icv AtooT (W, Sheppe)..

The type of this species was taken

from Peromyscus maniculatus in Cal-

ifornia’ it is recorded from-P. sitch-

ensis in Alaska, Onychomys torridus

in California, O. leucogaster in Colo-

rado and Kansas. In Mexico it occurs

on Reithrodontomys mexicanus and

Neotomodon alstoni.

P. spinulosa (Burmeister)

ex. Microtus oregoni serpens Merriam,

Vancouver, 15.iii.1955 (G. J. Spencer).

ex. Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout),

Tofino, -20.vi.1926 (G.. J. Spencer) ;

Burrard Inlet, 15.ix.1938 (J. Poole);

Vancouver, 15.ix.1938, 4.ix.1940 (J. B.

Poole); Vancouver, University of B.C.,

6.xi.1938 (G. J. Spencer); Vancouver,

Gri 1939. 28.V.1958,. d.iv.19599. (G.- J.

Spencer), 6.xii.1957 (H. B. Mitchell).

ex. Rattus rattus rattus (Linnaeus),

Vancouver, 15.x.1946 (J. Y., G. J.

Spencer), 29.ix.1955 (G. J. Spencer),

21.11.1955.

ex. Rattus, Vancouver, 9.i11.1935 (K.

Jacob), 5.x.1939 (G. J. Spencer). ex.

White Rat, Vancouver, University of

Bey sims captivity, 5.x1939 (G.- J.

Spencer).

Described from Rattus norvegicus

in Europe. Known from R. rattus and

R. norvegicus in many parts of the

world. Recorded also from other Rat-

tus species in the Philippines and

Malaya, Bandicota in Burma and

Thallomys in South Africa.

Family LINOGNATHIDAE

Linognathus pedalis (Osborn)

ex. Domestic sheep, Vancouver, Uni-

versity of B.C., v.1925 (G. J. Spencer).

First described from domestic

sheep in the U.S.A. and now known

from South America, New Zealand,

Australia and South Africa.

L. setosus (von Olfers)

ex. Dog, Vancouver, i.1931, 5.v.1943,

ix.1945, 26.xi.1955 (G. J. Spencer), 3.i.

1862 (G. Armstrong) ; Kamloops, 5.vii.

1936 (G. J. Spencer); Victoria xii.1942

(W. Downes).

Originally described from domes-

tic dog in Europe: now known

throughout the world. Also recorded

from Alopex lagopus in Canada and

Alaska, fox in Manchuria, Canis lupus

in Croatia, coyote in the U.S.A., and

the ferret and rabbit.

L. stenopsis (Burmeister)

ex. Angora Goat, ALTA.: Suffield, 27.

Xi1.1945 (student).

Described originally from the do-

mestic goat in Europe. Known from

this host in many parts of the world.

Also recorded from Capra ibex and

Rupicapra rupicapra.

L. vituli (Linnaeus)

ex. Cattle, Cariboo, Canim Lake, 14.

i11.1944; Milner, 26.xii.1944 (G. J.

Spencer).

Described from domestic cattle in

Europe. Since reported from this host

in many parts of the world.

Solenopotes capillatus Enderlein

ex. Cattle, Kamloops, 20.vii.1949 (G.

B. Rich),

First recorded from domestic cat-

tle in Germany. Now known from

cattle in Kurope and North America. -

S. ferrisi (Fahrenholz)

ex. Odocoileus hemionus columbianus

(Richardson), Comox, Vancouver Is.,

9.xi.1930 (G. J. Spencer); Hardy Is.,

3.1v.1943 (G. J. Spencer); Pender Is.,

41.1945 (G. J. Spencer).

ex. Cervus canadensis (Erxleben),

ALTA.: Jasper Park, 20.xii.1944 (1.

McT. Cowan).

ex. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus colum-

biensis Howell, Clinton, (J. & W.

Hooke): adventitive.

Originally described from Odocoi-

leus columbianus in California.

Family PEDICULIDAE

Pediculus humanus capitis DeGeer.

ex. Man, Salmon Arm, 1928 (H.

Leech); ex. North American Indian,

Alexis Creek, iii.1939 (Dr. Hallows).

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumsra, Vox. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 29

P. humanus corporis DeGeer.

ex. Man, Vancouver, 7.xii.1944 (G. J.

Spencer), 16.iv.1950 (EB. Fridell).

Phthirus pubis (Linnaeus)

ex. Man, Essondale, 25.vii.1936 (W.T.);

Vancouver, ix.1940 (W. McK. McCal-

lum).

Host list of Anoplura recorded in this paper:

Order INSECTIVORA

Family SORICIDAE

Sorex cinereus cinereus

Hoplopleura acanthopus

Order PRIMATES

Family CERCOPITHECIDAE

Macaca mulatta (Rhesus Mon-

key)

Pedicinus eurygaster

P. obtusus

Family HOMINIDAE

Homo sapiens (Man)

Pediculus humanus

Phthirus pubis

Order LAGOMORPHA

Family OCHOTONIDAE

Ochotona princeps fenisexr

Hoplopleura acanthopus

Family LEPORIDAE

Oryctolagus cuniculus (Domes-

tic rabbit)

Haemodipsus ventricosus

Order RODENTIA

Family SCIURIDAE

Marmota monax petrensis

Neohaematopinus marmotae

M. flaviventris avara

N. marmotae

M. caligata nivaria

N. marmotae

M. caligata okanagana

N. marmotae

Cyonomys ludovicianus ludovi-

cianus

N. marmotae

Spermophilus columbianus co-

lumbianus

N, laeviusculus

S. undulatus

N. laeviusculus

Eutamias amoenus affinis

Hoplopleura arboricola

E. amoenus luteiventris

H. arboricola

E. amoenus septentrionalis

H. arboricola

Sciurus carolinensis pennsyl-

vanicus

Neohaematopinus sciurinus

Tamiasciurus hudsonicus co-

lumbiensis

N. sciurinus

fT. hudsonicus lanuginosus

N. sciurinus

T. hudsonicus streatori

N. sciurinus

Hoplopleura sciuricola

T. douglasi mollipilosus

H. sciuricola

Glaucomys sabrinus alpinus

N. sciuropteri

G. sabrinus columbiensis

H. trispinosa

N. sciuropteri

G. sabrinus oregonensis

H. trispinosa

N. sciuropteri

Microphthirus uncinatus

Family GEOMYIDAE

Thomomys talpoides fuscus

H, acanthopus

Family HETEROMYIDAE

Perognathus parvus lordi

Fahrenholzia pinnata

Family CRICETIDAE

Peromyscus maniculatus arte-

misiae

H, hesperomydis

. maniculatus austerus

H, hesperomydis

. maniculatus borealis

Polyplax auricularis

. maniculatus oreas

H, hesperomydis

. sitkensis prevostensis

H. hesperomydis

Neotoma cinerea occidentalis

N. inornatus

Synaptomys borealis chapmani

H. acanthopus

Lemmus trimucronatus trimu-

cronatus

po So a ky

20 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. ConrumBIA, VOL. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

H. acanthopus

Clethrionomys gapperi

atus

H. acanthopus

Microtus oregoni serpens

H. acanthopus

Polyplax spinulosa

M. pennsylvanicus drummondi

H. acanthopus

M. montanus canescens

H. acanthopus

M. townsendi

H. acanthopus

M. longicaudus mordax

H. acanthopus

M. longicaudus vellerosus

H. acanthopus

Family MURIDAE

Rattus rattus rattus

P. spinulosa

Rattus norvegicus

H. acanthopus

H. oenomydis

P. spinulosa

Order CARNIVORA

Family CANIDAE

Canis (Domestic dog)

Linognathus setosus

Family MUSTELIDAE

Mustela frenata nevadensis

N. marmotae

Order PINNIPEDIA

Family OTARIIDAE

Callorhinus ursinus cyanoceph-

alus

Proechinophthirius fluctus

Eumetopias jubata

satur-

Family ODOBENIDAE

Odobenus rosmarus divergens

Antarctophthirus trichechi

O. rosmarus rosmarus

A. trichechi

Family PHOCIDAE

Phoca vitulina concolor

Echinophthirius horridus

P. vitulina richardi

E. horridus

Pusa hispida

E. horridus

Order PERISSODACTYLA

Family EQUIDAE

Equus caballus (domestic horse)

Haematopinus asini

Order ARTIODACTYLA

Family SUIDAE

Sus scropha (Domestic swine)

HA. suis

Family CERVIDAE

Cervus canadensis

Solenopotes ferrisi

Odocoileus hemionus columbi-

anus

S. ferrisi

Family BOVIDAE

Bos taurus (Domestic cattle)

Haematopinus eurysternus

Linognathus vituli

Solenopotes capillatus

Capra (Domestic goat)

Linognathus stenopsis

Ovis aries (Domestic sheep)

Antarctophthirus microchir L. pedalis

References

Cowan, I. McT. and Guiguet, C. J. 1960. The Mammals of British Columbia. B.C. Prov.

Mus. Handb. 11:1-413.

Ferris, G. F., 1919-1935, Contribution toward a Monograph of the Sucking Lice. Parts

1-8. Stanford University, California.

Ferris, G. F., 1951, The Sucking Lice. Mem. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. 1:1-320.

Hall, E. R., and Kelson, K. R. 1959. The Mammals of North America. New York.

Ronald Press Co.

Kellogg, V. L., and Ferris, G. F., 1915, The Anoplura and Mallophaga of North American

Mammals. Stanford University, California.

Spencer, G. J., 1952, The 1951 status of our knowledge of the insects of British Colum-

bia. Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C. 48:36-41.

Spencer, G. J., 1956, Some records of ectoparasites from flying squirrels.

Soc.oB.G; 02'32-34: |

Spencer, G. J., 1959, On mounting lice by the Ris Lambers Method for aphids. Proc.

Ent. Soc. B.C. 56:53.

Walker, E. P. et al., 1964. Mammals of the World. John Hopkins Press, Baltimore.

Proc. Ent.

JouRNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brrr. CotumBia, VoL. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 ol

OVERWINTERING OF CAGED Rhyacionia buoliana

(SCHIFFERMULLER) AT VERNON, B.C., IN 1965-66

D. A. Ross!

INTRODUCTION

The European pine shoot moth,

Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiffermuller) ,

is established in exotic pines in south-

ern coastal British Columbia and

since 1961 has occurred in small num-

bers on imported exotic pines in the

Okanagan-Kamloops region. Only one

specimen has been taken from a na-

tive tree, a mature ponderosa pine,

Pinus ponderosa Lawson and Son, on

the Department of Agriculture of

Canada Experimental Station at

Summerland. As it is believed that

the shoot moth may become a pest in

the interior forests of the Pacific

Northwest, surveys have been inten-

sified and in some regions quaran-

tines and control measures have been

implemented. An attempt has also

been made to determine the ability

of the European pine shoot moth to

overwinter successfully in the North

Okanagan Valley, at Vernon, in the

range of lodgepole and ponderosa

pines.

During the summer of 1963 one

pair of moths was caged with a small

ponderosa pine; eggs were laid and

at least two hatched. The larvae

bored into the base of the needles,

but none were found in May 1964.

The ability of the insect to overwin-

ter in British Columbia was further

investigated in 1965 and is reported

here.

METHODS

On 26 May 1965, several hundred

tips of mugho pine infested with Hu-

ropean pine shoot moth were collect-

ed on the campus of the University of

B.C. in Vancouver. Adults from the

collection, reared in the insectary at

Vernon, were introduced to caged

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

young ponderosa pine trees, and to

sleeve cages on a mature ponderosa

pine tree. Arthropods in the cages

were destroyed before the moths were

introduced, to eliminate predators of

the shoot moth and to avoid confu-

sion with damage caused by other in-

sects. The cages were removed in Sep-

tember to permit complete exposure

of the twigs to winter conditions and

replaced early in April before larval

activity began.

Large cage. Seven ponderosa pine

trees 4 to 5 feet in height were trans-

planted at Vernon in April 1965, and

late in May the trees were covered

with a portable cage 12’ x 12’x 6’. The

cage was a wooden frame covered

with factory cotton with several

screened panels to improve ventila-

tion. A pitched canvas roof over the

cage shed heavy rainfall and provid-

ed shade. Shortly before the eggs

hatched, the screens were covered

with transparent plastic to prevent

escape of the larvae.

Pairs of moths, the male 1-2 days

older than the female, were main-

tained overnight on June 10 in fifty

separate small cages that were fur-

nished with water and a pine twig.

The next afternoon the females were

introduced to the large cage; June

11-19, twenty males were released in

the cage and on July 9, three females

and two males.

Sleeve cages. The sleeve cages 6

feet long and 21! feet in diameter,

were made of a cylindrical wire frame

covered with nylon screen. These

cages were Slipped over individual

branches of a mature ponderosa pine

with two pairs of moths in each.

RESULTS

Large cage. By 22 July numerous

European pine shoot moth larvae had

39 JouRNAL EntTomot. Soc. Brit. Cotumsta, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

become established, evidence being

holes in the needle bases and frass

and pitch masses on the twig ends.

One larva, believed to be Rhyacionia,

was observed on a silken thread the

same day. Ants were numerous with-

in the large cage and may have de-

stroyed some of the shoot moth eggs

and larvae.

In September 1965, six of the seven

trees tested had evidence of larval

feeding. The number of damaged

twigs per tree was: 16, 6, 6, 3, 3 and

2. Two trees with nine infested twigs,

and the larvae, died. From the 27 in-

fested twigs on the other four trees,

nine pupae were recovered, all from

twigs above the snow line.

Sleeve cages. No larvae established

themselves in the twigs.

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

The lowest temperatures in the

Vernon area during the overwinter-

ing period in 1965-66 occurred near

the end of December. On December

29 the temperature was —2°F and on

January 5 it was —4°F. Green (1962)

showed that in Ontario a temperature

of —4°F could kill 45% of the larvae

in November but only 7% in mid-Feb-

ruary. He demonstrated that temper-

atures below —22°F completely de-

stroyed larval populations.

The successful overwintering of 9

larvae on twigs above snow level in-

dicates that Rhyacionia buoliana can

survive winter temperatures in the

North Okanagan Valley as low as

—4°F.,

Reference

Green, G. W. 1962. Low winter temperatures and the European pine shoot moth, Rhya-

cionia buoliana (Schiff.) in Ontario. Can. Ent. 94: 314-336.

EDITORIAL NOTES

In its sixty-year life this society

has never been so hard-hit by deaths

as it was in 1966. Three of our most

revered members, two of them Hon-

orary Members, have now gone. Even

though they died full of years and

honour we feel the loss, and the gaps

they leave will be hard to fill.

Several inquiries have been re-

ceived concerning a suitable memor-

ial for the late Prof. Spencer. The

Alumni Annual Giving Society of the

University of British Columbia is

sponsoring an annual lectureship, to

be known as the Spencer Memorial

Lectures. The intention is to invite

world figures in entomology to speak

at the University at some convenient

time during the academic year. A

committee has been struck under she

chairmanship of Dr. G. G. E. Scudder.

In the near future the A.A.G. will ask

for donations from former students

and friends of Prof. Spencer.

At the annual meeting on 18

March, 1966, in Vernon, it was decided

to change the name of this publica-

tion from pies It

has long since ceased to be a true

proceedings in that presidential ad-

dresses and the. proceedings and

transactions at meetings were not re-

ported. Since contributions to the

publication are fully reviewed it is

fitting that this policy be recognized

by the change of name.

The next issue of the Journal will

go to press within four months from

the spring meeting, in accordance

with a motion passed at the meeting

of 18 March, 1966. Contributors are

asked to submit their manuscripts by

or before that time.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumpBriaA, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

THE IMMATURE STAGES OF Cenocorixa bifida

(HUNG.) AND

C. expleta (UHLER) (HEMIPTERA: CORIXIDAE)

G. G. E. SCUDDER

Department of Zoology, University

of British Columbia, Vancouver

INTRODUCTION

In a study of the ecology and

physiology of Corixidae living ina

series of soda lakes in central British

Columbia, it was essential to identify

the larval instars of two species of

Cenocorixza, which often occur sym-

patrically. This was necessary in or-

der to work out the details of the life

cycle and be able to identify with

certainty, insects used in experi-

ments. This paper describes the im-

mature stages of these two species,

C. bifida (Hungerford) and C. exrpleta

(Uhler). Both species have been pre-

viously recorded from British Colum-

bia by Lansbury (1960).

MATERIALS and METHODS

The immature stages were obtain-

ed in two ways. Firstly, regular sam-

ples of larvae were obtained in field

collections. Secondly, eggs were ob-

tained from adult insects and reared.

Gravid females were taken from

White Lake and Long Lake in the

Cariboo region of central British Co-

lumbia in April 1966 and were trans-

ported to the laboratory in one gallon

Thermos jugs, half filled with water.

Insects were then placed in natural

lake water in plexiglass dishes with

vegetation and nylon netting for

them to cling to. At 20°C and under

natural light conditions, females laid

eggs within 48 hours. These eggs were

separated from the insects at fre-

quent intervals: this was to prevent

them being used as food by the fe-

males. Batches of eggs were placed

in finger bowls with the appropriate

water and kept at 20°C and under

natural light conditions. Larvae on

emergence were fed every other day

on young brine shrimp (Artemia sal-

ina (L.)) which were hatched sepa-

rately in the corresponding lake wat-

er. In this way, C. bifida was reared

to the adult instar and C. expleta

through the first three larval instars.

All drawings have been made with

a squared reticule eye-piece or Cam-

era Lucida, using both compound and

stereo-zoom microscopes. The spines

on the hind femora of larvae were

usually only clearly visibie when legs

were mounted in polyvinyl lactophe-

nol or other similar mountant and

viewed at magnifications over 150x.

The terminology and characters

utilized in the larval descriptions fol-

low Cobben & Pillot (1960). However,

I have interpreted the surfaces of the

legs differently. The surface of the

hind leg seen in dorsal view is mor-

phologically the posterior surface and

is so interpreted. Likewise the surface

seen ventrally is the anterior face,

the morphological ventral surface be-

ing the one towards the insect body

when it is at rest or swimming.

EGGS

To date it has not been possible to

distinguish between the eggs of the

two species. Both have top-shaped

eggs, with a very short stalked disc,

smooth chorion, height 0.78 mm. and

width 0.57 mm. The egg of C. bifida

is shown in Fig. 1, just before hatch-

ing. At eclosion, the apex of the

chorion splits into 6-8 wedges.

In the laboratory, C. expleta usu-

ally laid eggs on the walls of the con-

tainer, while C. bifida laid most eggs

on the vegetation or plastic screen.

In the field, C. expleta has been found

to lay eggs on rock boulders and

bifida on vegetation, often in the leaf

sheath of somewhat decayed sub-

merged grasses. However, this may

not be the only oviposition habit of

the two species.

34 JouRNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBrIA, Vou. 68 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

Fig. 1—Photograph of the egg of Cenocorixa bifida just before hatching.

LARVAE

(1) General description of Cenocorixa

larvae:

Rostrum with transverse furrows;

frons not greatly hirsute; eyes red.

Pala spatulate; middle legs with tar-

sus longer than tibia; hind tibia pos-

teriorly with a row of 7 moveable

spines. Metasternal xiphus short and

equilateral. Abdomen laterally mod-

erately convex; dorsal abdominal

scent gland and opening on tergum

III obsolete; scent glands and oStioles

on terga IV and V distinct, the osti-

oles paired; abdomen without distinct

colour pattern.

Latter instars with a dense hair

covering on mesonotum, but without

this reaching anterior margin (Fig.

6); hairs on median area of anterior

mesonotum short;. mesonotum with

hind margin covered with long hairs

only in middle, the lateral areas bare

and relatively broad. Metanotum

without long hair covering, but with

sparse short and slender setae; inner

margin of wing pads with line of

dense long hairs. Most instars with

a distinct comb on hind tibia distally

on posterior side.

(2) Separation of species

The following couplet will sepa-

rate the larvae of C. bifida from those

of C. expleta:

Pala with apical lower palmar

bristle situated on a distinct prom-

inence; terminal claw relatively

slender, hardly thicker than pre-

apical lower palmar bristle (Fig.

9) cg ge Cree OL

Pala with apical lower palmar

bristle situated on an indistinct

prominence; terminal claw dis-

tinctly thicker than preapical low-

er palmar bristle (Fig. 10) ne

C. expleta

With the above characters, it is

possible to separate the species in

each larval instar and in the adult.

(3) Key to larval instars

The following key will separate

the instars in both C. bifida and C.

expleta.

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA, VoL. 63 (1966), Dro. 1, 1966 35

1. Meso and metanotum with cover-

ing of long hairs on at least part;

hind femur with tuft of long hairs

antero-ventrally and with 4 short

bristles dorsally; hind tibia with

row of dense swimming hairs pos-

PemOrlhy=s.. 2 -. =. 4

— Meso and metanotum without long

dense hair covering; hind femur

without tuft of long hairs antero-

ventrally, but with 5 long out-

standing setae dorsally; hind tibia

without row of dense swimming

hairs posteriorly, only a few scat-

tered hairs present. ..... 2.

2. Postero-lateral corners of meso-

notum curved distinctly caudad;

hind tibial comb with 2 spines;

hind tibia with 5-7 long hairs pos-

teriorly. second instar

—- Postero-lateral corners of meso-

notum not curved distinctly cau-

dad; hind tibial comb of a Single

spine; hind tibia with 2-3 long

hairs posteriorly. first instar

3. Hind tibial comb with 4 spines;

long hair covering on mid-line of

mesonotum not reaching posterior

margin; fore wing buds overlap-

ping less than half of the hind

wing buds; fore wing buds not

reaching base of abdomen. .. .

third instar

— Hind tibial comb with 6 or 8

spines; long hair covering on mid-

line of mesonotum reaching pos-

terior margin; fore wing buds

overlapping more than half of

hind wing buds; fore wing buds

reaching base of abdomen. . . 4.

4. Hind tibial comb with 6 spines;

wing buds not completely overlap-

ping but reaching second abdom-

inal segment; fore wing buds

reaching but not surpassing base

of abdomen. fourth instar

— Hind tibial comb with 8 spines;

wing buds completely overlapping

and reaching third abdominal seg-

ment; fore wing buds surpassing

base of abdomen. fifth instar

(4) Description of larvae of C. bifida

Table I summarizes the most im-

portant characters of the larvae of

C. bifida. The descriptions below omit

most of the characters of instars

found in the key. In the counts of

spines on the femur, all totais cited

omit the two apical spines found at

the apex on anterior and posterior

surfaces.

First INstTar (Figs. 2, 4, 11-12): pala

with 12 lower palmar bristles; fore

femur anteriorly with 4 spines; hind

femur with 5 long hairs dorsally, 4

short spines posteriorly and 3 short

spines anteriorly; hind tibia with 10

moveable spines dorsally.

SECOND INSTAR: pala with 14 lower

palmar bristles; fore femur anterior-

ly with 4-5 spines; hind femur with

09 long outstanding hairs and a slen-

der apical bristle dorsally, posteriorly

with 4-6 short spines and anteriorly

with 3-4 slender spines; hind tibia

with 10-11 moveable spines dorsally,

these all of Similar size.

THIRD INSTAR (Figs. 13-14): pala with

14-17 lower palmar bristles; fore fe-

mur with 6-8 spines anteriorly; hind

femur with 4 short bristles dorsally,

9-8 Short spines posteriorly and 4-5

short spines anteriorly; hind tibia

dorsally with 12-16 moveable spines,

the basal 1-4 shorter than rest.

FOURTH INSTAR: pala with 18-19 lower

palmar bristles; fore femur with 13-

14 spines anteriorly; hind femur with

4 short bristles dorsally, 7-11 shorvi

spines posteriorly and a row of 4-5

short spines anteriorly; hind femur

antero-ventrally with 4-5 short spines

at base of subapical tuft of hairs;

hind tibia dorsally with 14-16 move-

able spines, the basal 2-4 shorter than

rest and often paired.

FIFTH INSTAR (Figs. 7, 15-16): pala

with 18-20 lower palmar bristles; fore

femur with 16-22 spines anteriorly;

hind femur with 4 short bristles dor-

sally, 12-26 posteriorly and 3-7 ante-

riorly; hind femur antero-ventrally

with 4-7 short spines at base of sub-

apical tuft of hairs; hind tibia dorsal-

ly with 15-19 moveable spines, the

basal 3-5 being shorter than rest and

usually paired.

36 JOURNAL Enromot. Soc. Brir. Cotumria, Vo. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

/ J ie,

Figs 2-10—2, First instar larva C. bifida; 3, First instar larva C. expleta; 4, Anterior

view of pala of first instar C. bifida; 5, Anterior view of pala of first instar C. expleta;

6, Dorsal view of meso and metanotum of fifth instar C. bifida; 7, Posterior view of

pala of fifth instar C. bifida; 8, Posterior view of pala of fifth instar C. expleta; 9, An-

terior view of apex of pals of fourth instar C. bifida; 10, Anterior view of apex of pala

of fourth instar C. expleta. [Drawings not to same scale.]

JouRNAL Entomot. Soc. Brrr. CoLumMBIA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

pa ‘al

AY Ward

15 2|

Figs. 11 -22—Hind femur of larval instars. 11-16, C. bifida; 17-22, C. expleta: odd

numbers posterior view, even numbers anterior view. 11-12, First instar C. bifida;

13-14, Third instar C. bifida; 15-16, Fifth instar C. bifida. 17-18, First instar C.

expleta; 19-20, Third instar C. expleta; 21-22, Third instar C. expleta.

[Drawings not to same scale. ]

[op)

ra Oe 09°S Clr Cle S 9-77 bere es Lert a Foetal

S Se°T 00°" S9°T Beare Q-€ TZ g-€ C176 alles (Eh

[=P]

- Oo Gore FOCTE FTE G4 G-€ 0 9-7 ZT-TT

ISA)

2 Gwar S6°T 00°T Ca G S O “t {ee

s €6°0 OC Gi, <0 OT 4 € 0 4 iO

e G72 0z°S Giga 6T=SI Og=20 fae Dey fe-9T O%-8T

S OG Gere GL°T One ERG G77 Cai RlS.ae Oe SI

2 Go Gore. OLY OTe g-S G-4 0 8-9 LI-4T

s Bee OFT. 00°. LE=OL 9-71 4=€ 0 6-4 nT

S ‘uM O60 ‘wMsT*T “MSL *¢ OT 4 € 0 a 21

jo)

Z UIPT™M (ee) UIPTM Tesioq. ACT IS9S6Oq 10T1Squy/- [e14ue- s2otasauy, SdTYSTIg

A usuopaqy UAsuseT peoy Sago ual InUsy eos AZeutTed JaeMoyT

= putty UO uo seutds

a seutde

o “SsqgocsureQ

yO aduet ayy squnoos autds fsqoesut OT JO UesU 9y. sue syUSMOINSseoU

>usuopqe JO pua OF wWNAOUOSSU JO AOTUaque WoL uASueT = yI eyeTdxe °45

DUE BPETTG. “4, O°SAe9SUL TENET FOr So14s Taedovueyo Leanaonaitc °7 =o TC,

TEYSUT

eqetdxe

eptgtq

Setoeds

JourNAL Entomot. Soc. Brit. CorumBiA, Vor. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 39

(5) Descriptions of larvae of C. ex-

pleta

The descriptions below follow the

plan used for C. bifida above. Table I

summarizes the main taxonomic

characters.

First INstTar (Figs. 3, 5, 17-18): pala

with 10-11 lower palmar bristles; fore

femur with 4 spines anteriorly; hind

femur with 6 long hairs dorsally, 4

short spines posteriorly and 3 slender

spines anteriorly; hind tibia dorsally

with 10 moveable spines.

SECOND INSTAR: pala with 11 lower

palmar bristles; fore femur with 4

spines anteriorly; hind femur with 5

long outstanding hairs and a pre-

apical bristle dorsally, 5 short spines

posteriorly and 5 short spines ante-

riorly; hind tibia dorsally with 12

moveable spines.

THIRD INSTAR (Figs. 19-20): pala with

11-12 lower palmar bristles; fore fe-

mur with 4-6 spines anteriorly; hind

femur with 4 short bristles dorsally,

4-5 short spines posteriorly, 3-5 short

spines anteriorly; hind tibia with 13-

14 moveable spines dorsally, the basal

3 shorter than rest.

FourtTH INstTarR: pala with 11-12 lower

palmar bristles; fore femur with 9-13

spines anteriorly; hind femur with 4

Short bristles dorsally, 3-6 short

spines posteriorly and 3-4 short spines

anteriorly; hind femur antero-ven-

trally with 3-6 short spines at base

of subapical tuft of hairs; hind tibia

with 14-17 moveable spines dorsally,

the basal 3-5 shorter than rest.

FirTH Instar (Figs. 8, 21-22): pala

with 11-12 lower palmar bristles; fore

femur with 14-27 spines anteriorly;

hind femur with 4 short bristles dor-

sally, 4-6 short spines posteriorly and

2-4 short spines anteriorly; hind fe-

mur antero-ventrally with 3-7 short

Spines at base of subapical tuft of

hairs; hind tibia dorsally with 15-17

moveable spines, the basal 4-5 shorter

than rest and often paired.

(6) Duration of immature stages.

The duration of the embryonic

development of C. bifida from White

Lake has been determined for eggs

Table Il—Duration of larval instars of

Cenocorixa bifida in White Lake water, at

20°C and fed every other day on Artemia

salina.

Duration

days

Instar

First 4-5

Second 4-5

Third 4-5

Fourth 3-7

Fifth 6-9

Total Zoe

laid in White Lake water and at tem-

peratures of 10°C and 20°C. The dura-

tion of the larval instars at 20°C has

also been measured (Table II).

At 20°C the eggs took 7-9 days to

hatch, while at 10°C they took 44-46

days to hatch. The larval period at

20°C took 23-31 days.

DISCUSSION

Hungerford (1948) has given a

figure (p.13) of the various shapes of

eggs in the Corixidae. Both the shape

of the egg and the mode of attach-

ment to the substrate is variable.

While in the Micronectinae the eggs

are elongate and attached longitud-

inally to the substrate without a spe-

cial attachment disc, those of the Co-

rixinae are characteristically top -

shaped with a button-like attachment

disc, borne at the end of a Stalk of

varying length. The chorion is also

variable in surface texture, being

smooth or with surface projections.

The eggs of Cenocoriza are thus typ-

ical of the subfamily Corixinae.

Cobben & Pillot (1960) have con-

Sidered the characteristics of impor-

tance in the identification of the fifth

instar larvae of Micronecta, Cymatia,

Corixa, Hesperocorixa, Glaenocoriza,

Sigara, Arctocorixa and Callicorizxa.

I can find no description of the lar-

vae of Cenocorizxa in the present lit-

erature. It is evident that the latter

instars of Cenocorixa are very Similar

to those of the genera Sigara, Arcto-

corixa and Callicorixa in the pubes-

cence on the mesonotum.

40 JouRNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

The character of the apical spine

of the pala and the prominence at

the base of the apical lower palmar

bristle serves to separate larvae of

C. bifida from those of C. expleta. The

larval instars are also easy to key out

in each species.

The study of Cenocoriza suggests

that it should be possible to key out

the last three larval instars of most

Corixid species, since the characters

of the fifth instar are usually also

found in the third and fourth instar.

However, the first two instars lack

many of these essential characters,

and may prove extremely difficult to

identify when a mixture of species

occur together.

The great transformation between

the second and third instar larvae in

Cenocorixa, also occurs in other Co-

rixidae, for example Palmocorizxa

buenoi Abbott (Hungerford, 1919).

Not only does this involve the exter-

nal characters cited, but there is also

great changes in the internal anat-

omy at this time.

The duration of the immature—

stages in C. bifida at 20°C and fed on

Artemia salina every other day, is 23-

31 days. Since it is possible to length-

en the egg from 7-9 days at 20°C to

44-46 days at 10°C, it seems likely

that the larval instars would also take

much longer to develop at lower tem-

peratures, and so the life cycle at dif-

ferent times of year would not occupy

the same developmental time period.

Griffith (1944) reports 35 days as the

developmental time for Ramphocoriza

acuminata (Uhler) and 36 days for

Corisella edulis (Champion), but

notes a great variation in rearing ex-

periments. These differences could

have been due to different feeding

rates and/or different temperatures:

no temperature data are given in the

paper.

Acknowledgements

This research was carried out while

in receipt of grants from the National Re-

search Council of Canada and the Univer-

sity of British Columbia.

References

Cobben, R. H., and Pillot, H. M., 1960. The larvae of Corixidae and an attempt to key

the last larval instar of the Dutch species (Hem., Heteroptera). Hydrobiologia

16:323-356.

Griffith, M. E., 1945. The environment, life history and structure of the water boat-

man, Ramphocorixa acuminata (Uhler) (Hemiptera, Corixidae). Univ. Kansas

Sci. Bull. 30:241-365.

Hungerford, H. B., 1919. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semiaquatic Hemip-

tera, Ibid. 11:1-328.

Hungerford, H. B., 1948. The Corixidae of the Western Hemisphere (Hemiptera). Ibid.

32:5-827.

Lansbury, I., 1960. The Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of British Columbia. Proc.

Ent. Soc. B.C. 57:34-43.

A BRITISH COLUMBIA RECORD FOR Xenos peckii KIRBY

A male Polistes fuscatus variatus

Cresson parasitized by Xenos peckii

Kirby was among various wasps col-

lected August 5, 1947 after they had

settled for the night on mullein, Ver-

bascum thapsus L., 2 miles south of

Vernon, B.C. The parasitized wasp

had two male strepsipteran pupae

protruding from its abdomen, one lat-

erally from between the 5th and 6th

terga, the other ventrally from be-

tween the sterna of the same seg-

ments. The wasp and the parasites

were identified in 1958 by Dr. R..M.

Bohart, University of California,

Davis, Calif. One of the parasites is

in the collection of the University of

British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.

HuGH B. LEECH,

Calif. Academy of Sciences,

San Francisco, Calif.

JouRNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumMBIA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

42 JouRNAL Enromor. Soc. Brrr. Cotumsta, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

tn JVemoriam

GEORGE JOHNSTON SPENCER

Jan. 16, 1888; July 24, 1966

This valiant soldier, this scholar,

this leader and inspirer of men who

became a legend in his own time, ever

ready for a jest, mocked at his own

infirmity even as death beckoned.

Defying the inevitable, he continued

his scholarly work so that posterity

might be richer for his having come

this way. It is with deep regret that

we record his passing.

Professor Spencer was born in

Scuth India January 16, 1888. After

receiving his early education in Ban-

galore, he attended the Regent Street

Polytechnic Institute in London, and

the University of Mancnester. Com-

ing to Canada in 1908 he obtained the

B.S.A. degree from the Ontario Agri-

cultural College in 1914. As an officer

with the Canadian Expeditionary

Force in World War I he was cited for

valour. Returning to studies, he ob-

tained the M.S. degree from the Uni-

versity of Illinois in 1924. The same

year he was appointed to the faculty

of the University of British Columbia

where he taught general zoology, his-

tology and entomology until his re-

tirement in 1956. Reappointed as a

special lecturer in 1957 he gradually

phased out his teaching duties while

devoting more time to research and

professional consulting.

Professor Spencer was renowned

as a teacher who infused his students

with some of his own special kind of

enthusiasm. His lectures were mem-

orable for his vivid word pictures, his

dramatization with pantomime and

his amusing allegories. His. well-

judged humour occasionally burst

forth in startling contrast to his

quiet, though audible, delivery. Testi-

mony of his inspiration to disciples is

to be found in the success achieved

by numerous former students.

As a public lecturer he was always

in popular demand. With an appear-

ance and manner which at once com-

manded attention and respect, he

gradually brought listeners to the

edge of their seats, waiting for the

next revelation of the wonders of na-

ture or the next rib-tickling Spencer-

ism.

As a scientist he directed much of

his energy to assembling a represen-

tative collection of the insect fauna

of British Columbia. In recognition

of this work he was honoured by his

former students who sponsored the

equipping of a room to be Known as

the Spencer Entomological Museum.

On the basis of many years of re-

search among the sun-drenched hills

of Kamloops, Professor Spencer pub-

lished a Significant work on ecology

of grasshoppers. He devoted much

time to the study of external parasites

of birds and mammals of British Co-

lumbia. Publication of his main

works, interrupted by his death, will

be brought to completion for him by

Dr. G. G. E. Scudder. He contributed

many papers on diverse insect pests

of man, of man’s clothing, his dwell-

ings, and his domestic pets. He was

also knowledgeable on “mental insect

attacks,” a condition otherwise known

as entomophobia.

Professor. Spencer was, in the

words of Dr. H. R. MacCarthy, “a

source of strength to the (Entomo-

logical) Society (of B.C.), and one of

its most ardent supporters. His col-

ourful presentation of papers was a

highlight of the annual meeting.”

His eminence was recognized by his

being invited as the keynote speaker

at the Centennial celebrations in Ot-

tawa in 1963. The British Columbia

and Canadian Entomological Societies

awarded him honourary membership,

and the American Society bestowed a

Fellowship on him.

With skill, patience, tact and good

humour, he served the public with

his counselling on insect problems.

Most of his service was gratis, aS he

dealt with all manner of problems,

both real and imaginary, brought to

him by all manner of people from the

most humble to the most haughty,

JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA, VoL. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 43

and from the unwashed to the over-

scrubbed.

He was a kindly, generous-hearted

man who liked people, adored chil-

dren and was fond of animals. He

was a devoted husband to his wife

Alice, loving father to his daughter

Ann, and proud grandfather to his

three grandchildren, and all respond-

ed with warm affection. Throughout

his hours of greatest trial, Mrs. Spen-

cer remained steadfastly and reassur-

ingly by his Side.

Professor Spencer will long be re-

membered.

K. GRAHAM

October 11, 1966

GEORGE AUSTIN HARDY

(1888-1966)

The all-round naturalist of a gen-

eration ago was a very special type

of person. He was one who was well-

versed in all phases of the out-of-

doors and at the same time was an

authority in one or two special fields.

He could name almost every tree,

shrub or flower in the area that he

roamed and could identify every bird

and insect that came to notice. At

the same time he could interpret the

patterns of life that flowed by in

terms of rocks, soil and climate that

made up the physical world around

him.

Such a person was George Austin

Hardy. Stimulated by direct contact

with a countryside rich in living

things he developed a Keen interest

in nature as a youth in the Glasgow

area where he was brought up. In

those days, more than 60 years ago,

formal training in natural science

was not easy to come by but this lack

was Offset by living in an area rela-

tively unspoiled by settlement and by

association with naturalists who were

willing to offer help and encourage-

ment.

After receiving some training as a

taxidermist and having taken some

courses in biology at Glasgow Tech-

nical School Hardy emigrated to Can-

ada where he maintained his interest

in natural history while homestead-

ing in Alberta. In time he returned

to Britain and worked for a period

as a taxidermist, first in London and

then at the Essex Museum. But Can-

ada still had an appeal so he returned

to the old homestead in Alberta where

he made extensive collections of

plants, birds and mammals for the

Essex Museum.

Eventually he moved to the Coast

and after trying his hand at several

jobs he joined the staff of the Provin-

cial Museum in 1924 as Assistant Bi-

ologist, a post he occupied for 4 years.

After an interlude spent partly in

Alberta and partly on Vancouver Is-

land he rejoined the Museum staff in

1941 as Botanist. There followed his

most productive period until his re-

tirement in 1953.

No matter where he was located

George was fascinated by the whole

gamut of nature. The plant associa-

tion characteristic of the various bi-

otic areas of the province were a con-

stant source of delight and a topic of

study, and the communities of living

creatures along the sea-shore regu-

larly intrigued him.

He was particularly interested in

insects and a great part of his life

was devoted to their study. For many

years he assiduously collected and

worked over the Cerambycidae of the

province and eventually became an

authority on this particular group of

wood-boring beetles. They remained

his first love and continued to inter-

est him through the years.

While most of his time at the

Museum was taken up with herbar-

ium work he also took care of the

entomological needs of the institution

and devoted most of his spare time to

collecting and studying insects around

his home in Saanich.

Field work in various parts of the

province gave him opportunity to

widen his scope and his lanky frame

clad in short pants and armed with

a butterfly net and a vasculum star-

44 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBraA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

tled the natives in many out-of-the-

way places.

As the possibility of making new

discoveries among the wood-borers

lessened he became engrossed with

Studying the life histories of our less

well-known moths and over the years

he produced a Series of papers on

these insects, particularly during his

retirement period.

To further these studies he became

expert in photographing his subjects.

A fine lot of colour pictures and a

most extensive collection of exquisite-

ly mounted insects, now in the Mu-

seum collection, attest his skill and

patience.

Naturally a shy man he tended to

avoid meetings and other social gath-

erings but he became a faithful mem-

ber of the Victoria Natural History

Society and served as President from

1949 to 1950. He was elected an Hon-

orary Life Member in 1961.

During his time he published more

than 80 articles, reports, scientific

papers or popular accounts dealing

with a great variety of topics. Fore-

most among his subjects were insects

and many of his life history accounts

have appeared in the Proceedings of

the Entomological Society of British

Columbia. Much of his popular writ-

ing had to do with fungi and native

plants and his last publication, co-

authored with his wife, Winifred, fea-

tured wild-flowers of the Pacific

Northwest, a part of the world he

Knew So well.

—-G. CLIFFORD CARL.

oe P

o Fes

JoURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Coi.umpraA, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966 45

EDMUND PETER VENABLES

(1881-1966)

At the age of 85, Peter Venables

died in the Vernon Jubilee Hospital

on 19th October, 1966. He was one of

the founders of this society.

Born in Hampshire, England, in

1881, he moved with his family to

Manitoba at the age of four. Here

they homesteaded but after a few

years moved back to England where

Peter received a sound education at

Hurstpierpoint, near Brighton. At the

age of 13 Peter and his family again

came to Canada, this time to Cold-

stream. An adventurous youth in-

cluded explorations in the Cariboo

and service as a naturalist in Colom-

bia, South America.

He was 33 when World War I

broke out. He joined the London

Yeomanry, was wounded at Gallipoli

and also served in Egypt. In 1918 he

was invalided out of the army, and

he married in 1919. In 1920 he was

hired as an entomologist by the fed-

eral Department of Agriculture, work-

ing out of the Vernon Court House.

For 27 years he served the fruit-grow-

ers of the Okanagan Valley, retiring

in 1946, to continue living in Vernon.

Peter always had wide and varied

interests, the best-known of which

was writing poetry. His verses were

never unkind and were usually witty.

He was made an honorary life mem-

ber of this society in 1960, and retain-

ed an interest in natural history and

things entomological to the last. He

leaves his widow in Vernon, and a

son, Rev. A. P. Venables, in Derby-

shire, England.

—D, A. Ross.

46 JOURNAL ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. Cotumprtia, Vou. 63 (1966), Dec. 1, 1966

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

Since this society no longer has

any support except from subscriptions

it has become necessary to institute

a page charge. This has initially been

set at. cost: $12.00. In other respecis

policies remain parallel with those of

the Canadian Entomological Society.

The page charge includes all extras

except coloured illustrations, provid-

ed that such extras do not comprise

more than 40% of the published

pages. Coloured illustrations will be

charged: directly’to the author, Au-

thors, not attached to universities or

Official institutions, who must pay

these charges from their personal

funds and are unable to do so, may

apply for assistance when submitting

a. manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hun-

dreds and at the following prices:

of the Entomological Society of Brit-

ish Columbia, nor is it mandatory, al-

though preferable, that authors be

members of the society. The chief

condition for publication is that the

paper have some regional origin, in-

terest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H. R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8, B.C.

Manuscripts should be typed dou-

ble-spaced on one side of white, line-

numbered paper if possible, leaving

generous margins. The original and

two copies, mailed flat, are required.

Tables should be on Separate, num-

bered sheets, with the caption on the

sheet. Captions for illustrations

should also be on separate numbered

sheets, but more than one caption

Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $22 31

Each extra 100 6 8

Author’s discounts (up to 40%)

may be granted to authors who cer-

tify, at the time of ordering, that they

are buying reprints at personal ex-

pense. Authors ordering personal re-

prints in addition to those ordered by

an institution will be billed at the

rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Proceedings need

not have been presented at meetings

D9 $70 87 106

12 14 16 18

may be on a Sheet. Photographs

should be glossy prints of good size,

clarity and contrast. Line drawings

should be in black ink on good qual-

ity white paper.

The style, abbreviations and cita-

tions should conform to the Style

Manual for Biological Journals pub-

lished by the American Institute of

Biological Sciences,

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

DSEN and WILLIAMS—The performance, phytotoxicity and persistence

of three petroleum oils for control of the pear psylla. ............

NOTT and BERGIS—Note on damage to grasses in the Peace River

region by the spittlebug, Philaronia bileneata Say, (Cercopidae:

RIS oe WOOD—The European pine shoot moth, Rhyacionia buoliana

Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae), another introduced forest pest ........

NHAM and FINLAYSON—Resistance to organochlorine insecticides in the

tuber ate beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), in British

RES ON ay REA DS PS a ae aie ee ete neem

Wood- and bark-feeding Coleoptera of felled western larch in British

Pe anbis re a ee i

edie ET EEG RSS SST as BAIS ISSEY Pee ie il a ie Re es

KINSON and MacCARTHY—The marsh crane fly, Tipula paludosa Mg., a

ne y pest in British Columbia (Diptera:Tipulidae) .............

LLEN and JONG—New records and discussions of predators of

pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Forster, in British Columbia .........

1N—Cone insects of grand fir, Abies grandis (Douglas) Lindley,

ISH and SCUDDER—The Polymorphism in Philaenus spumarius (L.)

on emiptera: Percenmae) moritisn Columbia. 6 2 we ek.

J)LT—Moisture and fat content during the adult life of the Am-

sia beetle, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). ...........20.64.

enetic moth, in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Psychidae) .......

IS—Distribution and hosts of some horntails (Siricidae) in British Co-

Re Oi NOR ies CR e ks wena | aye Oar el Le Dewalt ole Se) eal Tee Caen d Gh en he) el ee ete eR hel ser ue

This copy of the Journal of the Entomological Society

of British Columbia comes to you as a Centennial project of

the Society, and by courtesy of the editor of the Canadian

Entomologist.

The Journal was published for 62 years as the Pro-

ceedings of the Entomological Society of British Columbia. It

has long since ceased to be a true proceedings in that presi-

dential addresses, and the proceedings and transactions of the

Society were not reported. Contributions are reviewed before

publication so that it was fitting that the policy be recog-

“nized by the change of name in 1966.

Memberships and subscriptions are invited. An appli-

cation form will be found on page 69 of the Journal.

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 64. Issued August 1, 1967

MADSEN and WILLIAMS—The performance, phytotoxicity and persistence

of three petroleum oils for control of the pear psylla. ..........2.. 3

ARNOTT and BERGIS—Note on damage to grasses in the Peace River

region by the spittlebug, Philaronia bileneata Say, (Cercopidae:

lemiptera)!. !<isu 5 4. ee 8 ee eee a ee 8

DOWNING—Petroleum oils in orchard mite control. .......2..2.2.2.. 10

HARRIS and WOOD—The European pine shoot moth, Rhyacionia buoliana

(Lepidoptera:Olethreutidae), another introduced forest pest ........ 14

BANHAM and FINLAYSON— Resistance to organochlorine insecticides in the

tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), in British

Columblavet ss oe Oe kc, ca Gs es es oi ons oe a. te ee To oe 17

ROSS—Wood- and bark-feeding Coleoptera of felled western larch in British

Colman laa recs ee LST ee als wee bede, ts & BMG an nh Ae oe, Ce 23

ROSS—The western larch borer, Tetropium velutinum Leconte, in Interior British

Wolimbiatian eens woes Pee oe ee Ae Coe A 25

WILKINSON and MacCARTHY—The marsh crane fly, Tipula paludosa Mg., a

new pest in British Columbia (Diptera:Tipulidae) ...........2.. 29

McMULLEN and JONG—New records and discussions of predators of

the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Forster, in British Columbia. ........ 35

HEDLIN—Cone insects of grand fir, Abies grandis (Douglas) Lindley,

imBritish Columbia’... ts. oe wath, Go we a ee en a ee 40

FARRISH and SCUDDER—The Polymorphism in Philaenus spumarius (L.)

(Hemiptera: Cercopidae) in British Columbia. ............... 45

NIJHOLT—Moisture and fat content during the adult life of the Am-

brosia beetle, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). . ee ee 51

LEECH and SUGDEN-—Solenobia triquetrella Hubner, a flightless parthe-

nogenetic moth, in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Psychidae) ....... 56

MORRIS— Distribution and hosts of some horntails (Siricidae) in British Co-

RUM Ame hye sre eye ey ON eae A Wee Loe heey aeeed regen eee 60

DOIDGE—Note on a spruce bark weevil, Pissodes alascensis Hopkins

(Coleoptera: Curculionidae), in British Columbia. ..........2... 63

SOMONCEONODE: &. be vd Jae ana ta bes ae ee he Dee Se ts 13

Oe OG UEON UE Wil inc Reet io Boe Ww GS ee RE we ee Re Pe Se we 66

MiasrIvic CONVERSION 2. 2.4.0 265 ee ee Se ee pH ee eee eS 67

MOM O'CONTRIBUTORS. 25 2 «6 6% «2 ee ew Re ee Bee 68

J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Conumnpra, 64 (1967), Auc. 1, 1967

DIRECTORS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA FOR 1967-1968

President

F. L. BANHAM

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

President-Elect

H. MADSEN

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

Past-President

G. G. E. SCUDDER

Dept. of Zoology, University of B.C.,

Vancouver 8

Secretary-Treasurer

M. D. ATKINS

Forest Research Laboratory,

506 West Burnside Road,

Victoria

Honorary Auditor

PETER ZUK

Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine Dr.,

Vancouver 8

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCartHy, Chairman K. GRAHAM

C. V. G. MORGAN D. A. Ross

Directors

K. GRAHAM, Vancouver C. L. NEILSON, Victoria

W. T. CraAM, Vancouver A. F. HEDLIN, Victoria

G. B. RicH, Kamloops

;

J. Exromor. Soc. Brir. Cotumnra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967 3

THE PERFORMANCE, PHYTOTOXICITY AND

PERSISTENCE OF THREE PETROLEUM OILS FOR

CONTROL OF THE PEAR PSYLLA‘*

HAROLD F.. MADSEN and K. WILLIAMS

ABSTRACT

Good control of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Foerster, was ob-

tained with two of three petroleum oils tested under field conditions. Each

oil was applied three times during the season, once in the delayed dormant

stage and twice in the summer. Oil B (vis. 145 S.S.U.) and oil C (vis. 70

S.S.U.) provided seasonal control. Oil A (vis. 71.7 S.S.U.) did not give satis-

factory control because of poor kill of pear psylla adults.

All three oils caused enlargement and suberization of the bark lenti-

cels on Bartlett pear trees. There was no significant injury’ to foliage. Oil

treated fruit was equal in quality to fruit from a standard treatment.

The three oils persisted upon foliage for more than 35 days after

treatment.

Oils A and B showed no loss from the initial deposit. Oil C

had a higher initial deposit but this deposit declined 36 per cent after

8 days.

INTRODUCTION

The resurgence of interest in the

use of petroleum oil for control of the

pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Foerster,

is partly due to the problem of resist-

ance and partly to the possibility that

Oils may fit into an integrated con-

trol program. Smith (1965) in New

York has shown that oils are promis-

ing for early season control of the

pear psylla. The complexities in

evaluating oils because of phytotoxic-

ity and the wide range of oil specifi-

cations have been indicated by

Howitt and Pshea (1965).

Studies in British Columbia by

Madsen and Williams (1967) showed

that an oil of 145 viscosity gave better

control of the pear psylla with less

phytotoxicity than oils of 60 viscos-

ity. The 60-viscosity oils did not per-

Sist upon foliage—a desirable pro-

perty—but the lack of adequate con-

trol precluded further evaluation of

Oils of this viscosity. In 1966 an oil of

70 viscosity, one of 71.7, and the 145-

viscosity oil mentioned above were

evaluated for pear psylla control,

phytotoxicity and persistence on pear

foliage.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The properties of the three oils

1 Psylla pyricola Foerster (Hemiptera: Psyllidae)

2 Contribution No. 209, Research Station, Re-

Search Branch, Canada Department of Agricul-

ture, Summerland, British Columbia.

are shown in Table 1. Experimental

plots were located in a mature Bart-

lett pear orchard near Kelowna, B.C.,

Which had a high overwintering

population of pear psylla. Each plot

consisted of 32 trees in a 4x8 block

with two replications per treatment.

The oils were used in a 3-spray pro-

gram, one at the delayed dormant

stage of tree development (21 Mar.)

and two during the summer (6 June

and 13 July). All treatments were

made with a concentrate sprayer set

to deliver 60 gal3 of spray mixture per

acre. The oils were used at a dosage

of 5 gal of formulated oil per acre4.

Perthane, [1,1-dichloro-2,2-bis(p-

ethylphenyl) ethane], at a dosage of

1 gal of 4.5 E.C. in the delayed dor-

mant period and 2 gal of 4.5 E.C. in

each of the two summer sprays was

applied as a standard treatment.

Control was evaluated by counts

of pear psylla adults and nymphs at

approximately biweekly intervals.

Adults were sampled by limb beats

with an 18x18 inch5 tray held be-

neath the branch. Each sample con-

sisted of two limb beats per tree. The

12 center trees in each plot were

sampled. Nymphs were counted on

100 leaf samples, 50 from senescent

leaves and 50 from new growth. An

> 3 Imp. gallon — 4.55 1

4 Acre -— 0.405 ha

s Inch -— 2.54 em

4 J. HWromot..

Soc,

Brir. Co1umrra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

TABLE 1.—Specifications of the petroleum oils evaluated for pear psylla control.

Specifications

eee (S.S.U. at 100°F)

Ba enten to 760 mm Hg |

10-90% distillation range at 10 mm 1 He

Average molecular weight

Unsulfonated residue

1 Orchex 796—Humble Oil Company.

Oil Al Oil B2 Oil C3

71.7 145 10

443 490 425

720 774 699

72 107 95

329 385 320

I ere ae 96.3 94 92

2 Volek Supreme—Chevron Chemical Company.

3 Pennsalt Superior—Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation.

untreated check plot was maintained

until 6 June. At that time it was nec-

essary to spray the untreated trees

with Perthane to prevent excessive

damage to the leaves and fruit.

Oil deposits were analyzed by a

modified gravimetric method first

described by Pearce, Avens and Chap-

man (1941). Leaf samples consisted

of 50 leaves per tree picked at random

from five -trees in each plot.

Phytotoxicity was determined by

field observation of the treated trees.

At harvest four boxes each of oil-

sprayed pears and pears from the

standard treatment of Perthane were

picked and placed in standard cold

storage. The pears were removed after

two months’ storage and evaluated

for quality.

RESULTS

PEAR PSYLLA CONTROL

Adult and nymphal counts (Fig. 1)

show that Perthane gave adequate

control of the pear psylla. It was not

necessary to apply a second summer

spray on 13. July but by 1 Aug. the

infestation had increased--to: a ievel

that required a second summer spray.

Oils B and C gave good control, with

oil C being slightly better than oil B.

Oi] A gave poor control and a Per-

thane spray was applied 13 July to

prevent excessive injury to foliage

and fruit.

The performance of these oils can

be explained by their relative effec-

tiveness against adult pear psylla

since they all gave good control of the

nymphal stages. It has been shown

by several investigators (Smith 1965,

Madsen and Williams 1967) that oil

has no residual effect against pear

psylla adults, nymphs or eggs, but

that residual oil deposits on bark

deter egg laying. In the trials at Kel-

owna oil deposits on leaves did not

deter egg laying and the degree of

reinfestation depended upon _ the

number of surviving adults. The nym-

phal population in the oil A plot in-

creased rapidly and required retreat-

ment 3 to 4 weeks after the summer

oil spray was applied.

The decline in adult populations in

both treated and check plots from 30

Mar. to 18 May was due to natural

mortality of the overwintered adults.

The rapid rise in adults after 18 May

reflected the appearance of the first

generation of summer adults. The

nymph counts on the check trees were

not included in Fig. 1. The counts on

these trees were 1655 nymphs per 100

leaves on 18 May and 2160 per 100

leaves on 6 June.

PHY TOTOXICITY

The oil-sprayed trees were exam-

ined at frequent intervals for injury.

There was little leaf injury although

some spotting occurred on ~suckey

growth in the tree centers. The grow-

er applied a nutrient spray contain-

ing iron, zinc, manganese and mag-

nesium a week after the first summer

spray of oil. This treatment caused a

general leaf spotting throughout the

orchard and the injury was more ap-

parent on the oil-sprayed foliage. By

harvest, bark injury of equal inten-

sity was noticeable on all trees spray-

ed with oil (Fig. 2). Bank Tentieels

were enlarged and suberized on the

current year’s growth and on 1- and

2-year-old wood. The damage is

J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Conumera. 64 (1967), Avc. 1, 1967

NYMPHS PER 100 LEAVES

ADULT PSYLLA PER 24 BEATS

16 18 6 | 13 28 1] i 19 1 16 26

APRIL MAY- JUNE JUL AUG

SPRAY SPRAY

600

(6) k |

500 is ; |

| \

fo |

I- \

400 at | » °

300 | \ ape iee

Pek ee Nd Se

a lf : \ i ING, DUG we eeeact ae ANE

a i / \ = = GHECK

100

° -

~—ieose

10 30 16 18 6 28 a ]

gas APRIL MAY vee JULY AUG

SPRAY SPRAY SPRAY

Figure 1.—Pear psylla control with oils—1966.

6 J. Exromor. Soc. Brrr. Conumpra, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967

TABLE 2.—Initial deposit and persistence of oils upon pear leaves

(micrograms per cm?)

Oils 0 day

Oi Bea | ee re ANN Aides Laboee Bee Ue aes 58

Oil C3 84

1 Orchex 796—Humble Oil Company.

8 days 15 days 22 days 35 days

51 50 45 51

61 56 45 66

54 41 41 49

2 Volek Supreme—Chevron Chemical Company.

3 Pennsalt Superior—Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation.

superficially similar to that caused by

ege deposition of the buffalo tree

hopper. It is not known when this in-

jury occurs, but the presence of en-

larged lenticels on the current sea-

son’s growth indicates that summer

sprays are involved. The fruit from

the oil-sprayed and Perthane-treated

trees waS removed from cold storage

on 24 Nov. and examined after being

held for eight days at 21.1°C. There

was no difference in appearance,

ripening, eating quality and condition

between the two lots of fruit. Reyneke

and Pearse (1945) found that pears

dipped in an oil emulsion showed re-

duced respiratory activity. This re-

sulted in better keeping qualities in

storage and an increased juice con-

tent.

PERSISTENCE

The analytical data on oil deposits

and persistence upon pear leaves are

shown in Table 2. Oils A and B show-

ed no dissipation up to 35 days after

treatment. Oil C gave a higher initial

deposit than either of the other oils

and the deposit was reduced by 36%

within eight days. After this early

loss, there was no further dissipation

of oil C. These data are in agreement

with the work of Fiori, Smith and

Chapman (1963). They showed in

laboratory tests that there was no

volatilization of oils with an average

molecular weight of 300 or above. All

three of the test oils fall within this

category. The high initial deposit ob-

tained with oil C may be due to the

type and amount of emulsifier in the

formulation. It has been shown by

Marshall (1958) that surfactants will

often increase the deposit of spray

materials in a concentrate applica-

tion.

It has been mentioned previously

that persistence of oil upon foliage

is not a desirable attribute. The pres-

ence of oils upon leaves has caused

phytotoxic problems when other pes-

ticides are applied after an oil spray

(Madsen 1964).

DISCUSSION

These data indicate that certain

petroleum oils can provide control of

the pear psylla in British Columbia

orchards. One weakness of oils is

their complete lack of residual action.

Unless a high initial adult kill can be

obtained, reinfestation will nullify

good control of the nymphal stages.

The difference in control of adults

obtained from oil A compared to oils

B and C is difficult to explain. Studies

in 1965 by Madsen and Williams

(1967) had indicated that oils of 60

viscosity were poor against adult pear

psylla. Smith (1965) in New York did

not find that oils in the range of 60

viscosity gave poor control. Since oils

A and C have similar properties and

are both paraffinic in origin, there

must be other factors which account

for differences in control. One pos-

sibility is the wetting properties of

the formulated oils. Oil C contained a

higher percentage of emulsifier than

A and the latter oil may not have

wetted the adults sufficiently to ob-

tain control. This point will be inves-

tigated further.

Although there was no adverse

effect of the oils on fruit or foliage,

the enlargement of bark lenticels is

of concern. The long-term effect of

this symptom on growth and fruit

production needs to be determined,

and studies to ascertain if altering

the time of treatment will reduce or

prevent injury are underway.

J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Conumnbra, 64 (1967), Ata. 1, 1967

Figure 2.—Oil-treated Bartlett pear twig (upper) compared to a Perthane-treated

twig (lower).

8 J. Entomor. Soc. Brir. Conumpra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

When this study was initiated, it

was hoped that oils could be found

that would control the pest and dis-

sipate rapidly from treated surfaces.

Thus far, all the oils which have

given good pear psylla control have

been persistent upon pear leaves. Al-

though petroleum oils have draw-

backs they do offer promise as a

means of control if resistance devel-

ops to the insecticides currently -

recommended.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank G. A. War-

dle. Technician 2, Entomology Laboratory,

Research Station, Summerland, for assist-

ance in oil deposit determinations. Appre-

ciation is also extended to S. W. Porritt,

Pomology Section of the same Station, for

conducting the quality studies on fruit.

Literature Cited

Fiori, B. J., E. H. Smith, and P. J. Chapman, 1963. Some factors influencing the ovicidal

effectiveness of saturated petroleum oils and synthetic isoparaffins. J. Econ.

Entomol. 56:885-888.

Howitt, Angus J., and A. Pshea. 1965. Use of commercial and experimental naphthenic

and paraffinic petroleum oils in Michigan. Quart. Bull. Mich. Agr. Sta. 47:654-

666.

Madsen, Harold F. 1964. Compatibility problems on apples, emulsifiable concentrate

formulations and oils. Wash. State Hort. Ass. Proc, 60:65-66.

Madsen, Harold F., and K. Williams.

oil-insecticide combinations.

Marshall, James.

Publ. 1020:1-47.

1967. Control of the pear psylla with oils and

J. Econ. Entomol. 60:121-124.

1958. Concentrate spraying in deciduous orchards,

Can. Dep. Agr.

Pearce, G. W., A. W. Avens, and P. J. Chapman. 1941. Determination of amount of oil

deposited on apple bark in dormant spraying. J. Econ. Entomol, 34:202-206.

Reyneke, John, and Harold L. Pearse. 1945. The relationship between respiration and

physical condition of fruit as affected by oil treatments. J. Pomol. Hort. Sci.

21:8-27.

Smith, E. H. 1965. The susceptibility of life history stages of the pear psylla to oil

treatments,

J. Econ. Entomol. 58:456-464.

NOTE ON DAMAGE TO GRASSES IN THE PEACE RIVER

REGION BY THE SPITTLEBUG, PHILARONIA BILINEATA

SAY, (CERCOPIDAE:HEMIPTERA)

D. A. ARNOTT! AND I. BERGIS!

ABSTRACT

Nymphs of the spittle bug, Philaronia bilineata Say, were observed

to feed on seed stalks of Merion bluegrass near Dawson Creek, B.C. When

nymphs fed on a tuft all the seed stalks turned white and died, regardless

of how many nymphs were present. This suggested that the nymphs were

phytotoxic or possibly a vector of a pathogenic organism. The damage dif-

fered from other types observed and studied. Red fescue was much less

affected. Treatment with DDT is recommended.

In 1965 some fields of Merion

bluegrass near Dawson Creek, British

Columbia, were infested with a spit-

tlebug, Philaronia bilineata Say,

which caused damage of a type not

previously noted in the Peace River

region. The damage became evident

in the last week of May when the

earliest developing seed stalks, with

heads partly emerged began to turn

1 Associate Entomologist and Technician respec-

tively, Research Branch, Canada Department of

Agriculture, Kamloops, British Columbia.

white and appear dead (Fig. 1.). The

damage is distinct from the so-called

Silver top, which occurs later in June

when most of the seed heads have

emerged, or from cutworm damage in

which stalks are cut off at the grass

crown.

Spittle masses, hidden by the

erass crown, were present on the low-

er portions of seed stalks. In tufts of

grass with more than one seed stalk,

one or more nymphs might be pres-

ee womMor.. Sov. Brrr. Conuwpra, 64 (1967). Awa 1,

1967 3

Fig. 1. Merion bluegrass.

a. seed stalks killed by P. bilineata;

b. normal, healthy seed stalks.

ent on each stalk, but in some tufts

with several seed stalks only a single

nymph was present. Nevertheless,

whether one or more nymphs infest-

ed a tuft, all the seed stalks in the

tuft turned white and died above the

roots. These observations suggest that

seed stalks may not die from simple

feeding by the nymphs but rather

from phytotoxemia or because P. bDi-

lineata is a vector of some pathogenic

organism. Byers and Wells (1966)

found that damage to Coastal ber-

mudagrass in Georgia and other

southeastern states resulted from

phytotoxemia caused by the _ two-

lined spittlebug, Prosapia_ bicincta

(Say).

In Merion bluegrass adults of P.

bilineata began to appear about June

9 and in one field were very numer-

ous by June 30, up to 50 or more be-

ing taken in one Sweep with a 15-

inch net. In this field the spittlebug

nymphs killed about 10 per cent of

the seed stalks. Infestations also oc-

curred in red fescue but damage was

much less than in Merion bluegrass.

Although spittlebugs may not be

an annual pest of grasses in the

Peace River region heavy -infesta-

tions such as occurred in 1965 could

result in economic loss of seed. Treat-

ment of fields with DDT as .recom-

mended for control of silver top or

cutworms will be effective against

spittlebugs.

Acknowledgements

The authors are indebted to the follow-

ing: L. A. Kelton, Entomology Research In-

stitute, Ottawa for identity of P. bilineata

Say, and L. C. Curtis, of this Research Sta-

tion for the photograph.

References

Byers, R. A., and H. D. Wells. 1966. Phytotoxemia of Coastal bermudagrass caused by

the two-lined spittlebug,

Prosapia bicincta (Homoptera:

Entomol. Soc. America 59:1067-1071.

Cercopidae). Ann.

J. EXToMo.L. Soc.

PETROLEUM OILS IN ORCHARD MITE CONTROL!

R. S. DOWNING

ABSTRACT

Investigations with oil sprays for the control of European red mite,

Panonychus ulmi (Koch), revealed the following: as dormant sprays, Penn-

salt Superior oil was more effective than Shell Neutrol; when either oil was

applied at the half-inch green bud stage, the control was better than with

dormant applications of the same oil; half-inch green bud sprays of Penn-

salt Superior and Imperial 862 were equal in effectiveness. There was no

difference in control with a half-inch green bud spray of Volck Supreme,

Orchex 796, or Shell Neutrol; summer sprays of Pennsalt Superior oil gave

effective control of European red mite.

None of the above applications of oil gave effective control of the

McDaniel spider mite, Tetranychus mcdanieli McG.

Half-inch green bud sprays of Pennsalt Superior, tmiperial 862, Or-

chex 796 and to a lesser extent Volck Supreme, caused bark lenticel injury

to Delicious apple trees but not to McIntosh, Newtown, Rome Beauty,

Jonathan, Winesap and Stayman apple trees. Shell Neutrol oil did not pro-

Brit. CoLtumMBIA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

duce bark injury.

INTRODUCTION

Marshall (1948) made a study of

spray oils on deciduous fruit trees in

British Columbia. When comparing

oils from California crude he found

that a dormant oil of 200-220 SSU at

100° F was more effective against the

San Jose scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus

Comst., and the European red mite,

Panonychus ulmi (Koch), than an oil

of 100-110 SSU. He also found that the

heavier oil caused less injury to ap-

ple and pear trees than the lighter

oil. Based on Marshall’s findings the

200-220 SSU oil was and still is recom-

mended in British Columbia as a dor-

mant spray to control certain insects

and mites. A combination of this oil

with DNOC or lime sulphur was re-

commended until the mid 1950’s to

control European red mite but this

recommendation was dropped when a

pink bud spray of ovex (chlorfenson)

or fenson was shown to be more ef-

fective (Downing 1958).

During 1960-1963 the European

red mite developed tolerance to ovex

and fenson. Morestan2 subsequently

replaced ovex and fenson (Downing

1966a) but further investigations into

the use of oils for European red mite

1 Contribution No. 215, Research Station, Re-

search Branch, Canada Agriculture, Summerland,

British Columbia,

2 6-methyl1-2,3-quinoxalinedithiol

ate 25% wettable powder.

eyclic carbon-

control seemed advisable because

there is no evidence of mite resist-

ance to oils (Chapman 1959).

Pearce and Chapman (1947) _ is-

sued specifications for a ‘109 second

superior oil” and stated that it could

be used up to the period when leaves

of the fruit buds of apple were ex-

posed about 34 inch. Later, Chapman

and Pearce (1959) issued specifica-

tions for a “70 second superior oil”

that could be used throughout the

verdant period as a “Summer oil’.

This is a report on investigations car-

ried out at Summerland, British Co-

lumbia, with these so called superior

type oils and with a 200-215 SSU dor-

mant oil.

METHODS

Most of the sprays were applied by

a “Turbo-mist” concentrate sprayer

that applied 60 gal. of spray mixture

per acre. In some experiments a high-

volume handgun sprayer was used. It

was operated at 425 psi and the trees

were sprayed until dripping. Where

the concentrate sprayer was _ used,

each plot consisted of 8 to 12 trees

and there were usually 3 replicates

per treatment. Estimates of mite den-

sities were made by taking a 20-leaf

sample from each of 5 trees per plot.

Where the handgun sprayer was used,

each plot consisted of 2 trees and

there were 2 replicate plots per treat-

ment. Samples of 25 leaves from each

J. Exromon. Soc. Brir. Conumeia, 64 (1967),

of the 2 trees per plot were taken in

the latter case. The leaves were pro-

cessed by the method of Henderson

and McBurnie (1943) as modified by

Morgan et al. (1955).

Identification of the phytoseiid

mites was based on the key of Schus-

ter and Pritchard (1963).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

Effect On Mites

A preliminary experiment in 1962

compared Pennsalt Superior, a sup-

erior type oil of 70 SSU at 100°F, at

the green tip stage of McIntosh apple

with Morestan at the pink bud Stage.

The sprays were applied by concen-

trate sprayer. Records taken in early

July showed that the Superior oil at

6 gal. per acre and Morestan at 6 or

8 lb. per acre gave good control of the

European red mite but the McDaniel

spider mite, Tetranychus mcdanieli

McG. was not controlled in the oil

plot. The McDaniel mite did not in-

crease appreciably on the Morestan

plots until the end of July.

In 1964 an experiment was design-

ed to compare: dormant applications

of Shell Neutrol, a western dormant

oil with a viscosity at 100°F of 200-

215 SSU and Pennsalt Superior oil;

and half-inch green bud sprays of

Pennsalt Superior and Imperial 862

which is a superior type oil with a

viscosity at 100°F of 90 SSU. All

sprays were applied by concentrate

sprayer. The results of this experi-

ment summarized in Table 1 show

that: Pennsalt Superior was more

effective than Shell Neutrol when

both were applied at the dormant

Stage; the half-inch green bud spray

of Pennsalt Superior oil was more

Aue, 1, 1967 1

effective than the dormant spray of

the same oil; Pennsalt Superior and

Imperial 862 were equal in effective-

ness when applied at the half-inch

green bud stage.

In 1965 applications of Shell Neu-

trol oil were made at the dormant

and half-inch green bud stages of De-

licious apple trees by handgun spray-

er. Samples of leaves taken on May

26 and June 21 indicated that the

half-inch green bud spray was more

effective than the dormant spray

against the European red mite.

In 1966 a number of apple or-

chards were sprayed with the follow-

ing oils: Shell Neutrol, Volek Sup-

reme (140 SSU at 100° F) and Orchex

796 (71 SSU at 100° F). They were ap-

plied by handgun sprayer at 2 gal.

per 100 gal. or by concentrate sprayer

at 6 gal. per acre. All the sprays were

applied during the prebloom period

from the half-inch green bud stage

through to the prepink bud stage.

Table 2 summarizes the results ob-

tained in a 4-acre mature orchard

composed of common Delicious and

Newtown apple trees. These results,

Similar to those obtained in the other

orchards, show that all oils gave good

control of the European red mite and

fair control of the apple rust mite,

Vasates schlechtendali (Nal.).

Effect On Trees

Hikichi and Wagner (1965) noticed

that superior oils of 60, 70, or 100 sec-

onds viscosity caused enlargement

and cracking of bark lenticels when

they were applied in the delayed dor-

mant stage to Delicious apple trees.

The bark of McIntosh and Northern

Spy was not affected.

In Summerland, similar injury to

TABLE 1.—Average numbers of the European red mite per leaf after spraying Delicious

apple trees with 6 gallons per acre of various oils by concentrate sprayer,

Summerland, B.C., 1964.

European red mites per leaf

Oil Stage May 29 July 2 July 22

Shell Neutrol Dormant * 16.7 sprayed

Pennsalt Superior Dormant 2A 10.8 28

Pennsalt Superior Half-inch green ** 0.4 1.4 6.0

Imperial 862 Half-inch green 0.8 4.0 98

Check — no treatment 21.8 sprayed

* Dormant sprays applied March 16, 1964.

** Half-inch sprays applied April 24, 1964.

1? J. ENTOMOL, Soc. Brre. “Cone arnra, 64 “(196g Aneel

el cakosth

TABLE 2.—Average numbers of the European red mite, apple rust mite, and predaceous

phytoseiid mites per 100 leaves after spraying Delicious and Newtown apple trees

at the half-inch green bud stage with 6 gallons per acre of various oils by

concentrate sprayer, Kelowna, B.C., 1966.

Mites per 100 leaves

European red Apple rust Phytoseiid

Oil May 25 July 13 May 25 July 13 May 25 July 13

Shell Neutrol 2 92 305 26350 16 9

Volek Supreme 2 86 545 23310 16 13

Orchex 796 aan 74 700 28040 32 44

Check — no treatment _. 30 ~=sprayed 2247 sprayed 23 sprayed

8 Eee

the bark of Red Delicious apple oc-

curred in 1964, when concentrate ap-

plications of either Pennsalt Superior

or Imperial 862 were applied at the

half-inch green bud stage. The bark

of Newtown, Jonathan or Rome

Beauty was not affected. Where

Pennsalt Superior was applied at the

dormant stage the bark injury was

hardly noticeable and there was no

indication of any injury where Shell

Neutrol was applied at the dormant

stage.

Shell Neutrol at 2 gal. per 100 gal.

was applied in 1964 to one Delicious

and one McIntosh apple tree that

were in the half-inch green bud stage

to determine whether the oil was

phytotoxic when applied at that stage

of bud growth. No damage resulted

then or in the following year when

Shell Neutrol was applied to Delicious

apple trees at the dormant and at

the half-inch green bud stages.

In 1966, Volek Supreme was com-

pared with Shell Neutrol and Orchex

796 because its viscosity is midway be-

tween the other two and therefore

might be safe to apply at the half-

inch green bud stage. These 3 oilS were

applied to Red Delicious, common De-

licious, Newtown, Winesap, Jonathan,

and Stayman apple trees. Shell Neu-

trol did not cause noticeable injury to

the bark or foliage. Applied by con-

centrate sprayer Orchex 796 consis-

tently caused lenticel swelling and

cracking on both common and Red

Delicious trees but not on the other

varieties. Volck Supreme oil caused

Similar lentical swelling and crack-

ing where it was applied to Red De-

licious by concentrate sprayer but no

injury was noted from handgun ap-

plications. Fhe bark -of -the other

varieties including common Delicious

was not injured by concentrate or

handgun applications of Volek Sup-

reme.

Effect On Predaceous

Phytoseiids

An earlier paper (Downing 1966b)

showed that both the heavy dormant

oil, Shell Neutrol, and the light Penn-

salt Superior were low in toxicity to

the predaceous phytoseiid mite, Neo-

seiulus caudiglans (Schuster) wheth-

er applied in the dormant or half-

inch green bud stage of apple. The

light oil was also low in toxicity when

applied in the summer. These results

were confirmed in 1966 when 3 oils

were applied during the prebloom

period without serious injury to the

predaceous phytoseiid mites (Table

Effect of Summer

Applications 1962-1966

Pennsalt Superior oil has been the

only miticide used since 1962 in a De-

licious and McIntosh apple orchard.

It was applied during the summers by

handgun sprayer at 1 gal. per 100

gal. except on two occasions when the

McDaniel mite was so numerous that

the oil concentration was increased

to 1.5 gal. The oil applications have

virtually maintained the trees free of

European red mite but have not sat-

isfactorily controlled the McDaniel

mite. A total of 10 sprays of oil were

applied to the trees during the sum-

mers of 1962-1966 and most of these

were applied to control McDaniel

mite.

Until 1966 no injury appeared on

fruit or foliage of Delicious or McIn-

tosh trees although very slight injury

to lenticels was evident on Delicious

Mea NTOMOL. SOc.

trees. In 1966, however, after an ap-

plication of oil on July 9, approxi-

mately 15% of the primary leaves of

the Delicious apple trees yellowed and

dropped. Oil sprays will be continued

on these plots to determine if this

BRM COMU NIBLA SOF VC 1967 )%

AG ile 1967 13

symptom was an indication of cumu-

lative oil injury.

Acknowledgements

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the able

assistance of Messrs. W. W. Davis and T. K.

Moilliet of this laboratory.

References

Chapman, P. J. and G. W. Pearce.

1959. Tree spray oils-—their present status.

N.Y.

(Geneva) Agr. Expt. Sta. Farm Res. 25(1):7.

Downing, R. S. 1958. Recent trials with new acaricides in British Columbia orchards.

Can. J. Plant Sci. 38:61-66.

Downing, R. S. 1966a.

Entomol. 98:134-138.

Quinoxalines as orchard acaricides in British Columbia.

Can.

Downing, R. S. 1966b. The effect of certain miticides on the predaceous mite Neoseiuius

caudiglans (Acarina: Phytoselidae). Can. J. Plant Sci. 46:521-524.

Henderson, C. F. and H. Y. McBurnie. 1943. Sampling technique for determining popu-

lations of citrus red mite and its predators. U.S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 671.

Hikichi, A. and H. Wagner. 1965. Bark injury on Red Delicious apple trees snrayved

with oil emulsions in the delayed dormant period. Pesticide Progress 2:59-61.

Marshall, J. 1948. Oil spray investigations in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 41:

092-595.

Morgan, C. V. G. et al. 1955. Methods :or estimating orchard mite populations, espe-

cially with the mite brushing machine. Can. Entomol. 87:189-200.

Pearce, G. W. and P. J. Chapman. 1947.

Improved spray oils for fruit trees.

INV,

(Geneva) Agr. Exp. Sta. Farm. Res. 13(2):1.

Schuster, R. O. and A. E. Pritchard.

34:191-285.

1963. Phytoseiid mites of California.

Hilgardia

A CERAMBYCID IN A CITY APARTMENT

im April, 1967; I was asked ‘to

identify a beetle which had emerged

from oak flooring on the eighth floor

of a 10-storey apartment building in

Vancouver. The building was of rein-

morced concrete; with a “floating

moor’ on each level. This type of

floor, from top to bottom, consists of

©. 16-inch kiln-dried oak, 5g-inch fir

plywood, °%4-inch air-dried white

spruce and 7 16-inch rigid fibre board

insulation as a base, all resting on the

concrete. The apartment was com-

pleted in May, 1966, and the flooring

was laid at this time. In December,

1966, a larva was seen in a hole in the

floor on the 7th storey. This was no-

ticed by the owners after a tenant

had moved, in an area which had

been covered by a rug. In\ March,

1967, a beetle was found emerging

mom a hole in the floor-on the 8th

storey. The beetle was identified as

the cerambycid Meriellum proteus

(Kirby).

The life history of this boreal spe-

e1es is not well known. Its host plants

include pine, spruce and balsam fir

(Gardiner, 1957) in which the lar-

vae feed in the phloem.

The spruce sub-flooring in this

apartment, originating from _ the

Kamloops area, was known to include

a few boards with bark attached.

This was confirmed when the dam-

aged oak was replaced. These boards

must have harbored the heetles. The

mature larvae left the phloem, gnaw-

ed through the plywood and partially

through the oak to pupate just be-

neath the surface. The adult then

emei ged prematurely im the spring:

the fight period, accordine to; lime

Sley (1964), is June and July.

Gardiner, L.M. 1957. Deterioration of fire-

killed pine in Ontario and the causal

wood-horing beetles. Canad. Ent.

89:241-263.

Linsley, ©. G. 1964. The Cerambycidae of

North America, Univ. Calif. Publ

Entom, 2229-27,

PZ ics

Research. Station, CDA:

Vancouver..5-C.

14 J.

ENTOMOL,

Soc. Brrr. CoLUmMpra,- 64- (1967 ).4 Aue 196a

THE EUROPEAN PINE SHOOT MOTH, RHYACIONIA

BUOLIANA (LEPIDOPTERA: OLETHREUTIDAE),

ANOTHER INTRODUCED FOREST PEST

J. W. E. HARRIS AND R. O. Woop!

ABSTRACT

The European pine shoot moth has been reported from Newfound-

jland to Ontario, the northeastern U.S., Oregon, Washington and British

Columbia, where it was first observed in 1927 near Victoria. Two years of

intensive survey show that it is now present in the southwestern part of

the province on southern Vancouver Island and in the Lower Fraser and

Okanagan valleys. Although the pest has only been recorded on ornamental

trees in urban areas and on nursery stock, there is a serious risk that it

may attack ponderosa and lodgepole pines in natural growing stands. Five

specific recommendations are made.

The European pine shoot moth,

Rhyacionia buoliana Schiffermuller

(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae), which

attacks the shoots of immature two-

and three - needle pines, was intro-

duced into North America from Eur-

ope. It has been reported from New-

foundland to southern Ontario in

eastern Canada, the northeastern

United States from Lake Michigan to

the, Atlantic coast, and at a few lo-

calities in Washington, Oregon, and

British Columbia. The adult, a small

orange - brown moth with silvery

markings, appears about June and

lays its eggs singly or in Small clus-

ters on twigs, buds and needles. A

week or two later, tiny larvae emerge

and feed on the buds and needles un-

til fall when they overwinter within

buds or under hardened pitch on the

buds. In spring the mature larvae,

light-brown caterpillars about %

inch long with black heads, feed

within shoots until May or early June

when they become pupae then adults.

Attacked trees rarely die, but may

develop spiked, crooked, forked, or

bushy tops. In eastern North America,

this insect has been responsible for

considerable damage to plantations

of red pine, Pinus resinosa Aiton,

Scots pine, Pinus sylvestris Linnaeus,

Austrian pine, Pinus nigra Arnold,

and Mugho pine, Pinus mugo Turra,

in fact most hard pines, including

1 Department of Forestry and Rural Develop-

ment, Forest Insect and Disease Survey, Victoria

and Vernon, B.C,

jack pine, Pinus banksiana Lambert,

anu lodgepole pine, Pinus contorta

_ouglas, have been attacked.

OCCURRENCE IN BRITISH

COLUMBIA

The European pine shoot moth was

fiist observed in British Columbia in

1927, in a nursery near: Victoria; iit

was not recorded again until 1938

When about 25 infested trees, mostly

lodgepole pine, were found in gar-

dens in south Vancouver. The Can-

ada Department of Agriculture un-

dertook an eradication program in

1939, destroying 88 infested trees. In-

fested shoots were clipped on other

trees, and the trees sprayed with ar-

senate of lead or nicotine sulphate.

The area was re-examined in 1941

and infested shoots found at two lo-

cations were destroyed. Little atten-

tion was paid to shoot moth from

then until 1961 and 1962, when it was

detected at Kelowna. In 1963 the

shoct moth was found on 30 trees in

the Okanagan Valley; 28 trees were

imported nursery stock; one was a

Mugho pine grown from seed; and

one was a mature ponderosa pine,

Pinus ponderosa Lawson & Son, at

the Summerland Experimental Farm.

In the same year, the insect was

again reported in the Greater Van-

couver and Victoria areas in nur-

series and gardens. In 1964, it was

found at Yarrow, about 50 miles east

of Vancouver.

In 1965 and 1966, in co-operation

J. Extromorn. Soc.

with the Plant Protection Division of

the Canada Department of Agricul-

ture, a more intensive survey was

undertaken to determine the insect’s

distribution and to appraise the ac-

tual or potential hazard to natural

stands. Areas of probable occurrence,

based on previous surveys, were vis-

ited. The results of the Survey are

summarized in Table 1.

Brit. ConumpBra, 64 (1967),

AveG =i 1967 15

ed nursery stock had been imported

recently from Ontario, Holland, and

the U.S.A. Lodgepole, Mugho, and

Scots pines were the principal species

attacked but small numbers of Swiss

stone pine, Pinus cembra Linnaeus,

western white pine, Pinus monticola

Douglas, Austrian pine, ponderosa

pine, red pine, eastern white pine,

Pinus strobus Linnaeus, and Japan-

TABLE 1. Examinations for European pine shoot moth in British Columbia, 1965-1966.

No. localities No. trees No. trees

Type of examined examined infested

planting 1965 1966 1965 1966 1965 1966

Natural stands ss 71 89 6,050 9,281 0 0

Gardens, parks,

municipal plantings 2,092 9,153 7,986 26 491

Plantations _ 1,038 2 25,209 3,652 0 2

Nurseries 69 100,170 106,684 101 134

In the Interior, the area of great-

est concern, inspections were made

at Kamloops, Nelson, Trail, Creston,

Grand Forks and in the Okanagan

Valley from Vernon south to the U.S.

border (Hamilton et al., 1965; Ross

et al., 1966). The shoot moth was

discovered in one newly established

plantation at Westbank in the OkKan-

agan Valley and at nurseries in Oli-

ver, Kelowna, Vernon and Kamloops

where Mugho, Scots, and Austrian

pines were infested. Infestations

were not found in natural stands of

lodgepole or ponderosa pine.

In the Coastal area, examinations

were made on Vancouver Island from

Campbell River south and on the

south coast mainland from Powell

River up the Fraser River Valley to

Lytton (Harris et al., 1965; Holms

et al., 1966). The shoot moth was

prevalent in parks and gardens

throughout the Greater Vancouver

and Victoria areas and occurred in

the Lower Fraser River Valley at

Sumas, Mission City, Yarrow, Chilli-

wack and Hope. It was in commercial

murseries at Wellington, Victoria,

Burnaby, Richmond, Surrey, Alder-

grove, Ocean Park, Langley, Yarrow,

Sardis, and Pitt Meadows. The infest-

ese black pine, Pinus thunbergii Par-

latore were also attacked. Attacks on

Sheared Christmas tree plantations

and natural-growing lodgepole pine

were not observed.

DISCUSSION

The European pine shoot moth is

currently confined to ornamental

trees in urban areas and to stock in

commercial nurseries in the south-

west part of the Province. Damage to

ornamental trees generally does not

result in serious deformation, and is

seldom visidle on bushy species such

as Mugho pine. However, significant

damage to forest values could occur

if the shoot moth were to spread to

forest stands where loss of increment

and tree deformity are important.

The potential loss may be high in the

Interior, where ponderosa pine is an

important timber tree. On the Coast

the potential loss is relatively low,

since lodgepole pine is economically

unimportant and is sparsely dis-

tributed.

The native hard pines, lodgepole

and ponderosa, are susceptible to at-

tack when planted, but the shoot

moth has evidently not spread into

natural-growing stands. Possibly the

insect fails to become established in

16 ae

hatural stands because the trees have

hot been subjected to unnatural

stresses that result from planting or

because the natural stands are too

distant irem. focal points of infesta-—

tion. The majority of infested orna-

mental plantings are in larger cities,

where natural growing pines are un-

common. Knowledge of the effective

range of the insect is inadequate,

however, and we cannot disregard

the possibility of eventual spread to

natural stands. Green and Pointing

(1962) showed that the moths were

potentially capawvle of flights of sev-

eial miles and that they can be stim-

uwated to fly under wind conditions

fvourlme their dispersal:

Shoot moth survive winter tem-

peratures that occur on the Coast and

probably can persist in some parts of

the Interior. Green (1962) reported

faa wit Cold hardening’ and ade-

quate snow cover, shoot moths sur-

vive winter temperatures down to ap-

proximately -22°F. Although im the

Okanagan Valley occasional lower

winter minimums have been record-

ed, favourable temperatures have ex-

isted near Okanagan Lake over ex-

tended periods. At one station in

Kelowna, the minimum temperature

recorded over a period of 16 years

was, +20° F-and at another in Pentic-

ton the minimum over 958 years was

-16°F (Meteorological Branch, Air

Services Division, Department Trans-

port (Canada), 1966). Ross (1966)

reared nine shoot moth pupae on

several recently transplanted caged

trees at Vernon during the 1965-1966

winter when temperatures dropped

to -4 F.

The European pine shoot moth

Was accidenvally. imtroduced: 11 1:0

British Columbia and, like other in-

troduced forest insects and diseases

in the Province, such as balsam woo!-

ly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratzburg),

peplar-and-willow borer, Sternoche-

tus lapathi (Linnaeus), lecanium

scale, Eulecanium coryli (Linnaeus),

white pine blister rust, Cronartium

HNTOMOL..

Soc. -Brir. CorumMBia, 64 (1967) > Auer i. 1967

ribicola J. C. Fischer and trellis rust,

Gymnosporangium fuscum Hedwig f.

in DC., it probably entered on nur-

sery stock. Shoot moth in B.C. nur-

series occurred on trees, imported

from- eastern Canada, 7ihnen srs... OF

Kurope, and most of the infested trees

in gardens and parks had been re-

cently purchased from nurseries.

Movement of their living hosts doubt-

tess affords many pests an ideal op-

portunity for transport to distant lo-

calities. In the spring and fall, when

plants are usually moved, detection

oi dormant insects, often hidden

within plant parts, is extremely diffi-

cult. Moreover, inadequate inspection

of and restrictions on movement of

nursery stock enhances the possibil-

ity of spread of damaging organisms.

RECOMMENDATIONS

The following safeguards should

be considered to prevent possible in-

fectation of economically important

trees by European pine shoot moth

imported on ornamental pines:

1. Inspections of trees entering

the country should be intensi-

fied. and inspections of trees

moved from one province to

another as nursery stock should

be imposed.

2. Imported stock should be kept

under post-entry quarantine

for at least 1 years sow tha:

symptoms not visible initially

could be detected.

3. Requirements for nurseries to

control..pests “On Yiheins Rees

should be more strictly en-

forced.

4. Pines should be grown locally

from seed:

5. An educational programme

emphasizing the dangers of in-

troducing forest insect pests

should be implemented.

Acknowledgements

The authors are indebted to Plant Pro-

tection Officers of the Canada Department

of Agriculture at Vancouver and Penticton

for their part in gathering data.

J. Entromou. Soc. Brir. CotumbBia, 64 (1967). Auc. 1, 1967 oer

References

Green, G. W. 1962. Low winter temperatures and the European pine shoot moth, Rhy-

acionia buoliana (Schiff.) in Ontario. Can. Entomol. 94:314-336.

Green, G. W., and P. J. Pointing. 1962. Flight and dispersal of the European pine

shoot moth, Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiff.) IL.

Can. Entomol. 94:299-314.

Hamilton, J. C., W. E. Molyneux, R. O. Wood and D. A. Ross.

females.

Natural dispersal of egg-laden

1965. Report on the

European pine shoot moth survey interior British Columbia, 1965. Dept. For-

estry Can., Forest Entomol. Lab., Vernon.

Inform. Rep. 4p.

Harris, J. W. E., D. S. Ruth, E. Fridell, and C. A. Gibson. 1965. European pine shoot

moth survey south coastal British Columbia, 1965. Dept. Forestry Can., For-

est Res. Lab., Victoria. Inform. Rep. 8 p.

Holms, J. C., C. A. Gibson, G W. Miller, and J. W. E. Harris. 1966. European pine shoot

moth survey south coastal British Columbia, 1966. Dept. Forestry and Rural

Dev., Forest Res. Lab., Victoria. Inform. Rep. BC-X-8. 4p.

Meteorological Branch, Air Services Division, Department Transport (Canada). 1966.

Climate of British Columbia, 1965. B.C. Dept. Agr. 43 p.

Ross, D. A.

1966. Overwintering of caged Rhyacionia buoliana (Schilfermuller) at

Vernon, B.C., in 1965-66. J. Entomol. Soc. British Columbia: 63:31-32.

Ross, D. A., R. O. Wood, J. C. Hamilton, and W. E. Molyneux. 1966. European pine

shoot moth survey interior British Columbia,

1966. Dept. Forestry Can.,

Forest Res. Lab., Victoria. Inform. Rep. BC-X-6. 4p.

RESISTANCE TO ORGANOCHLORINE INSECTICIDES

IN THE TUBER FLEA BEETLE, EPITRIX TUBERIS

GENT. (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE),

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA'

F. L. BANHAM and D. G. FINLAYSON

ABSTRACT

Laboratory and field experiments showed that Epitrix tuberis Gent.

had developed strains that were highly resistant to dieldrin and less so to

DDT. Both adults and larvae were resistant to the cyclodiene insecticides.

Strains resistant to cyclodienes were centered in the Salmon Arm and

Vernon areas. Strains resistant to DDT had a wider range and were present

as far north as Pavilion. All tuber flea beetles tested in the province were

highly susceptible to diazinon and presumably to other organophosphorus

compounds.

INTRODUCTION

In the southern interior of British

Columbia the tuber flea _ beetle,

Epitrix tuberis Gent., has been con-

trolled effectively since 1953 by incor-

porating into the soil the cyclodiene

organochlorine insecticides: aldrin,

chlordane, dieldrin and heptachlor

(Banham, 1960). These insecticides

gained a ready acceptance and were

widely used because one low-cost ap-

plication gave broad-spectrum insec-

ticidal effectiveness. In 1963, labora-

tory tests were conducted to deter-

mine the susceptibility of E. tuberis

to dieldrin and DDT. Dieldrin was

included because of the reported fail-

ure in 1960 of soil applications of the

+ Contribution No. 214, Research Stations, Re-

search Branch, Canada Agriculture, Summerland,

and No. 124, Vancouver, British Columbia.

cyclodiene insecticides to control E.

tuberis in ClacKamas County, Oregon,

(Morrison, 1962). DDT was included

because it was used in British Colum-

bia as a foliar treatment against this

pest after 1948 following investiga-

tions by Finlayson and WNeilson

(1954); it remains an alternative to

soil treatments with the cyclodienes.

The first Suspicion that resistant

E. tuberis were present in British

Columbia came at harvest in 1964, in

the Salmon River Valley. Six growers

reported excessive larval tunneling

damage in their potatoes in spite of

the use of aldrin or dieldrin at recom-

mended rates. This paper reports the

initial laboratory experiments in 1963

and further tests in 1965. Data are re-

ported also from a field experiment in

the Salmon River Valley in 1965 to

confirm the occurrence of resistance.

18 J. Exromorn. Soc. Brrr. Corumnta, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Laboratory Experiments

Larvae of this species were not

used for the susceptibility tests be-

cause they are extremely small and

difficult to rear. They are root and

tuber feeders that desiccate rapidly

on exposure. Field-collected second

generation adults were used because

of their hardiness, abundance, and

ease of handling. The sex ratio is 1:1

(Neilson and Finlayson, 1953), but

there are no external sex characteris-

tics, and no attempt was made to

determine differences in male and fe-

male susceptibility. Collections were

made at the peak of emergence from

nine major potato growing areas in

1963 and from eight areas in 1965

(Fig. 1.) The beetles were held at 4

to 10°C in screen-topped glass jars

and provided with fresh, uncontamin-

ated potato foliage. Prior to testing,

beetles from each area were acclima-

tized in screened cages at 22°C. Active

beetles were removed from the cages

with an aspirator, anaesthetized with

COz, and held temporarily in a 150

mm Buchner funnel under a con-

tinuous flow of the gas. Anaesthetized

beetles were transferred with a brush

or forceps to the exposure cages.

In 1963 impregnated papers from

two sources were used: the Macdonald

Test Kit and the W.H.O. Test Kit2.

The Macdonald exposure cage con-

sisted of a cardboard Dixie cup with

a Silk screen lid, a plastic ring, and an

impregnated exposure paper. that

covered the sides and bottom of the

cup. This exposed the beetles to con-

tact with the impregnated paper on

all but the top, screened surface of

the cage. The concentrations of the

impregnated papers used were: 0.0,

0525, 0.5, 1:0; 2:0; and 4.0% DDT in

Risella oil. The W.H.O. papers

(W.H.O., 1960) were impregnated

with: 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, and

4.0% dieldrin in Risella oil. Each was

2The Macdonald Test Kit was supplied by

Prof. F. O. Morrison, Dept. of Entomology and

Plant Pathology, Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de

Bellevue, P.Q.; the W.H.O. Test Kit by Dr. R. Pal,

Division of Environmental Health, World Health

Organization, Geneva.

fitted to the inside of a 40x100 mm

cardboard tube with screened ends.

In 1965 the only exposure cage

used was the W.H.O. Test Kit, a

transparent plastic cage with screen-

ed ends. The impregnated papers used

included W.H.O,. dieldrin papers as

described above and also W.H.O. DDT

papers with concentrations of 0.0, 0.5,

1.0, 2.0, and 4.0% DDT in Risella oil.

In addition, two series of papers pre-

pared at the Vancouver Research

Station were used: the first included

concentrations of 0.0, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5,

1.0, 2.0, and 4.0% dieldrin in a 1:1

mixture of Risella oil and trichloro-

ethylene; the second included 0.0,

0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5 and 1.0% dia-

zinon in a 1:1 mixture of acetone and

corn oil. The papers were prepared by

applying uniformly 2.0 ml of insecti-

cide solution to a 12x15 cm sheet of

Whatman No. 1 filter paper placed on

a horizontal plane of points. After the

more volatile solvents evaporated,

each paper was attached to a cord by

a paper clip and hung to dry for at

least 24 hours before use.

The toxicities of laboratory - and

W.H.O.-prepared dieldrin papers

were found to be comparable when

Susceptible and resistant strains of

beetles were exposed to each series.

Each replicate consisted of ten

beetles per concentration of insecti-

cide. Depending on the number of

beetles available, the number of repli-

cates per collection area varied from

one to three in 1963 and from one to

five in 1965. When there were not

enough beetles from one location to

complete a replication, those remain-

ing were combined with beetles of

Similar susceptibilities from three or

more areas.

The caged beetles were exposed to

the insecticides in a cabinet at 22°C

and 75°c relative humidity. Exposure

periods ranged from one to four hours.

Knockdown, or inability to walk nor-

mally, was recorded at the end of the

exposure. The beetles were then

transferred to clean holding tubes

containing fresh, uncontaminated

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Corumsia, 64 (1967), Aug. 1, 1967

WeG <

PRINCE GEORGE

BRITISH

COLUMBIA

QUESNEL (1)

Ne re

Alexandria ‘a!

Cen a

Seresetere 2

—<—_Z SX

Soda Creek (1) SERS

Ne: OO %

{ (

\ ee

CxO O

SSN S505

\ ~ f ~ we,

Pavilion (1,2)

= Cache Creek (1,2) Sr ye XS

L~ Chase (1,2)

f : KAMLOOPS (1,2) Salmon Arm

Salmon River (2)®@ Armstrong (1)

ey fF =~ VERNON -

yw Lavington (2)

Oyama (1)

>, \

rey

i i i iti i flea beetles, Epitrix

Fig. 1—Potato growing areas in British Columbia where tuber

* tuberis Gent. were collected: (1) 1963; (2) 1965; and (1,2) 1963 and 1965.

PENTICTON

Grand Forks (2)

20 J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Convarpra, 64 (1967), Auc. 1, 1967

potato foliage and returned to the

cabinet. Mortality counts were made

at the end of a 24-hour recovery

period. Beetles unable to walk were

counted as dead.

In these tests, beetles from a given

locality were considered to be resist-

ant if the slope of the dosage-mortal-

ity curve was flat, or if a ten-fold

increase in concentration resulted in

less than a 20% increase in mortality.

Populations showing an increase in

mortality greater than 20% but less

than 90% at this increased concen-

tration, were defined as tolerant;

those with increases greater than

90°C were defined as susceptible. The

data were averaged. Corrections for

natural mortality were made using

Abbott’s formula (Abbott, 1925).

Field Experiments

In 1965 an experiment to compare

aldrin-treated and untreated plots

was set out in the Salmon River Val-

ley (Fig. 1). The plots, approximate-

ly 24 yd2 (22 m2), were replicated

four times in randomized blocks. Al-

drin 20° emulsifiable concentrate,

was sprayed on the soil, at the recom-

mended rate of 4 lb. toxicant, acre

(4.48 kg ha), prior to planting. The

aldrin was incorporated into the soil

to a depth of 3 to 4 inches (7.5 to 10

cm) by discing. Two samples of tub-

ers were taken from the treated and

untreated plots: the first, 84 days

after planting, was to determine the

damage inflicted by first generation

larvae; the second, 147 days after

planting, was to determine the sea-

sonal damage by first and second

generation larvae. To assess damage,

a Subsample of 25 tubers of a mini-

mum diameter of 1.5 inches (4 cm)

was selected from each plot sample.

The tubers were peeled to a uniform

depth and the number of larval tun-

nels recorded.

RESULTS

Laooratory Experiments

Knockdown and mortality counts

of beetles exposed to DDT, with minor

exceptions, were highest at the long-

est periods of exposure. For any given

concentration and exposure, kKnock-

down counts paralleled the mortality

counts but at lower levels.

In 1963 (Table 1) there was little,

if any, resistance to DDT at Chase,

Quesnel, or Soda Creek. However, at

Alexandria, Armstrong, Cache Creek,

Kamloops and Pavilion the results in-

dicated the first stages of resistance.

There was little evidence of resistance

to dieldrin.

TABLE 1.—Susceptibility to DDT and dieldrin of adult E. tuberis in British Columhia,

1963.

Location Exposure (hr.)

Alexandria

Armstrong —

Cache Creek _.

Chase: ©... 22s

Kamloops: 2... 22.22

Kamloops __.

Pavilion

Quesnel

Soda Creek

Composite2

PHONMNMANDY HP Bf bo

| Oo

—)

Alexandpria J... Je 4

Kamloops). .2 Je... ed i

Kamloops

Kamiloops. 2.25 4 2

AWA ON aoe i cen al 1)

Composites... 22 2 30.0

wSos

Sins)

1 Average corrected by Abbott’s formula (1925)

Mortality (%)! at 24 hr.

T (%)

0.25 0.5 1.0 2.0 4.0

30.0 10.0 30.0 60.0

50.0 50.0 90.0 100.0

50.0 90.0 80.0 80.0

50.0 0.0 0.0 80.0 100.0

60.0 60.0 70.0 100.0

27.0 37.0 50.0 67.0

50.0 65.0 90.0 100.0

10.0 10.0 15.0 30.0

2202 — 11.1 — 100.0

40.0 30.0 100.0 100.0

66.7 88.9 88.9 100.0

Dieldrin (%)

2 0.4 0.8 1.6 4.0

0 80.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

0 60.0 70.0 90.0 100.0

0 62.5 87.5 100.0 100.0

0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

0 37.6 80.0 97.0 100.0

0.0 70.0 90.0 90.0 100.0

2 Armstrong, Kamloops and Oyama.

J. @Nromor. Soc. Brrr. CoLumpra, 64

By 1965 (Table 2) there was strong

evidence of DDT-resistance at Lav-

ington and Salmon River. Of the

beetles from eight potato - growing

areas, those from Lavington and Sal-

mon River also exhibited a high re-

sistance to dieldrin, probably ap-

proaching a homozygous - resistant

population. Beetles from Cache Creek

and possibly those from Pavilion

showed less resistance, or a heterozy-

gous population. Beetles from Alex-

(OO).

AneGe | lo67 21

aAndnriawiGhase. Gara jad’ Horks and

Kamloops were still Susceptible. The

beetles with high DDT and dieldrin

resistance, from Lavington and Sal-

mon River, were highly susceptible

to diazinon. A composite sample of

beetles from Alexandria, Cache Creek,

Chase, Kamloops and Pavilion were

also equally susceptible.

Field Experiments

At Salmon River, tuber samples

taken 84 and 147 days after planting

TABLE 2.—Susceptibility to DDT, dieldrin, and diazinon of adult E. tuberis

in British Columbia, 1965.

Location Exposure (hr.}

Lavington 1

Lavington 2

Salmon River 1

Salmon River 2

Composite2 if

Composite2 2

0.125

Alexandria il 59.5

Cache Creek if 30.0

Chase 1 90.0

Grand Forks 1 73.9

Kamloops 1 70.0

Lavington 1 0.0

Pavilion il 30.0

Salmon River 1 Bel

Lavington 1

Salmon River bl

Composite2 1

DDT (%)

Mortality (%)! at 24 hr.

0.5 1.0 2.0 4.0

0.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

0.0 0.0 10.0 20.0

0.0 0.0 5.0 15.0

10.0 10.0 0.0 20.0

0.0 235 0.0 58.8

0.0 10.0 0.0 60.0

Dieldrin (%)

0.25 0.5 1.0 2.0 4.0

81.1 97.3 86.5 100.0 100.0

50.0 45.0 50.0 70.0 65.0

95.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

80.0 90.0 100.0 100.6 100.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0

40.0 60.0 90.0 90.0 100.0

0.0 Sl 0.0 0.5 6.1

Diazinon (%)

0.0625 0.125 0.25 0.5 1.0

60.0 75.0 90.0 100.0 100.0

65.0 90.0 90.0 95.0 100.0

80.0 - 90.0 90.0 90.0 100.0

1 Average corrected by Abbott’s formula (1925).

2 Alexandria, Cache Creek, Kamloops and Pavilion.

from untreated and aldrin - treated

plots showed little difference in the

amount of larval feeding damage.

This confirmed the laboratory evi-

dence for cyclodiene resistance in E.

tuberis. Average numbers and ranges

of larval tunnels per tuber from al-

drin-treated and untreated plots were

as follows:

84 DAYS Average Range

aldrin-treated 56.6 11-209

untreated Dien 9-139

147 DAYS

aldrin-treated 229.1 27-484

untreated 187.6 7-536

DISCUSSION

It is difficult to determine the

level of resistance in an insect Species

when the range of concentrations of

the test insecticides ‘is restricted by

the availability of field - collected

specimens. The level should be de-

termined by direct comparison of the

LDso of the suspect strain with that

of the normal susceptible straim

(Brown, 1958).

From the results obtained in 1963,

beetles from Pavilion were resistant

to DDT while those from Alexandria,

Armstrong, Cache Creek and Kam-

loops were tolerant. All the beetles

from the nine locations sampled in

1963 were susceptible to dieldrin. Sus-

pected resistance at Salmon River in

1964 was confirmed by laboratory

tests in 1965. The same tests confirm-

ed resistance at Lavington. The fail-

ure of a soil-incorporated application

of aldrin in the field experiment

showed that the larvae were resistant

also. Soil treatments of aldrin or

other cyclodiene insecticides normal-

ly prevent damage by killing the

newly emerged 1st, 2nd and on occa-

sion, 3rd instar larvae while they

search in the soil for potato roots or

tubers. It was demonstrated that

these populations had cross-resist-

ance to DDT, but not to diazinon, and

presumably not to other organophos-

phorus compounds. Beetles from

Cache Creek were highly tolerant to

dieldrin, and the DDT - tolerance

shown in 1963 by beetles from Alex-

andria, Cache Creek, Kamloops, and

Pavilion was reflected in the low mor-

tality counts of the composite sample

after exposure to DDT in 1965.

In the interior of British Columbia

the tuber flea beetle has developed

resistance to DDT and _ dieldrin in

J. ENTOMOL.

Soc. Brit. CorumBiaA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

areaS where extensive use of soil-

incorporated cyclodiene insecti-

cides commenced in 1953 and 1954

superseding foliar applications of

DDT. Use of cyclodiene insecticides,

known to be persistent (Banham,

1961), resulted in accumulations of

insecticidally active residues in the

soil. Since E. tuberis is virtually host

specific, the whole population at one

location was continually exposed to

broadcast or band applications of the

current year plus the accumulated

residues from previous years. This,

coupled with the tendency of growers

to shorten the sequence of crop ro-

tation under conditions of concen-

trated production, subjected this spe-

cies to increased selection pressure.

It has been shown (Varzandeh

et al., 1954) that development of re-

sistance has no apparent effect on

the biotic potential of Musca domes-

tica L. Results of tuber damage as-

sessments from field plots at Salmon

River in 1965 clearly indicate that

this applies as well to E. tubervis.

References

Abbott, W. S.

Econ. Entomol. 18:265-267.

1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J.

Banham, F. L. 1960. Soil insecticides for control of the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis

Gent., in the interior of British Columbia. Can. J. Plant Sci, 40: 165-171.

Banham, F. L. 1961. The persistence of certain soil insecticides for control of the tuber

flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent.,

J. Plant Sci. 41:664-671.

Brown, A. W. A. 1958.

240 p.

in the interior of British Columbia. Can.

Insecticide resistance in arthropods. W.H.O. Monogr. Ser. 38.

Finlayson, D. G., and C. L. Neilson. 1954. Experiments on the insecticidal control of

the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent., in the interior of British Columbia.

Can. J. Agr. Sci. 34:156-160.

Morrison, H. E.

1962. Personal communication. Assoc. Prof. Dept. of Entomology,

Oregon State University, Corvallis.

Neilson, C. L., and D. G. Finlayson. 1953. Notes on the biology of the tuber flea beetle,

Epitrix tuberis Gentner (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), in the interior of British

Columbia. Can. Entomol. 85:31-32.

Varzandeh, M., W. N. Bruce, and G. C. Decker. 1954. Resistance to insecticides as a

factor influencing the biotic potential of the house fly. J. Econ. Entomol. 47:

129-134.

W.H.O. Expert Committee on Insecticides. 1960. Insecticide resistance and vector con-

trol. Tech. Rep. Ser. W.H.O. No. 191. Rep. 10.

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia, 64 (1967), Auc. 1, 1967 23

WOOD- AND BARK-FEEDING COLEOPTERA

OF FELLED

WESTERN LARCH IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. A. Ross!

ABSTRACT

A list of wood- and bark-feeding Coleoptera reared from western

larch, Larix occidentalis Nuttall, in 1928-29 and 1965-66, and the range of

emergence dates are presented. The only species reared in significant num-

bers were the wood borers, Tetropium velutinum LeConte, Serropalpus

substriatus Haldeman, Melanophila drummondi

(Kirby) and the bark

beetle, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopkins.

In 1928-29 J. R. L. Howell (unpub-

lished data) 2 reared insects that had

infested a felled western larch, Larix

occidentalis Nuttall, at Trinity Val-

ley, B.C., to determine the _ species

complex of the stump, bole and limbs.

The tree, of unrecorded size, was

felled in May 1927 and the trunk,

limbs, and stump were caged separ-

ately on 8 May 1928. Emergence of

adult insects recorded daily during

the emergence periods until the fall

of 1929 are considered here.

Investigations were initiated to

determine the species of wood-in-

festing Coleoptera of economic im-

portance to western larch in British

Columbia. Nine samples of infested

western larch logs from 1964 logging

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development of Canada,

Vernon, B.C.

2In files of Forest Entomology Laboratory,

Vernon, B.C.

operations were caged at Vernon in

April and May 1965. Seven additional

samples from trees felled in the

spring of 1965, were caged in the

spring of 1966. Each sample consisted

of three 2-foot-long bole sections 8

to 12 inches in diameter. Emergents

were collected daily during the 1965-

66 emergence period.

Infested logs were collected at Ar-

row Park, Grand Forks, Mt. Morris-

sey, Wilson Creek, Howser Ridge,

Lumberton, Little Slocan, Sugar Lake,

and Cherryville.

The emergence dates (Tabie 1)

probably are earlier than would be

expected under stand conditions,

since Vernon is at a lower elevation

than the collection sites of the logs.

Also, emergence ranges probably in-

clude the emergence of spring and

late summer broods, at least in the

case of Tetropium velutinum. A neg-

TABLE 1. Emergence at Vernon, B.C., from 16 samples! of western larch logs from

various localities in southern British Columbia.

No. samples Range in No. Emergence

Species infested emergents range

per sample 1965 1966

CERAMBYCIDAE

Anoplodera canadensis Oliv. 1 O- 1 Jul 21

Tetropium velutinum Lec. 14 2 - 100 May 20- May 2-

Aug 6 Aug 30

MELANDRYIDAE

Serropalpus substriatus Hald. 8 1- 55 ie ae ma

Xylita livida Sahlb. 1 O- 1 May 2

BUPRESTIDAE

Melanophila drummondi (Kby.) 13 3- 44 May 17- May 26-

Aug 12 Jul 29

SCOLYTIDAE

Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopk. 4 3- 50 Apr 30- Jun 11

May 11

SIRICIDAE (Undet. spp.) 3 1- 7 Jun 19 Jul 13-

Aug 20

1 Each sample a total six lineal feet.

24 J. EXNtroMor..

ligible number of insects emerged in

1966 from the nine Samples caged

in the spring of 1965.

Howell (Table 2) reared 13 wood-

or bark -feeding species from the

stump, 11 from the bole and 8 from

the limbs. T. velutinum, Serropalpus

substriatus, Melanophila drummondi,

and Dendroctonus pseudotsugae

emerged in significant numbers from

the bole. Only the bark beetle D.

pseudotsugae emerged in quantity

from the stump, and T. velutinum

and Pissodes schwarzi Hopkins from

the limbs. Most species emerged the

first year. The major emergence of

T. velutinum and M. drummondi oc-

curred the first year followed by a

Soc. Brrr. Conuarmia, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967

small emergence the second summer.

All specimens of S. substriatus and

three species of Cerambycidae emerg-

ed the second summer.

The only species present in sig-

nificant numbers in the samples of

western larch (Tables 1 and 2) were

the wood borers T. velutinum, S. sub-

triatus, M. drummondi, and the bark

beetle D. pseudotsugae. The first two

species lower the quality of the lum-

ber by boring into the wood; the

others may cause deterioration of the

wood by introducing fungal organ-

isms. The absence of Monochamus is

consistent with the lack of records of

this genus in western larch in the

literature.

TABLE 2. Emergence of wood- and bark-feeding insects in 1928, and 1929 (brackets)

from a western larch tree felled in May 1927 and stump, bole and limbs caged

separately in May 1928, Trinity Valley, B.C.

No. emergents ex. Emergence range

Species Stump Bole Limbs 1928 1929

CERAMBYCIDAE

Anoplodera 1 0 0 Jul 20

crassipes Lec.

Phymatodes 0 0(4) 0 May 28

densipennis Csy. Jun 9

Phymatodes 1 0 0 Jun 4

dimidiatus (Kby.)

Pogonocherus 0 1 1 Aug 21-

pictus Fall 29

Rhagium 0(1) 0 i} Mayll Jun 26

lineatum Oliv.

Spondylis il 0 0 May 20

upiformis Mann.

Tetropium 3° 56071) 149(8) May 16. May 25

velutinum Lec. Aug 27 Sep 13

Xylotrechus 0 0(1) 0 Jul 30

undulatus (Say)

MELANDRYIDAE

Scotochroa 0(1) 2 261) Aug 18- Jul 5

basalis Lec. 29

Serropalpus 0 0(61) 0(2) Jun 4-

substriatus Hald. Aug 4

BUPRESTIDAE

Melanophila 2 97 (4) 0 May 24 Jun 6-

drummondi (Kby.) Aug 31 Jul 30

CURCULIONIDAE

Pissodes 2) 26 Day May 8

schwarzi Hopk. Aug 21

SCOLYTIDAE

Dendroctonus pseu- 124 482 It May 8

dotsugae Hopk. Jul 20

Dryocoetes septen- 2; 0 0 Jun 13

trionis (Mann.)

Hylastes it il il May 24

longicollis Sw. Jun 23

Hylastes 3 0 0 Jun 4-

nigrinus (Mann.) 10

Hylastes 3 I Jun 18-

ruber Sw. 25

J. Extomon. Soc. Brir. ConumpBia. 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967 25

THE WESTERN LARCH BORER, TETROPIUM VELUTINUM

LECONTE, IN INTERIOR BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. A. Ross!

: ABSTRACT

In the interior of British Columbia, Tetropium velutinum LeConte

is an important borer in the sapwood of western larch, Larix occidentalis

Nuttall. Other authors have indicated that this borer was important

only as a bark miner and killer of trees. Galleries penetrated to depths

of 25 to 47 mm and ranged in total length from 28 to 69 mm. At Vernon

Oviposition was from early in May until the end of August. Limited

observations showed that the first penetration of the sapwood by the

larvae began about 6 weeks after oviposition.

INTRODUCTION

Webb (1911) briefy described the

stages, damage to the bark, and sta-

tus of Tetropium velutinum LeConte.

Craighead (1923) noted that the spe-

cies “‘...is of considerable economic

importance, causing the death of

Tsuga heterophylla and Larix

throughout the Rocky Mountains and

the Pacific Coast region.” Kinghorn

(1954) observed that it infested and

killed numerous mature hemlock

that had been weakened by an epi-

demic of hemlock loopers. He indi-

cated that it was common in western

Washington and Oregon, southern

Vancouver Island, coastal mainland

near Vancouver, and in the southern

interior of British Columbia.

These authors noted that T. velu-

tinum was important as a bark miner

and killer of trees. Preliminary ob-

servations indicated that it might be

more important as a wood borer than

as a tree killer in the southern In-

terior (Ross 1966). In 1965-66, activity

of the insect on and in logs was in-

vestigated to determine its signifi-

cance as a wood borer, and to gain

information for control procedures.

Sections of infested coniferous

logs from Neilson and Kamloops for-

est districts were caged outdoors at

Vernon. The adult Tetropium reared

were placed, usually in pairs, in small

cages containing a short bolt of

freshly cut larch and some sugar

_1Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

solution. Adult activity, egg incuba-

tion and larval feeding were ob-

served.

OBSERVATIONS

HOSTS: In the interior of British

Columbia this borer was most fre-

quent in western larch, Larix occi-

dentalis Nutt. logs or windfalls. In a

few instances it was reared from

Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Fran-

co, Picea engelmanni Parry, Tsuga

heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg., Pinus mon-

ticola Dougl. and P. contorta Doug}.

Its occurrence was confirmed as far

north as Shuswap Lake.

ADULT ACTIVITY: The adult emer-

gence period for material caged out-

doors at Vernon was 18 May to 6 Aug-

ust in 1965, and to 2 May to 30 August,

1966. The major emergence period

was between mid-May and mid-June.

The average longevity for 17 pairs of

adults was 11 days for males and 12

days for females. One male lived

13 days and one female 20 days.

Adults mated readily the day of

emergence when the temperature

exceeded 19°C. Usually copulation

was frequent for several days until

the female began egg laying. Mating

recurred the first day after oviposi-

tion. Both sexes occasionally mated

with more than one adult.

Oviposition was observed in June

between 0800 and 2000 hours P.DS.T.

at temperatures above 18°C., gener-

ally 2 to 4 days after emergence. The

soft body of this insect allows it to

squeeze under the loose bark and ob-

tain deep penetration of the oviposi-

26 J. EXroMon. Soc. Brit. Conumabtra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

tor between the bark scales. White

eges (about 12x0.4 mm) were de-

posited in loose clusters in a com-

pressed state under bark scales and

in the crevices of the tree bole.

The number of developed ovarioles

in each ovary ranged from 31 to 36,

indicating a high potential egg pro-

duction during a short period. In the

insectary, the maximum number of

eggs deposited by one beetle was 208.

The average number of eggs deposit-

ed by 10 of the most productive

females was 130. The longest oviposi-

tion period for an individual was 11

days, and its daily egg production

durine. that period was-10, 51; 2 3,

KORO; 3, 10; 3. 3, and 9- respectively.

INCUBATION: Incubation time in

June ranged from 10 to 16 with an

average of 13 days.

LARVAL ACTIVITY: The newly

hatched larvae bored to the inner

bark to feed. The extent of mining

in the bark of a recently felled larch

is shown (Fig. 1) for five Jarvae

hatched on 28 June, 1966, and allow-

ed to* feed undisturbed for 41 days.

Two larvae had begun to score the

wood and the other three fed on the

phloem and cambium. The first re-

corded penetration of the wood oc-

curred just under 6 weeks following

Oviposition on 27 May.

The larval entrance hole into the

wood was elliptical and ranged in

size fron 75.0 x 2.7 “to 6.0 x 3.5 mm

(Fig. 2). The wood was invariably

scored along the entrance side of the

hole for 2 to 5 mm. Penetration of the

gallery into the wood extended to a

depth of 25 to 47 mm. Most galleries

were L-Shaped (Fig. 3) with a gentle,

simple curve: im thiesentranece armor

the gallery. Length of 15 galleries

varied from 28 to 69 mm; the volume

varied: from 0.42 fo 1.28 ce (average

0.86 cc). Most larvae in caged bolts

overwintered near the lower end of

the well-plugged gallery.

PUPATION: Pupation occurred early

in the spring mostly in galleries in

the wood althcugh a few pupated

under the bark. At 21°C. the pupal

stage lasted from 7 to 9 days.

The adults emerged from the en-

trance holes that were frequently

hidden by a flake of bark. The maxi-

mum number of holes recorded was

17/ft2, in a western larch log 200 mm

in diameter.

Generally, this insect completes

only one generation a year. However

in 1965 a female oviposited on caged

logs late in May and the brood pro-

duced five adults on 23 August two

of which mated and produced eggs;

several eggs hatched and the larvae

wintered successfully.

In another instance eggs were de-

posited on 16 June and hatched 13

days later. The larvae fed for 47 days

on the inner bark, then pupated in

the bark on 16 August and an adult

emerged 8 days later.

DISCUSSION

Other authors (Webb 1911; Craig-

head 1923; Kinghern 1954; and Keen

1952) emphasized the importance of

T. velutinum as a bark-mining tree

killer, particularly of weakened west-

ern larch and hemlock. This pheno-

menon has not been observed in the

interior of British Columbia; how-

ever, there are numerous records of

the borer damaging the sapwood of

western larch logs (Ross 1967). The

L-shaped galleries extended into the

wood to a depth of 25 to 47 mm,

ranged in length from 28 to 69 mm,

and had an average volume of 0.86

Ce:

The life cycle usually takes 1

year, although a partial second gen-

eration may occur.

In 1966, at Vernon, oviposition be-

gan the first week in May and con-

tinued until the end of August.

Therefore insecticides, which should

persist througnout the summer,

should be applied early in May.

There is evidence that during

some years and under certain condi-

tions larvae do not penetrate the

sapwood until at least 6 weeks after

oviposition. Although the duration

J. EntomMon. Soc. Brrr. Cotumpta, 64 (1967), Auac. 1, 1967

Figs. 1-3 Tetropium velutinum Lec.

1. Galleries in phloem made by five larvae left to feed undisturbed for 41 days.

Stippled area is scored wood.

28 J. EXromMon. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

SURO ce eee er MN oem tees ee es NTP ee

Sy ia ee son pao ape ro

ESS

2. Larval entrance holes in wood of Larix occidentalis.

3. Lead castings of galleries in wood (Geistlinger and Taylor 1962).

of this bark - mining stage must be

determined for different conditions,

it may be assumed that damage can

be prevented if infested logs are pro-

cessed or peeled before the end of

June of the year of infestation. In

may not begin until later. As for

many other wood borers, damage can

be avoided by prompt utilization of

felled trees.

Acknowledgments

The writer is indebted to J. M. King-

situations where cool weather delayS porn for suggestions for improving the

development, damage to the wood manuscript.

Literature Cited

Craighead, F. C. 1923. North American ceramycid larvae. Canada Dept. Agric. Bull.

27 N.S. (Technical) p. 34.

Keen, F. P.

280 pp.

Geistlinger, N. J. and D .W. Taylor.

1962.

1952. Insect enemies of western forests. U.S.D.A. Mise. Pub. No. 273.

A method of demonstrating the form of

larval galleries of wood-boring insects. Proc. Entomol. Soc. British Columbia

39: 50.

Kinghorn, J.M. 1954. Tetropium velutinum LeConte a secondary bark-mining ceram-

bycid in western hemlock following the hemlock looper outbreak on Vancouver

Island. Interim. Tech. Rept. Canada Dept. Agric. Victoria, B.C. 33 pp.

Ross, D. A. 1967. Wood-and bark-feeding Coleoptera of western larch in British

Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. British Columbia 64:23-24.

Webb, J. L. 1911.

Injuries to forests and forest products by round-headed borers.

Jn Yearbook of U.S, Dept. Agric. 1910. 341-358.

J. Entomou. Soc. Brrr. Cotumpia, 64 (1967), Ava. 1,

1967 29

THE MARSH CRANE FLY, TIPULA PALUDOSA

Meg., A NEW PEST IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

(DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE)

A. T. S. WILKINSON AND H. R. MacCartTuy'!

ABSTRACT

Tipula paludosa Meigen was firmly established in the Vancouver

area by 1965, starting in the eastern outskirts of the city, It was taken at

Blaine, Wash., in 1966. By 1967 the pest had spread to the Chilliwack area.

Populations of 110/ft2 were measured in 1966 and local observations were

recorded of damage, oviposition, feeding, growth, and emergence. A

review is included of European literature on populations, life history,

weather relations, and biological, chemical and cultural controls, with

some speculation on the future.

INTRODUCTION

In the past three years the leath-

erjacket or larva of the European

marsh crane fly, Tipula paludosa

Mg., has become a serious problem in

lawns and pastures in the lower Fra-

ser Valley. Identification was by J. R.

Vockeroth, Entomology Research In-

stitute, Ottawa. This is the most com-

mon and damaging crane fly in

northwestern Europe. The leather-

jackets were first found in 1965 caus-

ing severe damage to lawns in the

eastern outskirts of Vancouver. In

1966 they were considerably more

widespread and in pastures on several

small farms in this area there was

virtually no growth until the middle

of May. In the fall adult T. paludosa

were trapped at Blaine, Washington,

25 miles southeast of Vancouver

(U.S.D.A. Cooperative Economic In-

sect Rpt. 16: 946, 949, 956. 1966). In

1967 heavy infestations of leather-

jackets and the resulting damage

occurred on large dairy farms near

Pitt Meadows, 20 miles east of Van-

couver, and in lawns at Yarrow, 30

miles farther east.

The first North American record

of this pest was in 1955 on Cape Bre-

ton Island (Fox, 1957) where lawns

and flowers were attacked. The in-

festation there was thought to have

originated in soil used for ships bal-

last and dumped ashore. In New-

foundland Morris (1960) reported

1 Contribution No. 132

ture, 6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.

Research Station, Re-

search Branch, Canada Department of Agricul-

damage in 1959 to cabbage trans-

plants and turnip seedlings. The or-

igin of the present outbreak is a

matter for speculation; a good guess

would be the balled roots of orna-

mentals imported from Europe.

LOCAL OBSERVATIONS

Most of the damage in British Co-

lumbia has been to lawns and pas-

tures but flowers, strawberries and

vegetable crops in backyard gardens

have also been attacked. These infes-

tations have been easily controlled

with DDT or aldrin, but the rapid

spread of this pest to pasture has

presented a much more serious prob-

lem. The lower Fraser Valley is pri-

marily a dairying region, and there

is great danger of insecticide residues

occurring in meat and milk fats if

these and similar persistent insecti-

cides are applied to forage or fodder.

In 1966 preliminary studies were

carried out in a heavy infestation on

a 10-acre farm. In April and May the

larval population was measured in 84

samples, each of % sq ft, on about 4

acres. Gasoline sprayed on the turf

brought nearly all the larvae to the

surface where they were readily

counted. The top 1l-inch of sod was

examined for the remainder that did

not emerge. The population per sq

ft averaged 109.6 (range 24-232), or

close to 5 million per acre.

Rototilling and disking reduced

the population by about two-thirds

but the reduction was not enough to

allow a new Seeding to survive. When

30 J. Extomor. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

oats and grass were planted on April

26 nothing grew, not even volunteer

grass or weeds. The larvae matured

and stopped feeding about the middle

of May. Oats and grass planted on

May 20 produced a good crop.

On warm, cloudy days in March

and April, the larvae were observed

on the surface feeding on the crowns

and blades of grass. On bright days

they remained in the sod but fed on

the surface at night. The larvae were

generally found in the top 1-inch of

sod, but after about the middle of

May they moved downward and many

were found as deep as 3 inches below

the surface.

Emergence and adult populations

were Studied by placing six 1-sq-ft

cages in a pasture and taking counts

twice weekly. The adults started

emerging during the first week of

August, peaked about September 1,

and the last one was collected on

September 30. The average number

of adults per sq ft was 98 (range

75-112) consisting of 55 males, 43 fe-

males.

The egg capacity was observed by

Coulson’s (1962) method of removing

the head from newly-emerged and

mated females from the field and

floating them on water which induces

them to oviposit. The eggs remaining

in their abdomens were also counted.

The average number of eggs based on

10 females was 281 (range 243-338).

This is lower than the average of 360

reported by ‘Coulson \(1962)- m* the

north of England but close to Barnes’

(1937) figure of 272 in the south.

No parasites have emerged from

many hundreds of larvae reared in

the laboratory, nor have larvae been

observed killed by virus. The only

predators seen were spiders and pos-

Sibly the numerous European star-

lings, Sturnus vulgaris, which appear

to feed on larvae and adults. Average

survival from the late larval stages to

adults was high when 98 adults were

obtained from an average of 110 lar-

vae per sq ft. This suggests that there

are at present low levels of canni-

balism, predation, parasitism and dis-

ease in this infestation.

POPULATIONS

It is clear that numbers of the

pest were in a runaway phase during

1966. Maercks (1939) in northern

Germany, considered that 5 per sq

ft would cause serious injury in ar-

able land, and 10 per sq ft serious

injury in grass land. Cohen & Steer

(1946) considered 20 per sq ft to be

a heavy infestation. The population

level is likely to decline as existing

and imported biological controls as-

sert themselves.

LIFE HISTORY

Several experienced investigators

have studied T. paludosa, and their

accounts are well in agreement with

one another. The species appears to

be mostly univoltine but some

authors state without offering evi-

dence that there may be a partial or

complete 2nd generation.

Egg. The eggs are black and shiny,

11x0.4 mm, are laid at night in

August and September, and have very

high moisture requirements at first.

They will collapse within 2 to 4 min-

utes in less than 100% relative humi-

dity (Laughlin, 1958). The minimum

mortality occurs in upland soil hold-

ing twice its dry weight of water

(Maercks, 1939). They are laid on or

very close to the surface, 68% within

1 cm of it according to. © ouson

(1962). Rennie (1916) considered that

not all the eggs were mature on the

emergence of the female, and that

some were retained to produce a 2nd

batch. Most later workers think that

remaining unlaid eggs are Simply a

residue. The eggs develop without

diapause (SellkKe, 1936).

Larva. The larvae hatch in 11 to

15 days (Rennie, 1917; Barnes, 1937).

They feed from the first day, starting

at approximately 2.7 mm long, with

13 segments, growing to 4 or 5 mm

in 12 to 13 days (Rennie; 1917) ivior-

tality is high for the first 20 to 30

days (Laughlin, 1958).

The first two instars of three are

passed in about 14 days in central

England (Barnes, 1937). In six weeks

J. EntomMou. Soc. Brit. CorumsiA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967 31.

they are about 6 mm long. The winter

is spent in the 3rd instar (Fig. 1),

which is without diapause and lasts

roughly 25 weeks (SellKe, 1937; Coul-

son, 1962). Growth is rapid in spring

when most of the damage occurs

(Rennie, 1917). Minimum larval mor-

tality occurs in upland soil holding

three times its dry weight of water

(Maercks, 1939). Young larvae appear

to prefer green leaves to roots and

grow most rapidly with least loss on

white clover. They also rear easily on

lettuce, wheat and rye, but may not

complete development on oats

(Maercks, 1939). Normally, but not

invariably, they surface to feed, dur-

ing darkness (Sellke, 1937).

Pupa. The larvae stop feeding in

mid-May for two or three weeks be-

fore pupating (Fig. 2). When the

adult is ready to emerge the pupa

works its way to the surface where

the empty pupal case is left by the

emerging adult, characteristically

protruding 2.5 cm from the ground.

These are easily sexed, and a ratio of

1.72 males to 1 female was establish-

ed by Coulson (1962). Cannibalism

may be a reducing factor in the early

stages of pupation.

Adult. The adults emerge soon

after sunset in August and Septem-

ber, mate immediately (Fig. 3), lay

75% of their eggs before daylight

(Sellke, 1937; Barnes, 1937; Coulson,

TABLE 1—Mean monthly temperatures,

precipitation, and days with rain, based on

30 years of records, Vancouver International

Airport.

Mean mo. Mean mo. Mean days

Month temp.,°F precipitation, with rain

inches

Jan. 37.2 5.02 19

Feb. 39.4 4.74 16

March 43.2 3.76 16

April 48.3 2.30 13

May 55.0 1.92 10

June 60.4 1.84 9

July 63.8 1.04 6

Aug. 63.6 1.37 8

Sept 57.8 2.13 9

Oct. 50.3 4.62 15

Nov. 43.1 5.44 18

Dec. 39.6 6.44 20

Total 41.12 159

1962) and have finished laying within

32 hrs of emerging (Coulson, 1962).

They fly very little before laying, but

may leave 5 or 6 eggs in One spot,

then move a Short distance (Rennie,

1917). Males live about 7 days, fe-

males from 4 to 5 days (Barnes, 1937).

In a 4-year study at Rothamsted,

97% of 3,400 adult crane-flies were

of this species (Robertson, 1939).

WEATHER RELATIONS

Maercks (1941) concludes that

this pest is favored by mild winters,

cool summers, and rainfall averaging

at least 24 inches per year. Mean

monthly values for temperature, pre-

cipitation and numbers of days with

rainfall are shown by months in

Table 1, based on 30-year averages

at the Vancouver International Air-

port. Values for agricultural areas of

the lower Fraser Valley differ only

slightly. It thus appears that the

maritime climate of the wet, coastal

belt of British Columbia is practically

ideal for this pest.

The present outbreak has been

favored by recent weather patterns.

In the 5 years, 1962-1966, mean

monthly temperatures in winter and

summer were above normal as fol-

lows:

Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. May

4/5 2/5 3/5 0/9 0/5

June July Aug.

0/5 0/5 0/5

The conclusion is that the pest has

had five years of ideal conditions in

which to become well established.

Damage may be expected follow-

ing a wet September, especially if the

following winter is mild (Maercks,

1941). A cold spring contributes to

damage, because the danger period in

annual crops is from the time of sow-

ing to the growth of adventitious

roots (Rennie, 1917). Robertson

(1939) noticed that twice as many

adults were taken at light traps on

moonless nights aS on moonlit ones,

and three times as many on cloudy

aS on clear nights. Most of the trap-

ped adults were males.

29 J. ExTowon. Soc. Brrr. CorumMpra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

J. ENtoMou. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 64 (1967), Aug. 1, 1967 33

BIOLOGICAL CONTROLS

T. paludosa is not effectively con-

trolled naturally in northwest Eur-

ope. The most effective insect para-

site appears to be Siphona geniculata

De Geer, a small Tachinid that lays

up to 9 eggs on the stigmatic crown

of the leatherjacket. The larvae en-

ter the main tracheal trunks and

bore into the hemocoele but retain a

respiratory connection with a chiti-

nous Sheath-like structure. There are

two generations per year and the

parasite overwinters in the host, but

the level of parasitism is never high.

One record shows 34% to have been

affected but the average is much low-

er, from 6 to 17% (Rennie & Suther-

land, 1920). The Vancouver Station is

attempting to establish S. geniculata

supplied by the Institute for Biologi-

cal Control, Belleville, Ont.

Two virus diseases of leather-

jackets have been recorded and plans

to use these are under way at Van-

couver. However, they do not appear

to be highly contagious, although fa-

tal..Empusa (= Entomophthora) has

been recorded as infesting popula-

tions in Germany (Muller - Kogler,

1957), and a fungal infection of the

tracheae is known (Coulson, 1962).

Two species of saprozoic and parasitic

nematodes have been recorded in

Denmark (Bovien, 1937). Cannibal-

ism is a mortality factor in labora-

tory rearing, but its effect in the field

is difficult to assess and probably

small. George (1966) concludes that

there is little evidence for effective

diseases.

Predation on larvae, especially by

European starlings and native moles,

Scapanus spp., should be_ studied.

Predation on adults is probably not

effective, since any adult taken is

likely already to have expended most

of its quota of eggs.

CHEMICAL CONTROLS

The problem is twofold: how to

treat land without creating a residue

hazard, and how to live with the pest

at the same time Keeping down costs.

Fortunately the larvae are _ easily

killed and will accept baits readily.

They have thin integument, perme-

able enough for gaseous exchange,

lacking an epicuticular layer (Ghil-

arov & Semenova, 1957). Moreover,

lst and 2nd instar larvae remain close

to the surface, and have been killed

even by mineral fertilizer (SellKe,

1937).

CULTURAL CONTROLS

LeatherjacKets may be reduced by

cultivation, since they do not go deep

into the soil, but when the numbers

are very large the reduction may not

be effective. However, T. paludosa is

adaptable enough to Survive and re-

produce without the presence of

growing plants, by eating decaying

rootlets after the manner of wire-

worms (Rennie, 1917). MaerckKs

(1941) advocates good drainage of

land and short grass during egg-lay-

ing in August and September. The

deleterious effect on the eggs and

young larvae of dry weather, may

sometimes be offset by the practice

of irrigating pastures with sprinklers.

FUTURE PROSPECTS

Review of the extensive European

literature indicates that T. paludosa

is likely to become a constant and

possibly a major pest in areas of high

rainfall. There are dozens of records

of damage by this species in north-

western Europe in research papers

and annual reports from Denmark,

U.K., Germany, Sweden and Holland.

It probably will establish itself in

northwestern Washington, but its

southern and eastern spread may be

restricted by cold winters and by its

high moisture requirements. Popula-

tion crashes in northern England in

1955 and 1959 were shown experi-

mentally by Milne et al. (1965) to re-

sult from very dry conditions at criti-

cal periods.

Fig. 1—Mature 3rd-instar larvae of T. paludosa.

Fig. 2—Pupa of T. paludosa.

Fig. 3—Marsh crane flies, Tipula paludosa in copula.

34 lke,

They predicted that increases may

be expected if rainfall in August and

September is normal or greater than

mormal--but when rainfall? at- this

time drops below 50% of normal,

sharp declines will certainly occur.

ENTOMOI..

Soc. Brit. Conumnpta, 64 (1967). Aue. 1, 1967

Nevertheless there is likely always to

be a residue in low-lying land and

in ditch-banks.

It appears unlikely that resistance

to chemical pesticides will develop

within 15 to 20 years.

References

Barnes, H. F. 1937. Methods of investigating the biometrics of the common crane-fly,

Tipula paludosa Meigen, together with some results. Ann. Appl. Biol, 24:356-368.

Bovien, P. 1937. Some types of association between nematodes and insects. Vidensk.

medd. dansk. naturh. For 101. Copenhagen, C. A. Rietzel. 114pp.

Cohen, M and W. Steer. 1946. The control of leatherjackets with DDT. J. Roy. Hort.

Soc. 71:130-133.

Coulson, J. C. 1962. The biology of Tipula subnodicornis Zetterstedt, with compara-

tive observations on Tipula paludosa Meigen. J. Anim. Ecol. 31: 1-21.

Fox, C. J. S. 1957. Note on occurrence in Cape Breton Island of Tipula paludosa Mg.

(Diptera:Tipulidae). Canad. Ent. 89: 288.

George, K. S. 1966. A survey of leatherjacket populations in England and Wales

1961-65. Plant Pathology 15: 1-8.

Ghilarov, M. S. and L. M. Semenova. 1957. Die Kutikelpermeabilitat bodenbewohnen-

der Tipuliden-Larven. In Zum IV. Internationalen Pflanzenschutzkongress Ham-

burg vom 8, bis 15 September. Z. Pflkrank, 64: 385-637.

Laughlin, R. 1958. Desiccation of eggs of the crane fly (Tipula oleraca, L.). Nature,

Lond. 182: 613.

Maercks, H. 1939. Die Wiesenschnaken und ihre Bekampfung. Kranke Pflanze

16: 107-110.

Maercks, H. 1941. Das Schadauftreten der Wiesenschnaken (Tipuliden) in Abhan-

gigkeit von Klima, Witterung und Boden. Arb. physiol.

8: 261-275.

Milne, A., R. Laughlin and R. E. Coggins. 1965. The 1955 and 1959 population crashes

in leatherjacket, Tipula paludosa Meigen, in Northumberland. J. Anim. Ecol.

34: 529-544.

Morris, R. F. 1960. Newfoundland. Vegetable, field crop and other injurious insect

pests predominating during 1959. Canad. Ins. Pest Rev. 38: 104-106.

Miiller-Kogler, E. 1957. Uber eine Mykose der larven von Tipula paludosa Meig. durch

Empusa sp. In Zum IV. Internationalen Pflanzenschutzkongress Hamburg vom

8, bis 15 September. Z. Pflkrankh. 64: 385-637.

Rennie, J. 1917. On the biology and economic significance of Tipula paludosa Meigen.

Part I. Ann. Appl. Biol. 2: 235-240.

Rennie, J. 1916. On the biological and economic significance of Tipula paludosa Meigen.

II. Ann. Appl. Biol. 3: 116-137.

Rennie, J. and C. H. Sutherland. 1920. On the life history of Bucentes (Siphona) geni-

culata (Diptera:Tachinidae), parasite of Tipula paludosa (Diptera) and other

species. Parasitology 12: 199-211.

Robertson, A. G. 1939. The nocturnal activity of crane-flies (Tipulinae) as indicated

by captures in a light trap at Rothamsted. J. Anim. Ecol. 8:300-322.

Sellke, K. 1936. Biologische und morphologische Studien an schadlichen Wiesen-

schnaken (Tipulidae, Dipt.). Z. wiss Zool. 148: 465-555.

Sellke, K. 1937. Beobachtungen tiber die Penne von Wiesenschnakenlarven

(Tipula paludosa Meig, und Tipula czizeki de J.), Z. angew. Ent. 24: 277-284.

angew. Ent. Berl.

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia, 64 (1967), Auge. 1, 1967 35

NEW RECORDS AND DISCUSSION OF

PREDATORS OF THE PEAR PSYLLA, PSYLLA

PYRICOLA FORSTER, IN BRITISH COLUMBIA!

By R. D. McCMULLEN and C. JONG

ABSTRACT

The following species are presented as new records of insect pred-

ators of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Forster, in British Columbia:

Anthocoris nemoralis (F.) Campylomma verbasci (Meyer), Deraeo-

coris brevis piceatus Knight, D. fasciolus Knight, Diaphnocoris provancheri

(Burque), Adalia frigida Schn., Calvia duodecemmaculata Gebl., Coccinella

transversoguttata Fald., Hippodamia quinquesignata Kirby, Platypalpus sp.

near pluto Mel., Hemerobius pacificus Banks. The biologies of some of the

most common predators of the pear psylla are briefly discussed.

INTRODUCTION

The role of predaceous insects in

the natural control of Psylla pyricola

Forster has been documented and

discussed by several workers. Until

Madsen (1961) presented observa-

tions on predation of P. pyricola by

Anthocoris melanocerus Reuter in

British Columbia and speculated on

its importance in the natural control

of this species there were very few

published records of predators of P.

pyricola in North America. Previously,

Slingerland (1896) observed preda-

tion by Chrysopa oculata Say and

Adalia bipunctata (L.) in New York.

More recently Chrysopa carnea Fitch,

C. ploribunda Fitch, Hemerobius an-

gustus (Banks), Anthocoris antevo-

lens White and Orius sp. were record-

ed as predators in studies evaluating

the natural control of P. pyricola in

California by Madsen, Westigard and

Sisson (1963) and Nickel, Shimizu

and Wong (1965). In British Colum-

bia, Wilde (1962) and Wilde and Wat-

son (1963) reported the following

species as predators of P. pyricola; C.

carnea, C. oculata, A. antevolens, A.

melanocerus, Orius tristicolor White,

Hippodamia convergens Guerin-

Meneville, Magilla fuscilabris Mulsant

and the larva of a _ syrphid fly,

Sphaerophoria sp.

Additional records of species pre-

daceous on P. pyricola are presented

below. The biologies of these and some

1 Contribution No. 216, Research Station, Re-

search Branch, Canada Department of Agricul-

ture, Summerland, British Columbia.

of the previously Known predators are

discussed.

METHODS

Most of the records of predation

were obtained from two pear or-

chards. One, located at the Research

Station, Summerland, has a grass

sod cover crop and has received all

the standard horticultural practices

except for the application of pesti-

cides for the past 18 years. The other,

located at Penticton, has a weedy

cover crop and has been maintained

aS a commercial orchard. During the

past three years portions of the or-

chard have been treated with various

insecticides and parts left untreated

for experiments on the integrated

control of pests of pear.

The presence and relative abund-

ance of active stages of predators in

pear trees were determined by the

limb-jarring method (Lord, 1949).

The orchards were sampled in this

manner at weekly or biweekly inter-

vals from early March to mid-October.

Observations on acts of predation

were usually made first in the or-

chard, often with the aid of a hand

lens, and then confirmed in the

laboratory. Nymphs and adults of

suspected predators were caged with

various Stages of P. pyricola and ob-

served through a low-power micro-

scope.

During the growing season the

eges of predators and preferred ovi-

position sites were identified by ob-

serving oviposition in the orchard.

26 J. EnTomon. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

Also eggs suspected of being those of

predators were reared in the labora-

tory to stages that permitted identifi-

cation.

Information on overwintering

habits were obtained by _ several

methods. Corrugated cardboard bands

were placed on trees in the early

autumn to serve as artificial hiberna-

tion sites. These were examined dur-

ing the winter. Cracks and crevices in

the bark on tree trunks and limbs

were also examined. During the win-

ter, orchard trash, sod and top soil

were processed through Berlese type

funnels to aid in the assessment of

preferred overwintering sites. For

species that overwinter in the egg

stage, branches and twigs containing

suspected eggs of predaceous species

were placed in water filled jars in a

greenhouse during the late winter.

The nymphs that hatched from the

eggs were reared to an identifiable

stage.

NEW RECORDS OF PREDATORS OF

PSYLLA PYRICOLA FORSTER IN

BRITISH COLUMBIA

The following species represent

new predator records obtained during

the course of this study:

Anthocoris nemoralis (F.) (Hete-

roptera: Anthocoridae)

Campylomma _ verbasci

(Heteroptera: Miridae)

Deraeocoris brevis piceatus Knight

(Heteroptera: Miridae)

(Meyer )

Deraeocoris fasciolus Knight

(Heteroptera: Miridae)

Diaphnocoris provancheri (Bur-

que) (Heteroptera: Miridae)

Adalia frigida Schn. (Coleoptera:

Coccinellidae)

Calvia duodecemmaculata Gebl.

(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae)

Coccinella transversoguttata Fald.

(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae)

Hippodamia quinquesignata Kirby

(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae)

Platypalpus sp. near pluto Mel.

(Diptera: Empidae)

Hemerobius pacificus Banks (Neu-

roptera: Hemerobiidae )

DISCUSSION

Chrysopidae. Very little informa-

tion has been published on the biolo-

gies of Chrysopa spp. in British

Columbia. Current investigations in-

dicate that one or more species are

important predators of P. pyricola.

Adults of C. carnea and C. oculata are

common in pear orchards. By direct

observation in pear orchards and

laboratory rearing, the larvae of both

species are Known to prey on eggs

and nymphs of P. pyricola. However,

information on the relative abund-

ance of the two species on pear trees

is lacking. In the light of a statement

by Putman (1932) that C. oculata is

restricted almost entirely to low vege-

tation in Ontario peach orchards, the

value of this species in an arboreal

habitat is questionable. In pear or-

chard cover crops, Chrysopa spp.

larvae are abundant on weeds infested

with aphids and other arthropods in

cover crops. But again, the species

concerned and their relative abund-

ance are not known.

Chrysopa spp. larvae are present

in pear orchards and prey on eggs

and nymphs of P. pyricola from early

May through October. They are most

abundant in July and August. Addi-

tional records of prey species on pear

trees include all stages of the Euro-

pean red mite, Panonychus ulmi

(Koch), and the two-spotted spider

mite, Tetranychus telarius (L.), lar-

vae of the fruit-tree leaf roller

Archips argyrospilus (Walker), the

apple aphid Aphis pomi DeGeer and

nymphs of unidentified leafhoppers

(Cicadellidae).

Hemerobiidae. Of the brown lace-

wings, Hemerobius pacificus Banks is

the only species that has been verified

as preying on eggs and nymphs of P.

pyricola in British Columbia, but

other species may also be involved. In

the pear orchards studied, brown

lacewings were only about one-tenth

as abundant as were green lacewings.

In contrast, Nickel, Shimizu and

Wong (1965) stated that H. angustus

was more common than C. carnea in

J. Entomon. Soc. Brir. Conumsta, 64 (1967),

pear orchards near San Jose, Calif-

ornia.

Anthocoridae, The distribution,

life histories and habits of several

species of Anthocoridae in British

Columbia, including Anthocoris ante-

volens, A. melanocerus and Orius

tristicolor have been discussed by An-

derson (1962a). A. melanocerus and

A. antevolens are two of the most

abundant predators of P. pyricola in

unsprayed pear orchards. Both spe-

cies overwinter as adults. Nymphs are

frequently found in hibernation but

they are killed by winter tempera-

tures. In pear orchards, adults are

most commonly found during the

winter beneath bark scales and in

cracks on the lower scaffold limbs

and trunks of trees. Accumulations of

dry orchard trash on the ground are

also favored as overwintering sites.

Adults of both species exhibit aggre-

gational behavior during hibernation

and both species occur in the same

aggregations.

Dispersal from overwintering sites

in early spring is gradual and usually

begins when daily maximum tem-

peratures exceed 50°F. After dispersal

the adults search for sources of prey

and then remain to feed and oviposit

where food sources are adequate. In

pear orchards, eggs laid by over-

wintered P. pyricola and overwintered

eggs of P. ulmi appear to be the main

prey and attraction.

The sex ratio, males to females, of

both A. antevolens and A. melano-

cerus iS approximately 1:10 in over-

wintered populations. The females

are fertilized in the fall and addi-

tional mating in the spring is not

required. The sex ratios of summer

generations is approximately 13:1.

Oviposition starts before pear buds

are opened. At this time, eggs are in-

serted into bud scales. Later in the

season, eggs are laid into any soft

green tissue, most frequently in the

lamina, veins and petioles of leaves.

The eggs are inserted into the tissue,

just beneath and parallel to the sur-

face with only the operculum exposed.

Aue. 1, 1967 37

Anderson (1962a) gave the time

required to complete one generation

under laboratory conditions for A.

antevolens as five to six weeks and

for A. melanocerus as four to five

weeks. Field observations during 1965

and 1966 indicated that at Penticton

and Summerland there were four

generations per year of each species.

Females maturing after the first week

of September do not reproduce but

enter a State of reproductive diapause

in preparation for overwintering.

Anthocoris spp. must be consid-

ered aS among the most important

natural control agents of P. pyricola.

They are abundant and their seasonal

distribution is more closely synchron-

ized with that of P. pyricola than

other predators. They are the only

abundant species which prey on P.

pyricola in the latter half of March

and the first half of April.

Other records of predation by

Anthocoris spp. on pear trees include

all stages of P. ulmi and T. telarius,

eggs of the codling moth, Carpocapsa

pomonella (L.), small larvae of A.

argyrospilus (Walker) and nymphs of

unidentified leafhoppers (Cicadelli-

dae). Both species also feed on a

variety of small arthropods and re-

produce on weeds in pear orchard.

cover Crops.

Anthocoris nemoralis is not a na-

tive of British Columbia but was

introduced at Summerland from

Europe as a predator of P. pyricola by

the Canada Department of Agricul-

ture in co-operation with the Com-

monwealth Institute of Biological

Control. In June, 1963, 50 were re-

leased in an experimental pear

orchard. By August, 1966, the species

was very abundant at the release site

and had dispersed to other orchards

at least 1.5 miles distant.

Psyllids are preferred prey for A.

nemoralis (Anderson, 1962b). In Eng-

land there are only two generations

per year. This species differs from

most other Anthocoris spp. in that

the sex ratio of males to females in

the overwintering generation is ap-

38 J. ENTOMOL.

proximately 1:1 (Anderson, 1962c).

The biology of this species in its new

environment has not yet been studied.

Since A. nemoralis probably occupies

a niche very similar to that of A.

melanocerus and A. antevolens, ob-

servations on competition between

these species will be of interest.

Orius tristicolor is a minor preda-

tor of P. pyricola. In pear orchards it

is more abundant near the ground on

cover crop plants than in the canopy

of pear trees. Adults have been ob-

served feeding on P. pyricola eggs and

small nymphs. Nymphs of O. ftristi-

color are rare on pear foliage.

Miridae. The mullein plant bug,

Campylomma verbasci, is an import-

ant predator of P. pyricola during the

month of May. The species overwin-

ters in the egg stage. The eggs are

inserted into the bark of current sea-

son twig growth during the latter

half of September to mid-October.

The over wintered eggs hatch in early

May just before pears bloom. There

are three or possibly four generations

per year. Most of the adults of the

first generation leave pear orchards

to reproduce on a variety of wild and

cultivated herbaceous plant species.

Some remain in pear orchards but the

later generations are never so num-

erous as the first generation. In the

fall, adults of the last generation re-

turn from herbaceous hosts. to

Oviposit overwintering eggs on pear

and apple trees.

C. verbasci plays an important

role in the natural control of P. pyri-

cola because it occurs in large num-

bers on pears when most other pre-

daceous species are relatively scarce.

Besides feeding on eggs and nymphs

of P. pyricola, prey records for C. ver-

basci on pear include all stages of P.

ulmi and T. telarius.

In addition to being predaceous C.

verbasci is phytophagous. Reports of

injury to apple are well authenticated

(Ross and Caesar, 1920; Pickett, 1939

and Leonard, 1965). During the

course of the present observations no

adverse effects were noted on pear

Soc. Brit. CotumstA, 64 (1967), Auc. 1, 1967

fruits, even when relatively large

numbers (30-35 per cluster) of

nymphs were present and feeding in

clusters of ‘immature fruit during

May. C. verbasci is recorded as a

vector of the fire blight organism,

Bacillus amylovorus (Burr) Trev. by

Stewart and Leonard (1915). This

could negate its value as a predator.

As a predator of P. pyricola, Dera-

eocoris brevis piceatus ranks second

in importance to Anthocoris spp. This

species is most abundant during mid-

summer and early fall. It overwinters

as an adult, most commonly in heavy

dry trash in and around orchards and

also in crevices in the bark of trees.

The sex ratio of overwintered adults

is approximately 1:1 and mating in

the spring is required for the produc-

tion of fertile eggs. Overwintered

adults become active in early April

when they seek out and feed on their

prey. Oviposition habits are similar to

those described for Anthocoris spp.

The earliest hatched nymphs of the

first generation appear during the

first week of May. Oviposition by

overwintered females is extended over

a period of several weeks so that very

young nymphs of the first generation

are present when the earliest hatched

individuals have completed develop-

ment. There are at least four genera-

tions per year. Reproduction ceases in

mid-September and all adults matur-

ing after this time undergo a repro-

ductive diapause. Feeding by adults

continues until cold weather in Octo-

ber or November forces the adults

into protective hibernation sites. In-

frequently, nymphs have been ob-

served in artificial hibernation sites

but none have overwintered success-

fully.

Records of prey of D. brevis picea-

tus on pear include eggs and nymphs

of P. pyricola, all stages of P. ulmi and

T. telarius, small larvae of A. argyros-

pilus, eggs of C. pomonella, nymphs

and adults of the apple grain aphid,

Rhopalosiphum fitchii (Sanderson),

and A. pomi, and nymphs of un-

identified leafhoppers (Cicadellidae) .

J. Enromon. Soc. Brir. CotumBtiA, 64 (1967)

In pear orchards, eggs and nymphs of

P. pyricola appear to be the chief

prey of this species. In laboratory

studies, eggs rather than nymphs of

P. pyricola were preferred as prey.

In the laboratory as well as in

orchards nymphs and adults were oc-

casionally observed feeding on leaves

and immature fruit. No apparent

injury occurred. The significance of

this partial phytophagous habit to

the nutrition and development of this

species, as well as the other species of

Miridae discussed, has not been de-

termined. A _ partial phytophagous

habit may be of importance in sus-

taining populations of predaceous

insects when arthropod prey are

absent or at low densities (Collyer,

1953).

Deraeocoris fasciolus is a common

predator of P. pyricola that is most

abundant in mid-summer to early

fall. Little is Known about the biology

of this species in British Columbia. It

overwinters in the egg stage. The eggs

are inserted deep into the. bark of

rough twigs and fruit spurs of pear

trees. Newly hatched nymphs first

appear about mid-May. There are two

generations per year. Prey records

include eggs and nymphs of P. pyri-

cola and all stages of P. ulmi.

Diaphnocoris provancheri over-

winters in the egg stage. There are

two generations per year. The nymphs

of the first generation first appear in

pear orchards during the third week

, Aug. 1, 1967 39

of May. The adults of the second gen-

eration mature and oviposit over-

wintering eggs in the bark of fruit

spurs and one and two-year old twigs

during the second and third weeks of

September. Records of prey on pear

includes eggs and nymphs of P. pyri-

cola and all stages of P. ulmi and T.

telarius. Both adults and nymphs are

phytophagous as well as predaceous

but plant feeding is restricted to

foliage. No discernable injury to pear

trees has been observed.

Coccinellidae. As individual spe-

cies and as a group the Coccinellidae

rank as minor predators of P. pyri-

cola. At no time during this investiga-

tion have the numbers of Coccinelli-

dae in predator samples exceeded one

per cent of the total predaceous

fauna.

Empidae. Adults of Platypalpus sp.

near pluto, a dance fly, prey on adult

P. pyricola. This species is frequently

numerous in unsprayed pear or-

chards. The flies have been observed

seizing adult P. pyricola resting on

foliage and in flight. No attempt has ©

been made to assess the importance

of predation by this species toward

natural control of P. pyricola. How-

ever, it is the only species that has

been observed to prey consistently on

the adult stage of P. pyricola. Clausen

(1940) mentions that the larvae of

Empidae are either predaceous or

scavengers in moist soil or decaying

wood habitats.

References

Anderson, N. H. 1962a. Anthocoridae of the Pacific Northwest with notes on distribu-

tions, life histories, and habits (Heteroptera). Can. Ent. 94:1325-1334.

Anderson, N. H. 1962b. Growth and fecundity of Anthocoris spp. reared on various

prey (Heteroptera: Anthocoridae). Entomologia exp. appl. 5:40-52.

Anderson, N. H. 1962c. Bionomics of six species of Anthocoris (Heteroptera: Antho-

coridae) in England. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114:67-95.

Clausen, C. P.

x + 688 pp.

1940. Entomophagous Insects.

McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.

Collyer, E. 1953. Biology of some predatory insects and mites associated with the fruit

tree red spider mite (Metatetranychus ulmi (Koch)) in south-eastern England.

J. hort. Sci. 28:246-259.

Leonard, D. E. 1965. Atractotomus mali and Campylomma verbasci (Heteroptera: Miri-

dae) on apples in Connecticut. J. econ. Ent. 58:1031.

Lord, F. T. 1949. The influence of spray’ programs on the fauna of apple orchards in

Nova Scotia. III Mites and their predators. Can. Ent. 81:202-214, 217-230.

Madsen, H. F. 1961. Notes on Anthocoris melanocerus Reuter (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae)

as a predator of the pear psylla in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 93:660-662.

40 J.

EntTomMor. Soc. Brir. CotumMsBiaA, 64 (1967), Aug. 1, 1967

Madsen, H. F., P. H. Westigard, and R. L. Sisson. 1963. Observations on the natural

control of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Forster, in California. Can. Ent. 95:

837-844.

Nickel, J. L., J. T. Shimizu, and T. Y. Wong. 1965. Studies on natural control of pear

psylla in California. J. Econ. Ent. 58:970-976.

Pickett, A D. 1939. The mullein leaf bug, Campylomma verbasci, Meyer, as a pest of

pple in Nova Scotia. Rept. ent. Soc. Ont., (1938) 69:105- 106.

Putman, Ww. L. 1932. Chrysopids as a factor in the ‘natural control of the oriental fruit

| moth. Can. Ent. 64:121-126.

Ross, W. A., and L. Caesar. 1920. Insects of the Season in Ontario. Rept. ent. Soc. Ont.,

(1919) 50:95-104.

Slingerland, M. V. 1896. The pear psylla. Bull. Cornell Univ. agric. Exp. Stn. 108:69-81.

Stewart, V. B., and M. D. Leonard. 1915. The role of sucking insects in the dissemina-

tion of fire blight bacteria. Phytopathology 5:117-123.

Wilde, W. H. A. 1962.

Bionomics of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Foerster, in pear

orchards of the Kootenay Valley of British Columbia, 1960. Can. Ent. 94: 845-849.

Wilde, W. H. A., and T. K. Watson. 1963. Bionomics of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola

Foerster, in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. Can. J. Zool. 41:953-961.

CONE INSECTS OF GRAND FIR, ABIES GRANDIS

(DOUGLAS) LINDLEY, IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

A. F. HEDLIN!

ABSTRACT

Insects cause considerable seed loss in cones of grand fir, Abies

grandis (Doug.) Lindl. on Vancouver Island. Three species of midge, a

scale feeder, a gall former, and a seed-feeding midge; two species of seed

chalcid, Megastigmus pinus Parf. and M. rafni Hoff.;

and a cone maggot,

Earomyia abietum McAlpine, were responsible for most of the damage.

Coneworms were not important.

INTRODUCTION

Insects that destroy seed of grand

fir, Abies grandis (Douglas) Lindley,

have received little attention. Keen

(1958) reported that insects, mainly

chalcids and midges, destroyed 10 to

25% of the seed at Ashland, Oregon.

Information on insect species, and

the type and extent of their damage

was gathered on Vancouver Island in

the summer of 1963. Cones collected

weekly from 14 June to 19 August

near Cowichan Bay contained midges,

seed chalcids, cone maggots, and a

few coneworms.

Grand fir flowers in spring and

the cones mature by early September.

Cones are erect, varying in length

from 2.0 to 4.5 inches at maturity. In

autumn they disintegrate.

LIFE HISTORY AND HABITS

Midges

Three species of midges, consist-

ently present in cones, were distin-

1 Forest Research Laboratory,

Forestry and Rural Development,

Department of

Victoria, B.C.

guished by morphological character-

istics and by their location in the

cone (Fig. 1). Larvae of the scale

midge feed on the inner surface of

the cone scales, and have anal hooks

which are absent in the cecidogenous

midge and the seed midge. Morpho-

logical differences of the sternal

spatulas of full-grown third instar

larvae are compared in Fig. 2.

SCALE MIDGE. This is probably

the insect which Keen (1958) refers

to as the cone resin midge. The full-

grown larva is orange and lives free-

ly on the inner surface of the cone

scale, often between the seed wing

and scale, causing darkening of the

scale at the feeding site. Larvae usu-

ally occur singly, but may be in clus-

ters. Larvae are present throughout

the summer; they averaged 28 per

cone in eight cones dissected during

June and July. In autumn the larvae

drop to the ground to overwinter. The

larvae do not affect the seeds direct-

ly so their damage is apparently light

J. Exromor. Soc. Brir. Cortmpra, 64 (1967), Ava. 1 OG? 41

SCALE MIDGE

MEGASTIGMUS RAFNI

GALL MIDGE

MEGASTIGMUS PINUS

SEED MIDGE

Fig. 1. Grand fir cone scale

illustrated to show insects in

their normal feeding posi-

tions.

4 Fig. 2. Sternal spatulas of

IG. grand fir cone midges; (a)

scale midge, (b) cecidogenous

EAROMYIA ABIETUM a

(gall) midge, (c) seed midge.

a b €

Scale midge Gall midge Seed midge

Fig. 2

42 J. ENToMo.. Soc. Brit. CotumbBia, 64 (1967), Aug. 1, 1967

in spite of large numbers.

CECIDOGENOUS MIDGE. The

larva forms a gall in the cone scale,

usually adjacent to the seed (Fig. 3),

but is rarely found inside a_ seed.

There is usually only one larva but

two, separated by a thin wall, may be

present in a single gall. The larva

remains in the gall throughout the

summer and drops with the cone

scale in autumn to overwinter in the

litter; pupation and emergence occur

the following spring.

Seed loss results from fusion of the

seed and cone scale. The eight cones

examined were infested by an aver-

age of 13 larvae.

SEED MIDGE. Keen (1958) com-

bines this species and the cecidoge-

nous midge under the name “‘fir-seed

gall midge’, but the two are distinct

species. The cecidogenous midge al-

ways forms a gall and rarely occurs

inside the seed, whereas the seed

midge does not form a gall and the

larva occurs singly within a seed,

near the micropylar end (Fig. 4).

Larvae occur in seeds throughout

the summer and drop with the seeds

when the cones mature. They over-

winter in seeds on the ground, and

pupate and emerge the following

spring.

Nearly all infested seeds were

aborted. Although the larvae occur

singly in seeds, one was found with a

seed chalcid larva and another with

a cecidogenous midge larva. The

eight cones were infested by an aver-

age of 6.6 seed midge larvae.

SEED CHALCIDS

Two species of Megastigmus are

common in seeds of grand fir. Typi-

cally, the egg, larval, and pupal stages

in this genus all occur within a seed.

Megastigmus pinus Parfitt. Adults

are black with orange and yellow

markings.

They emerged from seeds from 21

May to 11 June in 1958 (Hedlin, un-

published data), and during the last

half of May in 1963. Thirty adult fe-

males and four males lived a maxi-

mum of 12 days and six days respec-

tively, when caged outdoors without

food.

Although adults were observed

Ovipositing, eggs were not isolated.

Larvae were observed first on 10

June, 1963, near the micropylar end

of the seed which indicated that eggs

were deposited in this region. They

moved gradually throughout the

length of the seed (Fig. 5) and when

fully developed, almost filled it. When

two are present in the same seed only

one survives. Full-grown larvae are

very active when disturbed and are

easily distinguished from the sluggish

M. rafni.

Eight cones contained an average

Of Zo larvae:

Megastigmus rafnit Hoffmeyer.

Adults are brownish yellow, with dark

markings, similar in appearance to

M. spermotrophus Wachtl which in-

fests Douglas-fir seed.

Adults emerged from 9 to 19 June

in 1958 (Hedlin, unpublished data)

and during the first half of June in

1963, somewhere later than M. pinus.

The first larvae to be observed, on

2 July, were at the distal end of the

seed feeding towards the micropylar

end. The full grown larva reacts slug-

gishly when disturbed. When larvae

of M. rafni and M. pinus occur within

the same seed, the former is destroy-

ed.

Eight cones contained an average

of 3.4 larvae. The numbers of M.

rafni are reduced by competition

from M. pinus.

FIR CONE MAGGOTS

Earomyia abietum was the only

species observed. Keen (1958) refers

to this and other species of this group

as “fir seed maggot’. The name im-

plies a seed feeder, and although the

larva feeds on seeds it is also highly

predacious, particularly in later in-

stars. Thus I prefer the name “fir

cone maggot” which does not imply

specific feeding habits.

The opaque, white, sausage-shap-

ed eggs are laid, usually singly, on the

inner surface of the cone scale in

May. Hatching occurs in late May and

J. Exromou. Soc. Brir. Cotumsia, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967

Fig. 3. Cecidogenous (gall)

midge. Top of gall removed

to expose larva.

Fig. 4. Seed midge. Seed

opened to expose larva.

Fig. 5. Megastigmus pinus.

Seeds sliced open to expose

larvae in feeding tunnels.

Fig. 6. Entry holes of E.

abietum in grand fir seeds.

Fig. 7. Puparia of Earomyia

abietum.

44 J. EntomMou. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia, 64 (1967). Aug. 1, 1967

TABLE I

Numbers of insects and numbers of seeds destroyed in grand fir cones,

Cowichan Bay, B.C., 1963 (Basis eight cones).

No. insects

Insect per cone

Scale; midges 28.0

Gall midge _____ SESS eis ier a) 13.0

Seed smidge ce 60 :

Megastigmus pinus .... Ss.

Earomyia abietum —

TOtalsi:< Sinus So 0c! 7

6.6

5.0

Megastigmus rafni =. 3:4 :

1.3

7.3

early June and young larvae move

down the scale to enter the seeds

(Fig. 6). Early-instar larvae feed on

endosperms, but later become preda-

cious. One larva entered two seeds

not infested by other insects and left

without devouring the endosperm.

Remains of a number of Megastigmus

larvae and five cecidogenous midge

larvae were observed following the

ravages of Earomyia in seeds and

galls.

In autumn, full-grown larvae drop

on the ground, where they overwinter

in puparia in the litter (Fig. 7).

An average of 1.5 Earomyia larvae

occurred in cones examined.

CONEWORMS

Larvae of Laspeyresia laricana

Busck and Dioryctria sp. were en-

countered but not in sufficient num-

Seed loss

direct indirect

7.0

13.0

6.6

25.0

3.4

5.0

35.0 25.0

bers to be considered important seed

destroyers.

DISCUSSION

The average loss to all insects was

60 seeds per cone (Table 1). The di-

rect loss was easily aSsessed by count-

ing the actual seed eaten. Indirect

losses were estimated, and resulted

from (a) feeding which deprived the

seed of nutrients (scale midge), (b)

fusion of seed to the scale preventing

separation (cecidogenous midge),

and (c) damage to seeds by predaci-

ous larvae searching for insect prey

(cone maggot).

Seed chalcids were the most im-

portant pests and were responsible

for almost 50% of the insect-caused

loss.

Acknowledgement

I thank S. F. Condrashoff for criticizing

the manuscript.

References

Hedlin, A. F. 1959. Studies on cone and seed insects in British Columbia. Can. Dept.

Agric. For. Bio. Lab. Victoria, B.C. Interim Rpt. 1958: 12 pp.

Keen, F. P. 1958. Cone and seed insects of western forest trees. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull.

1169, 168 pp.

J. ENToMoL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBiA, 64 (1967), Ava. 1, 1967 45

THE POLYMORPHISM IN PHILAENUS SPUMARIUS

(L.) (HEMIPTERA: CERCOPIDAE) IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. J. FARISH' AND G. G. E. SCUDDER

Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver

ABSTRACT

This paper analyses the distribution and relative frequency of the

morphs of Philaenus spumarius in British Columbia, the populations being

drawn from different biotic areas. It is shown that nine morphs occur in

the province and of these, marginellus occurs only in the south-west corner;

marginellus and lateralis occur only as females. The frequency of the

morphs in the biotic areas of the province is not uniform; populations in

dry areas differ significantly from those in wet areas. Populations taken

from the various forest areas are not identical, nor are those from coastal

areas,

Within a single biotic area, the frequency of morphs appears to be

stable.

No significant difference was determined between two samples

taken sixteen years apart. Further, there appears to be no significant sea-

sonal, daily or hourly change in the morph frequency in an area.

An experiment carried out on mating individuals failed to demon-

strate a tendency for non-random mating and there was no evidence for

the preferential mating of the rarer types.

INTRODUCTION

The Meadow Spittlebug, Philaenus

spumarius (L.) is a common Holarctic

insect which in the adult instar, ex-

ists in a number of distinct colour

forms. The insect is able to utilize al-

most any succulent foliage, and has

been recorded from over 400 species

of plants (Doering, 1930a, 1930b). It

is injurious to many crops and com-

mercially may reduce hay yields by

20 to 50 per cent (Gyrisco, 1958;

Anon, 1962), and stunt or kill in-

dividual legume plants (Weaver &

Whitney, 1958). The biology has been

studied by Weaver & King (1954) and

Levigne (1959), while Wiegert (1964)

has studied the population energetics

and HalkKa (1962a, 1962b), Owen &

Wiegert (1962) and Hutchinson

(1964) the morph frequency.

The polymorphism exhibited by

this species seems to be Stable, al-

though it is little understood at pres-

ent. Boring (1913) studied the various

forms and could find no correspond-

ing variation in the karyotype. Halk-

Ka (1962b) suggested that two or

three colour inhibitor genes may be

involved, some connected wth “sex

determiners”, and Owen & Wiegert

1 Present address:

vard University.

Biological Laboratories, Har-

(1962) suggest that some are sex

linked. Hutchinson (1964) says that

it seems not unlikely that a multiple

allelomorphism is involved. Halkka

et al. (1966) have recently carried out

some crossing experiments and con-

clude that six major genes are in-

volved and that “The six major genes

may be allelomorphic with each oth-

er’. There is a “possibility that the six

major genes constitute a dominance

hierarchy’, and five of the genes “al-

ways manifest their effects in the fe-

male but never in the males” while

the seventh “has a dominant mode of

inheritance in both sexes”. Halkka

et al. (1966) further state that ‘‘The

expressivity of the six major genes is

remarkably independent of external

factors, including food plants of the

P and F; generations”.

Hutchinson (1964) has stated that

“While no clear understanding of the

whole situation, which may prove to

be one of the most dramatic examples

of polymorphism, will be possible

without genetic knowledge, more

geographical and ecological informa-

tion is sorely needed’’. This paper de-

scribes some observations on P. spu-

marius in British Columbia.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Material in the Spencer Entomo-

46 J. ENToMoL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia, 64 (1967), Aug. 1, 1967

logical Museum at the University of

British Columbia was studied to de-

termine the distribution and fre-

quency of morphs throughout the

Province and to determine variations

between different biotic areas. Some

large collections made several years

apart enabled a comparison of popu-

lations over a period of 16 years. Fur-

ther, field collecting was done to

study possible variation in morph

frequency with season and over short

periods of time.

An experiment to test the ran-

domness of mating was performed on

adult insects collected in August

1966, from a 15 yard by 60 yard area

of vegetation at the University of

British Columbia: the main plants

on the area were Plantago, Dactylis

and Trifolium. Field collected insects

were placed in a cage containing

cardboard strips for a resting surface.

Mated pairs were removed in the first

30 minutes of the experiment and

were Kept isolated in individual

3” x 1” shell vials stoppered with cot-

ton. All mated pairs were formed in

the first 30 minutes of the experi-

ment, and such pairs were found to

remain in copula from 30 minutes to

two hours. A number of mating pairs

were also obtained in the field, but

there were too few for analysis.

The morphs were determined ac-

cording to the patterns given in

Halkka (1962a) and specimens com-

pared with material taken in Fin-

land and England. We have called the

morph which is brownish with two

pale costal spots on the corium, spu-

marius: this follows Edwards (1896)

and the practice of most North Amer-

ican authors (Weaver & King, 1954;

Owen & Wiegert (1962).

The biotic zones recognized in the

paper follow the scheme of Munro &

Cowan (1947). The main climatic fea-

tures of these various zones are given

in Table 1.

The method of Skory (Steel &

Torrie, 1960, p. 368) was used in most

calculations. Because of the scarcity

of some morphs, lumping, as recom-

mended by Siegel (1956), was neces-

sary to operate the Chi-square test.

TABLE 1—Climatic data for various biotic zones in British Columbia.

ANNUAL

BIOTIC ZONES PRECIPITATION

(inches)

Dry) Forest’ ..2-2. — 10-20

Cariboo Parklands _._ 15-20

Columbia Forest 35-50

Subalpine Forest ns 40-50

Coast Forest Ss

Gulf Island’ 2-2. 2 ee 25-35

Puget Sound Lowlands ___~ 35-60

Queen Charlotte Is. (Massett) 71.11

RESULTS

a. Distribution and frequency

of morphs

Nine different morphs were recog-

nised in the material from British

Columbia (Table 2). Of these, mar-

ginellus has been taken only in the

Gulf Islands area (Victoria) and the

Puget Sound Lowlands (Vancouver).

The other morphs are fairly widely

distributed. While the total number

of males and females studied was

about equal, both lateralis and mar-

TEMPERATURE (°F)

Mean Mean FROST FREE

Minimum Maximum DAYS

10-20 80-90 150-175

5-10 70-75 50-100

15-25 80-85 100-150

—10to5 68-70 50-100

30-35 60-70 200-250

30-35 70-75 230-275

20-30 70-75 200-250

20.5 65.0 168

ginellus were recorded only as fe-

males.

Table 3 gives the number of the

various morphs from each biotic area

studied; the Gulf Islands data are

omitted since the sampling was

known to be non-random. Analysis of

the data in Table 3 show that the

samples cannot be considered to have

come from a single _ population

(X7.45) =10.026:"p zero 00Iye

While statistically it is not accept-

able to reanalyse these data in vari-

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA, 64 (1967), Auc. 1, 1967 47

TABLE 2—Distribution of morphs of Philaenus spumarius in British Columbia.

ae O

= =

ir) ie)

jo) °

ro} O

= @

BIOTIC ZONE > §

ra ah

ny POrest 22 x x

Gariboo Parklands _________......___.. x

Subalpine Forest x

Woast Forest -..... uo x

Guilt Islands ..____...-_____..-_____=_ pe x

Puget Sound Lowlands _ x x

Queen Charlotte Islands

ous groupings, a case can be made

from the biological point of view for

doing so. We know that the various

biotic zones in the province are cli-

matically quite different and it is

reasonable to ask if the polymor-

phism is different in these areas.

Table 4 presents some comparisons

which have been made. There would

appear to be no difference between

Samples taken from populations

within the wet areas (Queen Char-

lotte Is. + Coast Forest) and those

from populations in dry areas (Cari-

boo Parklands + Dry Forest). How-

ever, populations in coastal areas ap-

pear to be dissimilar as do those in

forest areas: the Dry Forest area is

largely grassland and so was not in-

cluded in the ‘All Forest’ analysis.

b. Stability of morph frequency.

The stability of the morph fre-

quency with time was studied by

MORPH TYPES

ar)

oy 5 9 a a iS

4 a Cc. 3 i 5 =

pet) 7, 5 © fl ra =

= = = = n 99

Mn Oo wm mie >

= = fox

= uA “a

».« xX x ».4 ».¢ >.

x x x x x

xX ».¢ x x x

X xX xXx x ».¢ x

xX Xx xX xX x xX x

Xx xX ».¢ ».¢ xX ».¢ xX

x xX xX xX

comparing two collections taken at

Merritt in the Dry Forest area 16

years apart. Table 5 indicates that

the two samples were not significant-

ly different. This probably indicates

a marked stability in the polymor-

phism, at least in this area.

Two samples taken at Burnaby in

the Puget Sound Lowiands were com-

pared to see if there was a Seasonal

change in the morph frequency in

this area. The sample taken on 14

November 1962 was not significantly

different from that taken on 29 July

1962 (Table 5). A Similar compari-

son of catches taken on two consecu-

tive days in September 1962 showed

no significant difference.

Finallv, to see if there was a

change in morph frequency with

temperature, photoperiod or other

Similar daily change, two samples

were compared. The sample taken

TABLE 3—Number of various morphs of Philaenus spumarius in different populations

in British Columbia.

S oO =

=s S ie

BIOTIC ZONE = ay

= =a

3 a

op)

Diy, Forest ..............:...- 3 9 2

Cariboo Parklands 0 3] 0

Subalpine Forest __-——-—*iO 4 0

Coast Forest 2 fi

Puget Sound Lowlands 3 22 3

Queen Charlotte Islands 0 0 0

MORPH TYPES

er]

mn Sr ot Ko)

Sees Bare toe oot ae

ie 2 5 g = =

Se a en

= = c

e ~m wm

se Total

0 W129" 195 47 20 392

0 1 20 35 6 4 69

0 Osi Oe 127; 9 12 08

0 9 95 93 68 if 275

1 31 239 195 70 6 570

0 0 11 2 8 3 24

48 J. ENTOMOL.

Soc. Brit. CoLumBiaA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

TABLE 4—Difference between populations of Philaenus spumarius from various areas

in British Columbia.

DEGREES OF

GROUP BIOTIC ZONES FREEDOM CHI-SQUARE p

All of B.C. All zones 15 70.026 << 0.001

Low Coastal Area Queen Charlotte Is.

Coast Forest 6 56.485 << 0.001

Puget Sound Lowlands

Wet Coast Queen Charlotte Is.

Coast Forest 3 1.196 0.7-0.5

Dry Interior Cariboo Parklands

Dry Forest 3 0.461 0.95-0.90

Dry Interior Cariboo Parklands

+ Dry Coast Dry Forest 6 17.527 0.01-0.001

Puget Sound Lowlands

All forest Subalpine Forest

Coast Forest 6 75.240 << 0.001

Queen Charlotte Is.

around 14:00 hours did not differ sig-

nificantly from that taken around

18:00 hours (Table 5).

c. Randomness of mating

Table 6 presents the data obtained

from 24 mated pairs in the laboratory

mating experiment. An analysis of

these data suggest that the mating is

Handom Gxlen 4) | —4.94410:30. “p

0.20). Further, a comparison of these

data with the expected pairing based

on the frequency of morphs in the

original population, indicates that

the pairs obtained were randomly

drawn from the population (A? (4) =

7.43; 0.20 >p > 0.10).

DISCUSSION

Hutchinson (1964) says that P.

spumarius may constitute one of the

most dramatic examples of polymor-

phism in animals, but a survey of the

literature shows that it has not so

TABLE 5—Comparison of samples of Philaenus spumarius.

PLACE DATE

(1) Samples taken 16 years apart

Merritt 20.viii.32 3

Merritt 15.vili.48 11

(2) Samples taken 3 months apart

Burnaby 29.vii.62 8

Burnaby 14. x. 62 3

(3) Samples taken 1 day apart

Burnaby 7. ix. 62 7

Burnaby 8. ix. 62 4

(4) Samples taken 4 hours apart

Burnaby 7.1x.62 (14:40 pm) 7

Burnaby 7.1x.62 (18:40 pm) 6

MORPH. GROUPING TOTAL DF _ CHI2 p

I ll WW IV

12:29 . 4. 48

3 4.1 0.3-0.2

19 34 11 75

31 63 15 123

8 6 22

2 0.98 0.7-0.5

6 5 14

14 11 36

29 15 3 54

3 4.5 0.3-0.2

16 18 6 44

45 33 9 98

29 15 3 54

3 3.3 0.2-0.1

15 19 6 46

44 334 9 i100

J. Enromo.. Soc. Brir. Couumpria, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967 49

TABLE 6 — Mating pairs of Philaenus spumarius obtained in Laboratory experiment.

Original population: 39 ¢ 51 92 spumarius, 11 ¢ 12 9 trilineatus, 8 ¢ 15 92 populli.

spumarius

spumarius 11

Females _ trilineatus 3

populi 1

far been recognised as such, being

absent from the reviews of Ford

(1965a, 1965b). Halkka et al. (1966)

have shown that the polymorphism

has a genetic basis, but it is clear

that much remains to be _ learned

about the situation. The present in-

formation suggests that the genetic

control is not a very simple one.

A study of the various morphs in

British Columbia and the compari-

son of these with specimens from

eastern North America and western

Europe, shows that there is consider-

able variation in the colour pattern

of the types. The same morphs from

different parts of thé range of this

insect, appear slightly different and

it is not always easy to separate

them.

The present study shows that the

morph frequency is not the same

throughout British Columbia, and

suggests that there is a difference

between populations in dry and in

wet areas. While climate would ap-

pear to have some effect on the poly-

morphism, it is not possible to define

the environmental factors more pre-

cisely at the present time. Since no

change was detected between samples

taken at different times of day, the

situation in P. spumarius would seem

not to be so simple as that in Colias

(Lepidoptera), where Hovanitz (1953)

has shown a correlation with temper-

ature.

We were unable to detect a sea-

sonal change in the morph frequency

in an area. Owen & Wiegert (1962)

working in Minnesota likewise found

no seasonal variation in the fre-

quency of populi (= pallidus) and

spumarius. On the other hand, Dob-

Zhansky (1943, 1948) working on

Males

trilineatus populi

3 1

3 0

1 1

Drosophila and Timofeef-Ressovsky

(1940) working on Adalia have shown

marked seasonal variation in the

polymorphism in these insects.

The fact that two samples taken

in the same area over a 16 year

period showed no significant differ-

ence, can be taken to indicate that

the polymorphism is probably stable,

at least in that area. Owen & Wiegert

(1862) showed a Similar stability over

a four year period in arn abandoned

field in southeastern Michigan. How-

ever, studies on the frequency of

morphs over long periods in other

animals have usually demonstrated

marked changes (see Dobzhansky,

1958; Komai, 1956; Clark & Murray,

1962a, 1962b).

There seems to be little predation

on spumarius populations (Weaver &

King, 1954) and thus the selection

would appear to be rather different

from that described in Biston betu-

laria (Lepidoptera) (Kettlewell, 1961)

and Cepaea (Mollusca) (Cain & Shep-

pard, 1954). Nevertheless, Owen &

Wiegert (1962) state that the relative

frequency of the forms may be deter-

mined through selection by preda-

tors.

In the experiment on randomness

of mating, the results seem to indi-

cate that mating is indeed random.

Thus preferential mating, which is

reported to occur in Panaxia domi-

nula (Lepidoptera) (Sheppard, 1952)

seems not to be present in P. spu-

marius. Further, there is no evidence

that there is any preferential mating

of the rarer types, as recently sug-

gested in Drosophila by Ehrman ef al.

(1965).

Thus our study indicates that fac-

tors cited as the main selection forces

a0 “ll

in other examples of polymorphism,

seem not to apply in P. spumarius. At

the present time, one can only state

that the selective advantage of the

polymorphism in this insect is un-

known. The results obtained so far

on populations in British Columbia

suggest that further studies on the

WNromoL, Sec. Brit. Conunnra, 64 (7967), -AugG 1, 1967

ences and tolerances of the various

morphs may be worthwhile.

Acknowledgements

This research was done while one of us

(G.G.E.S.) was in receipt of grants from the

National Research Council of Canada and

the University of British Columbia. We are

indebted to Mr. M. S. Topping for help with

temperature and humidity prefer- the statistical analyses.

References

Anon, 1962, The meadow spittlebug, U.S. Dept. Agric. 514: 4 pp.

Boring, A. M., 1913, The chromosomes of the Cercopidae. Biol. Bull. 24:133-146.

Clarke, B. & Murray, J., 1962a, Changes in gene-frequency in Cepaea nemoralis (L).

Heredity 17:445-465.

Clarke, B. & Murray, J., 1962b, Changes in gene-frequency in Cepaea nemoralis (L.);

the estimation of selective values. Heredity 17:467-476.

Dobzhansky, Th., 1943, Genetics of natural populations. IX. Temporal changes in the

composition of populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 28:162-186.

Dobzhansky, Th., 1948, Genetics of natural populations. XVI. Altitudinal and seasonal

changes produced by natural selection in certain populations of Drosophila

pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis. Genetics 33:158-176.

Dobzhansky, Th., 1958, Genetics of natural populations. XXVII. The genetic changes

in populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura in the American Southwest.

Evolution 12:385-401.

Doering, K., 1930a, Synopsis of the family Cercopidae (Homoptera) in North America.

Part I. J. Kansas ent. Soc. 3:53-64.

Doering, K., 1930b, Synopsis of the family Cercopidae (Homoptera) in North America.

Part II. J. Kansas ent. Soc. 3:81-108.

Ehrman, L. et al, 1965, Sexual selection, geotaxis, and chromosomal polymorphism in

experimental populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Evolution 19:337-346.

Edwards, J., 1896, The Hemiptera-Homoptera (Cicadina and Psyllina) of the British

Isles. London.

Ford, E. B., 1965a, Ecological Genetics. Methuen & Co. Ltd., London. (2nd edition).

Ford, E. B., 1965b, Genetic Polymorphism. Faber & Faber, London.

Gyrisco, G. G., 1958, Forage insects and their control. Ann. Rev. Ent. 3:435-438.

Halkka, O., 1962a, Polymorphism in populations of Philaenus spumarius close to equi-

librium. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. 59 (A,6):5-22.

Halkka, O., 1962b, Equilibrium populations of Philaenus spumarius (L.). Nature, (Lond.)

193:93-94.

l{alkka, O. et al., 1966, Crossing experiments with Philaenus spumarius (Homoptera).

Hereditas 56:306-312.

Hovanitz, W., 1953, Polymorphism and evolution. Symp. Soc. exp. Biol, 7:239-253.

Hutchinson, G. E., 1964, A note on the polymorphism of Philaenus spumarius (L.)

(Homopt., Cercopidae) in Britain. Ent. mon. Mag. 99:175-178.

Kettlewell, H. B. D., 1961, The phenomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera.

Ann. Rev. Ent. 6:245-262.

Komai, T., 1956, Genetics of Ladybeetles. Adv. Genet. 8:155-188.

Levigne, R., 1959, Biology of Philaenus leucophthalmus (L.) in Massachusetts. J. econ.

Ent. 52:904-907.

Munro, J. A. & Cowan, I. McT., 1947. A review of the bird fauna of British Columbia.

Spec. Publ. B.C. Prov. Mus. 2: 285 pp.

Owen, D. F. & Wiegert, R. G., 1962, Balanced polymorphism in the meadow spittlebug,

Philaenus spumarius. Amer. Nat. 96:353-359.

Sheppard, P. M., 1952, A note on the non-random mating in the moth Panaxia dominula

(L.). Heredity 6:239-241.

Siegel, S., 1956, Nonparametric Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences. New York.

J. Entomow. Soc. Brit. Corumpta, 64 (1967), Ava. 1, 1967 61

Steel, R. G. D. & Torrie, J. H., 1960, Principles and Procedures of Statistics with special

reference to the biological sciences. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., New York.

Timofeef-Ressovsky, N. W., 1940, Zur Analyse des Polymorphismus bei Adalia bipunc-

tata L. Biol. Zbl. 60:130-137.

Weaver, C. R. & King, D. R.. 1954, Meadow Spittlebug.

741:1-99.

Weaver, C. R. & Whitney, D. R., 1956, A proportion method for sampling spittlebug

populations. Ohio J. Sci. 56:237-244.

Wiegert, R. G., 1964, Population energetics of meadow spittlebugs (Philaenus spumarius

L.) as affected hy migration and habitat. Ecol. Mon. 34:217-241.

Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Stat.

MOISTURE AND FAT CONTENT DURING THE

ADULT LIFE OF THE AMBROSIA BEETLE,

TRYPODENDRON LINEATUM (OLIV.)

By W. W. NIJHOLT!

ABSTRACT

Depletion of fat deposits during the long hibernation period of the

adult ambrosia beetle, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.), amounts to about

one quarter of the original fat content. The fat loss during flight activ-

ity appears to be also about one quarter of the amount present at the

start of hibernation.

Experiments with beetles stored at different temperatures indicate

that during a long cool spring the rate of fat loss increases, probably af-

fecting the vigor of the population during subsequent flight and brood

establishment.

INTRODUCTION during hibernation and the flight

Many insects derive energy for. period that follows.

metabolic activity from stored lipids

(Fast, 1964), supplies of which are

likely to vary during adult life. To

understand individual behaviour pat-

terns, a Knowledge is required of the

relationship between the fat con-

tent of the insect and its behaviour.

Atkins (1966) demonstrated such a

relationship in a scolytid, and stress-

ed the need for studies that penetrate

to the physiological basis of beha-

vioural variation.

The ambrosia beetle, Tryponden-

dron lineatum (Oliv.), spends a major

part of its adult life in hibernation.

Climatic conditions influence the

length of the hibernation period and

thus affect the utilization of stored

lipids which in turn affects the sub-

sequent flight and attack activities.

This investigation was undertaken to

learn more about the depletion of fat

1 Department of Forestry and Rural Develop-

ment, Forest Research Laboratory, Victoria, B.C.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

The data were obtained from

beetles collected from duff or bark in

standing timber around logging areas

near Lake Cowichan, B.C., between

August 1965 and July 1966 (Dyer and

Kinghorn, 1961). The heated pan

method described by Hadorn (1933)

and Kinghorn and Chapman (1959)

was used for recovering the beetles.

Moisture and fat were determined by

drying in an oven and _ extracting

with petroleum ether in a Soxhiet

unit (Nijholt, 1965). In this presenta-

tion, values for fat, or lipids, repre-

sent substances extractable in petro-

leum ether.

To check the speed and effici-

ency of the extraction, groups of 25

beetles were dried, weighed, and ex-

tracted for various lengths of time up

to six hours. The amount of fat loss

52 J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. ConumpBia, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

100

fee)

{o)

——O-—— FEMALES

—e— MALES

% FAT EXTRACTED

(eo)

1 2

EXTRACTION TIME

3 4 5 6

IN HOURS

Fig. 1. Fat extracted in petroleum ether from male and female adult ambrosia beetles,

Trypodendron lineatum, in groups of 25.

was determined for all the groups,

which were then extracted again for

the time required to bring the total

extraction period to six hours.

Fig. 1 shows that more than half

of the total fat was removed within

the first 10 minutes, and that more

than 99% was extracted in five hours.

Six hours was therefore considered to

be sufficient to extract all the fat.

During the period of hibernation

of the ambrosia beetle, samples were

taken at intervals from the same for-

est margin to determine the reduc-

tion of stored fat deposits. Samples

of beetles in flight or crawling near

attractive logs were taken during the

subsequent flight period. All samples

were Kept at 0°C after collection and

were processed aS soon as possible, so

that the results closely represent the

condition of the beetles at the time

and place of sampling. Unless other-

wise indicated, water and fat deter-

minations were made for individuai

beetles, to provide a measure of the

variability within the samples. The

weights were determined to within

0.01 mg.

Samples of flying beetles were ob-

tained by “live - trapping’, using a

glass-barrier flight trap, with a

trough leading to a slit in a horizon-

tally placed metal cylinder with clear

vinyl plastic ends. The beetles crawl-

ed toward the light at the ends of the

cylinder. Little mortality occurred

when the beetles were collected regu-

larly. The traps were set up in for-

est Stands near sources of attractive

log odour.

The fat content decreased gradu-

ally during hibernation (Fig. 2),

while the fat free extracted weight

remained at the same level indicat-

ing that lipids were utilized. This was

accompanied by an increase in mois-

ture content. The beetles caught dur-

ing the flight period cannot be con-

sidered as members of the above pop-

ulation since they were captured

several miles from the site of over-

wintering. Nothing is known of where

the flying beetles came from or how

long they had flown. The results in-

dicate that the beetles use up about

one quarter of their stored fat during

hibernation and a similar amount

during post hibernation dispersal.

Consequently, the beetles arrive at

J. Enromon. Soc. Brrr. ConumpBra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

HIBERNATION Lin FLIGHT—+|

50 |

40 Om

™—j

(e)

——O=—— FEMALES

—e— MALES

FAT ON DRY WEIGHT

SS ee

e =O

o—___,

MONTH

Fig. 2. Percentage of fat of dry weight of Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.) during

hibernation and flight period.

their new brood site with about one

half of their original fat reserves.

Histograms of the distribution of

individual beetles into classes of dif-

ferent fat content at different times

show that the number of lean beetles

increased during the first part of the

collection period and then declined

(Fig. 3), suggesting that some of the

weaker beetles did not survive the

hibernation period and therefore the

population quality would be altered

to some extent. It is not Known how

many non-survivors were old adults,

going through a Second hibernation.

To determine the fat content of

beetles during their flight period, the

possibility of using “wet-trap” catch-

es, aS described by Chapman and

Kinghorn (1955, 1958) was consid-

ered, but results from these samples

were not considered reliable.

A study was made of changes in

fat content during laboratory storage

of beetles at 4°C for several months.

The beetles do not walk or fly at 4°C,

but some of the stored fat is con-

sumed by metabolic activity. A

Sample of beetles collected in April

1966 was sorted into groups of ap-

proximately 80 individuals and these

were stored in plastic bags of bark

flakes in a darkroom at 4°C. A con-

trol sample was stored similarly at

0°C. At monthly intervals for three

months the dry weight, moisture con-

tent and fat content were deter-

mined. One group was Kept stored for

an additional three months. The re-

sults are presented in Table 1 with

data from samples of beetles collect-

ed in the spring of 1965 and stored

for six months at 0°C.

Table 1 shows that considerably

more fat is utilized at 4°C than at

0°C. At 4°C conditions simulate a

prolonged, cool spring during which

the beetles could conceivably lose

some vigor, while awaiting suffici-

ently warm weather for flight and at-

tack. The relationships between the

amount of fat remaining after over-

wintering, and the flight and brood

production remain to be established.

These studies indicate no more

than quantitative changes in fat. The

qualitative aspects of the lipid met-

abolism of the insect during its long

adult life await further study and

should provide some insight into the

relationship between the various as-

pects of behaviour and stored energy.

54 J. Extromon. Soc. Brrr. CotmumMrra. 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

ot AUG ® 65 afl

_all. SEPT aul

alg OCT _alll

(72)

: i

> fT i- DEC Line i ze

‘

: il

> 3 foal MAR '66 = —_

— =) APR ra]

0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

% FAT ON DRY WEIGHT (o*) % FAT ON DRY WEIGHT (?)

Fig. 3. Histogram of percentage of fat of dry weight of Trypodendron lineatum

(Oliv.) during hibernation.

TABLE 1—Average values in mg of moisture, dry weight and fat, with percentage fat

of groups of 25 ambrosia beetles, Trypodendron lineatum, stored for periods up to six

months at 0° or 4°C.

Time Weight of Fat free Weight of Fat % of

stored, days moisture weight fat dry weight

Females

2.09 1.28 0.52 28.3

30 2.14 AS 0.54 30.7

60 2.06 iealy 0.35 21.8

90 2.14 1.10 0.36 22.7

180 2.28 1.15 0.26 17.5

180: 2.34 1.15 0.45 27.3

1802 2.16 1.10 0.37 22M

Males

0 1.89 1.09 0.33 22.6

30 1.88 1.01 0.31 22.1

60 1.84 0.84 0.15 11.9

90 2.04 1.03 0.18 14.4

180 2.03 1.03 0.08 Mol

180: 2.05 0.98 0.24 18.6

1802 1.95 1.06 0.27 19.7

‘Control sample stored at 0°C.

2Sample collected in the spring of 1965 and stored at 0°C.

J. Entromo.. Soc. Brir. Conumpra, 64 (1967), AuG. 1, 1967 5A

Acknowledgements

Co-operation of the Gordon River Di-

vision of Western Forest Industries Ltd. in

locating insect sampling areas is gratefully

acknowledged. Thanks are extended to Dr.

J. A. Chapman for suggesting the problem

and advice during the study and prepara-

tion of this publication and to M. D. Atkins

and E. D. A. Dyer for reviewing the manu-

script.

References

Atkius, M. D. 1966. Laboratory studies of the behaviour of the Douglas-fir Beetle,

Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopkins. Can. Entomol. 98:953-991.

Chapman, J. A., and J. M. Kinghorn. 1955. Window flight traps for insects. Can. Entomol.

87: 46-47.

Chapman, J. A., and J. M. Kinghorn. 1958. Studies of flight and attack activity of the

ambrosia beetle, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.) and other scolytids. Can.

Entomol. 90:362-372.

Dyer, E. D. A., and J. M. Kinghorn. 1961. Factors influencing the distribution of over-

wintering ambrosia beetles, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). Can. Entomol. 93:

746-759.

Fast, P. G. 1964. Insect lipids: A review. Memoirs of the Entomol. Soc. of Canada,

No. 37

Hadorn, C. 1933. Recherches sur la morphologie, les stades evolutifs et Vhivernage du

bostryche lisere (Xyloterus lineatus Oliv.). Suppl. aux. org. de la Soc. forest.

Suisse No. 11. Buchler and Co., Bern.

Kinghorn, J. M., and J. A. Chapman. 1959. The overwintering of the ambrosia beetle

Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). Forest Sci. 5:81-92.

Nijholt, W. W. 1965. Moisture and fat content in the ambrosia beetle Trypodendron

lineatum (Oliv.). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 62:16-18.

56 J. Entomon. Soc. Brrr. Conumptra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

SOLENOBIA TRIQUETRELLA HUBNER, A FLIGHTLESS

PARTHENOGENETIC MOTH, IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

(LEPIDOPTERA: PSYCHIDAE)

H. B. LEECH! anpD B. A. SUGDEN2

ABSTRACT

The occurrence of Solenobia triquetrella Hiibner at Vernon, B.C.,

with notes on its habits and a brief description of the ultimate instar larva

and adult is contained herein. Evidence indicating that S. triquetrella may

have been introduced is presented.

INTRODUCTION

Small sand -covered, elongate

cases containing insect larvae were

first found by the senior author at

Vernon during 1941, 1945 and 1946.

Adults reared subsequently were des-

ignated as Solenobia triquetrella

Hubner. The following notes are pre-

sented since we do not Know of pub-

lished records of this species in North

America.

OBSERVATIONS

On April 17, 1945, hundreds of

these caSebearers were climbing

walls, maple trees, and along the

underside of fence rails not far from

the site at Vernon where these in-

sects had been discovered in 1941.

Nearly 1000 cases were collected from

tree branches, tall dead grasses and

the underside of boards lying on the

ground. Almost all produced moths,

every one a female; many laid eggs

which hatched. There were no para-

sites from any stage of Solenobia.

By April 18, 1946, at the same

places, mature larvae were again

numerous. On April 25 many cases

were firmly attached to sites similar

to those of the previous year. Pupae,

a few adults, and eggs were present.

Fifteen hundred cases were collected

and caged; again almost all pro-

duced moths which laid numerous

eggs, but no male moths or parasites

emerged. The eggs began to hatch on

May 12.

Attempts to rear the larvae on dry

rotted wood, decaying leaves and on

1 California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,

California, U.S.A.

2 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Vernon, B.C.

freshly cut pieces of couch grass were

unsuccessful.

The following is a description of

the insect as it occured at Vernon:

Larva: The fully grown larva (Fig.

3) appears early in April; it attaches

the open end of the case firmly with

a mass of silken threads to the sub-

strate so that it usually hangs down-

ward (Fig. 1). The larva then re-

verses its position in the case to face

the distal end which is closed by

three flaps fitting neatly, yet loosely,

together.

Pupa: The mature larva pupates

within the anchored case in mid

April; the stage lasts about a week.

Shortly before the moth emerges the

pupa moves through the flaps of the

case until only the apical abdominal

segment with cremaster hooks re-

mains within (Figs. 2, 4). Most of the

body is filled with eggs which are al-

most as large as those laid by the

adult.

Imago: The moth is 3 to 4 mm

long, wingless and mouse-grey, with

whitish scales along the sides. Upon

emergence there is a dense brush of

long wavy hair across the apparent

Sth and 6th abdominal segments

(Figs. 5, 6).

The moth is parthenogenetic, and

begins egg laying soon after emerg-

ing. As she oviposits, the moth in-

gests air, gradually inflating the an-

terior half of her body so that the

membranous areas between segments

are semi-transparent. The resulting

pressure helps to expel the eggs. If

the distended body is punctured with

a pin, it deflates like a balloon, with-

J. Entomov. Soc. Brit. CoLtumpia, 64 (1967), Ava. 1, 1967 57

Figs. 1 - 6.—Selenobia triquetrella Hiibner at Vernon, B.C.

Figure 1.—Larval-pupal cases on underside of fence rail.

Figure 2.—Larval-pupal cases attached to broken tip of a small living branch of Acer

negundo L. Projecting farthest downward are two empty pupal skins; females at upper

left, lower middle and far right are laying eggs in empty cases.

Figure 3.—Mature larva.

Figure 4.—Empty pupal skin attached to case after female has emerged.

58 J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Conumpra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

‘. f

Figure 5.—Lateral view of freshly emerged female showing full pad of ventral

abdominal hairs and retracted ovipositor.

Figure 6.—Freshly emerged female—dorsal view.

out loss of body fluid.

The moth uses the larval - pupal

case aS a receptacle for the eggs, in-

serting the ovipositor past the empty

pupal sKin without dislodging it. The

first eggs are laid at the caudal end,

sometimes even within the old larval

skin which remains in the case. Dur-

ing oviposition hairs from the ab-

dominal brush are plucked out a few

at a time by the prehensile tip of the

telescopic apical abdominal segments

and placed with the eggs. On comple-

tion of oviposition the case is full of

eges and hairs and the abdominal

brush of the moth has disappeared.

DISCUSSION

In 1927 ‘Ronald BuckKell sent Dr.

J. McDunnough of Ottawa, a number

of specimens reared from cases found

on a fence rail at Vernon: Dr. Mc-

Dunnough noted that “...they might

belong to the genus Solenobia as the

simple type of case covered with

earth granules point in this direc-

tion.”

Specimens were sent to Dr. W.

Sauter of Zurich, specialist on the

genus Solenobia. He replied: ‘‘The

Shape of the cases and the female

does not leave a doubt that it must

be Solenobia triquetrella Hbn. This

species is widely spread in Europe

and I also saw specimens of it from

North America: Montreal. Also the

specimens of Montreal belong to the

parthenogentic form. As Prof. Seiler

stated, it was the tetraploid race. It

would be very interesting to know

the chromosome number of your race

I do not Know more about the

distribution of S. (riguvetueliaom

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brrr.

America and wonder if the species

really is introduced. If not, it should

be possible to find also the bisexual

form in parts of the continent which

have not been covered with ice during

the last glacial epoch.”

The species could be widely dis-

tributed in British Columbia but un-

reported. The larval cases are small,

inconspicuous, and unlikely to at-

tract attention unless numerous.

However considering the hundreds

which have been found on house walls

or porch ceilings it is surprising that

they have not been noticed by worried

householders. We found a few cases

at Salmon Arm, but only after per-

sistent searching, and because of our

knowledge of larval habits.

The late E. P. Venables said that

he had found cases presumably of

this species near Kelowna, B.C. on the

underside of bridge railings. If Ven-

ables’ record is S. triquetrella, then

the species is Known from four towns

over a north-south linear distance of

65 miles with Vernon near the mid-

point. Considering how often boards,

packing cases and vehicles, any of

which may have been standing in an

infested area, are moved about, the

distribution seems reasonable for an

CoLtmMeta. 64 (1967), Ata. 1.

1967 BQ

introduced species.

Two facts suggest that S. friquet-

rella is introduced: (a) despite years

of searching and intensive collecting,

larval cases have only been found in

towns; (bd) no parasite was recovered

from nearly 2,000 viable larvae and

pupae from a population Known to

have been present for at least 20

years. Addendum — When the above

manuscript was read at the March,

1966 Annual Meeting of the Entomo-

logical Society of British Columbia,

members in the audience gave addi-

tional records whch are likely to be

of S. triquetrelia. Mr. P. Zuk said he

had seen similar larval cases at Van-

couver; Mr. C. L. Neilson reported

that he had found cases on the walls

of a Naramata cannery. Dr. H. A.

Madsen recalled that a Solenobia

moth was reared from egg to adult at

Berkeley, California, the eggs having

come from a mountain orchard at an

altitude of 3,000 feet.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the persons men-

tioned in the text, and to Messrs. W.

Mathers and S. H. Farris for help in collect-

ing. The photographs were taken by Harry

Andison in 1946; the drawings are by B. A.

Sugden. The writers also thank Dr. L. H.

McMullen for editing the text.

60 J. Exromon. Soc. Brir. CotumBra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

DISTRIBUTION AND HOSTS OF SOME HORNTAILS

(SIRICIDAE) IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

E. V. Morris!

ABSTRACT

Locality records and coniferous hosts of seven species of Siricidae in

the genera Urocerus, Sirex and Xeris are recorded for British Columbia.

Six species were reared from western larch, five from alpine fir and only

one or two from seven other hosts. The life cycle was one or two years and

major emergence was between mid-July and early August.

Horntails are widely distributed in hosts, and distribution in British Co-

the coniferous forests of Canada, in- lumbia. Adults are active during the

festing conifers of low vigour, those Summer and oOvipost in the sapwood.

damaged by fire or other agencies, The larvae feed in the wood and take

and recently felled trees. Little is one or more years to complete their

known of their life history, habits, development to the adult stage.

TABLE 1. Emergence period and length of life cycle of seven species of horntails from

caged log sections of nine coniferous hosts, Vernon, B.C.

1924 - 1930 and 1964 - 1966

Trees Speci- Emer- Life

Host sampled, Insect reared mens, gence cycle,

no. no. period* yr.

Western 24 Sirex juvencus californicus 1 Aug 30 1

larch (Ashm.)

Urocerus albicornis 8 Sunes t= 2

(F.) Jul 15

U. gigas flavicornis (L.) 1 Aug 10 1

U. californicus Nort. 1 Jun 19 it

Xeris morrisoni (Cr.) 1 Jul 25 1

X. spectrum (L). 6 Jul 13— 1

Aug 30

Ponderosa 12 S. j. californicus 4 Jul 13— 2,

pine (Ashm.) Aug 25

Western 11 U. californicus 2, Jul 11— 2

white pine Nort. 20

Lodgepole 19 S. j. californicus 14 Aug 4- 1

pine (Ashm.) Sep 3—

S. j. juvencus 1 Aug 1 1

(L.)

Alpine fir 15 S. cyaneus F. 13 Jul 15— 2

Aug 15

S. j. juvencus 3 Jul 17— 2

(L.) Aug 15

U. californicus 5 Jul 15— 2

Nort. 22

Alpine fir U. albicornis 2 Jul 22— 24

(F.) 25

X. spectrum (L.) 1 Jul 15 2

Douglas- 30 X. spectrum (L.) 1 Sep 7 1

fir

U. albicornis 2 Jul 15 — 2

(F.) 17

Western 8 U. californicus 6 Jul i= 1

hemlock Nort. 28

White 15 S. cyaneus F. 24 Jul 15— 2

spruce Aug 1

Western red 6 U. albicornis 1 — —

cedar (F.)

*In some instances there are only one or two emergence records.

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Vernon, B.C.

J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. CorumsBra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

UROCERUS ALBICORNIS @

U. GIGAS FLAVICORNIS @

U. CALIFORNICUS O

Fig. 1. Localities where Urocerus spp. have been collected in British Columbia.

SIREX J. JUVENCUS

SIREX J. CALIFORNICUS

SIREX CYANEUS

XERIS MORRISONI

XERIS SPECTRUM

J. Enromon. Soc. Brrr. CoLumBIA, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

>D Pe @ OO

Fig. 2. Localities where Sirex spp. and Xeris spp. have been collected in

British Columbia.

J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. ConumpBra, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967 63

Host trees and emergence dates of

horntails were obtained from wood-

borer studies conducted by personnel

of the Forest Entomology Laboratory

at Vernon between 1924 and 1930 and

from 1964 to 1966. In the latter study,

trees of 11 species of conifers were

felled in the spring at a number of

localities in interior British Colum-

bia. In the autumn of the year of

felling, three 2-foot-long sections

ranging from 8 to 16 inches in dia-

meter were cut from the trees and

placed in cages outdoors. Log Ssec-

tions were also taken from logging

Slash when the date of logging was

known. Records were Kept of the

numbers of horntails and their emer-

gence dates. Seven species were rear-

ed from log sections of nine species

of conifers from interior British Co-

lumbia (Table 1). The greatest num-

ber emerged between mid-July and

early August. The earliest was Uro-

cerus californicus emerging June 19

from western larch infested the pre-

vious Summer at Heckman Creek, 40

miles east of Vernon; the latest was

Xeris spectrum emerging September

7 from Douglas-fir infested the pre-

vious summer at Trinity Valley.

Locality records for seven species

and one sub-species of horntails were

obtained from Forest Insect and Dis-

ease Survey data from coastal and

interior British Columbia, and from

the special rearing projects (Figs. 1

and 2). More extensive sampling will

be required to obtain the true range

of most of these horntails.

Acknowledgements

The author is indebted to D. A. Ross for

permission to use the data on siricids ob-

tained from his wood-borer investigations

during 1964 to 1966. The siricids were iden-

tified by H. E. Milliron, Entomology Re-

search Institute, Ottawa and B. A. Suyden,

Forest Entomology Laboratory, Vernon,

BC,

NOTE ON A SPRUCE BARK WEEVIL, PISSODES

ALASCENSIS HOPKINS (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE),

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. F. DOIDGE!

ABSTRACT

Pissodes alascensis

Hopkins ranges throughout

interior British

Columbia and into Yukon Territory. Spruces are preferred hosts. Weevils

reared at 1,300 ft. elevation had a l-year life cycle, but most of those

reared at 4,000 ft. elevation had a 2-year life cycle. The latter passed the

first winter in the larval stage in the inner bark and the second as callow

adults in pupal chambers in the wood. Emergence ranged from the end of

May into September.

Pissodes alascensis was described

by Hopkins (1911) from a type speci-

men collected near Koyukuk River,

Alaska. He surmised that this species

attacked spruce and: ranged througn

Yukon Territory and interior British

Columbia. This report gives informa-

tion on hosts, emergence periods, life

cycle and distribution in British

Columbia. Sources of data include un-

published rearing records from ex-

periments at Trinity Valley and

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

Lorna, B.C., in 1925-30, at- Vernon,

B.C., in 1965-66, and pinned speci-

mens in the reference collection at

the Forest Entomology Laboratory at

Vernon.

In the period 1925-30, data on

Spruce bark weevils were obtained

from experiments in which wood and

bark-boring Coleoptera were reared

in caged logs of Engelmann spruce,

Picea engelmanni Parry. Emergence

of Pissodes alascensis ranged from

the end of May until September 21.

Total emergence at Trinity Valley

64 J. Exromon. Soc. Brrr. Conumnia, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

(2,200 ft elevation) occurred the year

after infestation; at Lorna (4,000 ft

elevation) the major emergence oc-

curred the second summer after in-

festation (Table 1). Most of the

weevils reared at 4,000 ft passed the

first winter in the larval stage and

the second as callow adults in pupal

chambers.

During the summer of 1965 three

2-ft-long sections of various species

of conifers were collected in interior

British Columbia for wood-borer

studies. The trees were felled early in

TABLE 1—Pissodes alascensis reared from three Engelmann spruce logs at Trinity

Valley (2,200 ft elevation) and Lorna (4,000 ft elevation) 1925-30.

Date Date Adult emergence

Locality tree caged

felled No. Year Range

Lorna 1924 Jun 10, 1925 16 1925 Jun 16-

: Sep 13

Jul 16, 1926 98 1926 Jul 17-

Aug 28

Trinity Valley Jun 1927 May 24, 1928 6 1928 May 26-

Aug 13

1929 May 23, 1930 32 1930 Jun 24-

Sep 21

Fig. 1.

Pupal chambers of Pissodes alascensis in black spruce.

J. ENtomo.. Soc. Brir. CoLtumsBtra, 64 (1967), Aua. 1, 1967

PISSODES ALASCENSIS @

Fig. 2. Localities where Pissodes alascensis Hopk. has been collected in

British Columbia and Yukon Territory

66 J. ENTomot.,

Soc. Brit. Corumpra, 64 (1967), Aua. 1. 1967

TABLE 2—Pissodes alascensis reared at Vernon, B.C. (1,300 ft elevation) 1965-66

Host

Locality (spruce)

Pine Pass white

Bednesti L. black

Donald Engelmann

the summer and caged at Vernon

(1,300 ft. elevation) in August, 1965.

Pissodes alascensis adults were reared

only from Engelmann, white, Picea

glauca (Moench) Voss, and black

spruce, P. mariana (Mill.) BSP.

Emergence ranged from June 17

to July 28 (Table 2) and was com-

pleted 1 year after infestation. The

logs were peeled to expose the larval

galleries and pupal chambers. The

larvae had fed on the inner bark but

had not scored the wood except dur-

ing construction of pupal chambers.

In black spruce, the chambers were

excavated to a depth of 2.5 mm (Fig.

1). There were 57 pupal cells in 1 ft2

of a black spruce bole 127 mm in dia-

Date Date Adult emergence

trees sections

felled caged No. Range

(1965) (1965) (1966)

Jun 22 Aug 23 8 Jun 19-

Jul 17

Jun 25 Aug 24 50 Jun 17-

Jul 28

Jun 23 Aug 27 a2 Jun 19-

Jul 13

meter with bark 4.0 mm thick. No

similar information was available for

Engelmann or white spruce.

Forest Insect and Disease Survey

records show that Pissodes alascensis

ranges throughout interior British

Columbia and north at least as far as

Mile 60 on the Mayo Road, Yukon

Territory. The weevil was also col-

lected at Alta Lake, B.C., (Fig. 2).

Acknowledgements

The author is indebted to D. A. Ross

for permission to use the data on Pissodes

obtained from his wood-borer investigations

during 1965-1966. The Pissodes were identi-

fied by S. G. Smith, Entomology Research

Institute, Sault Ste. "Marie, and B. A. Sud-

gen, Forest Entomology Laboratory, Vernon,

B.C.

Reference

Hopkins, A. D. 1911. 1. Contributions toward a monograph of the bark-weevils of the

genus Pissodes. U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Ser., 20 (1) p. 61.

BOOK REVIEW

Insect Pests. H. S. Zim and G. S.

Fichter. New York,

Golden Press, 1966. p. 160. $1.35 in

Canada.

Here, at last, is the answer for im-

poverished students and perennial

inquirers who need a book on insect

pests that is reliable, readable, and

cheap. A generalized book is no sub-

stitute for local, explicit recommen-

dations, and this one gives no more

than generalized advice for dealing

with 350 pests over so varied an area

as middle North America. It does con-

tain an immense amount of factual

and biological information and gives

broad principles of control. It pro-

vides the maximum of economic en-

tomology for the minimum money.

The all-important breakdown and

organization are well - thought - out.

The sections with the number of

pages are as follows: Introduction,

numbers, relatives and development

of insects (6); controlling insects by

natural, biological, mechanical,

chemical and new methods (14);

household pests (14); insects that

bite or sting (10); pests of: pets,

poultry and livestock (13); vegetable

crops (25); flowers and shrubs (12);

field and forage crops (22); fruits

and fruit trees (19); forest and shade

trees (7); stored products (8); an

index of scientific names (3); and

common names (4).

Compared with the earlier ‘In-

sects’, this book presents only one-

J. Extowuo.. Soc. Brrr. Cotumera. 64 (1967),

half as much basic entomology, and

this is a pity. No space is wasted.

Nicholas Strekalovsky’s coloured pic-

tures tend to be small and crowded

but they are accurate and adequate.

Crowding accounts for the only real

error noted (p. 94). The writing de-

generates at times into the telegra-

phic, but it is generally hard to fault.

The printing and quality of the pic-

tures are somewhat uneven and not

up to the high standard of earlier is-

Sues in the series. There is a blue-

green cast to the inks used, the let-

terpress fades into grey in places,

and the paper is thinner and shiny.

At the foot of each page the section

is given with the page number. The

annoyance at finding these often

crowded off the page by pictures run-

ning out to the margin, indicates

their usefulness for quick reference.

The captions and text seldom repeat

each other, and there are good cross

references between sections. Mea-

surements are given in decimal frac-

tions of one inch. An inch scale

divided into tenths would be more

useful than the cm and mm scale

given at the margin on p. 158.

In the space available, the cover-

age is maximal, and includes, natur-

ally, a number of non - Canadian

pests. The mites are well covered and

there are illustrations and descrip-

tions of such non-insect pests as

jumping and black widow spiders,

millipedes, centipedes, sowbugs, slugs,

Aue. 1, 1967 67

and snails. Of interest is the threat-

ening cereal leaf beetle, Oulema mela-

nopa.

The treatment of pesticides de-

serve mention. The introductory sec-

tion deals with formulations, stom-

ach poisons, and contact insecticides,

covering inorganics, natural organics

and the synthetics. Under chlorin-

ated hydrocarbons, DDT rates 210

words, and there are short para-

graphs on or mention of methoxy-

chlor, TDE, BHC, iindane, toxaphene

and the cyclodienes as a group. Under

organo-phosphates, there is mention

of parathion, demeton, TEPP, mala-

thion, DDVP, diazinon, ronnel and

dicaptron. Fumigants include CS2,

dichloropropene and dichloropropane,

HCN, CHi3 Br, paradichlorben-

zene and naphthalene. There is a

paragraph on oils, another on repel-

lents, and a final short section on

sterilants, hormones and _ sorptives.

Over and over throughout the text,

the theme is repeated: “Do not use

insecticides after the plant begins to

form edible parts”; “Timing is criti-

cal...”’; “Local agricultural agents

can advise...’; “Consult an agricul-

tural agent...’; “Follow directions

carefully”; and so on.

All Golden Nature Guides contain

160 pages. To distil into this prede-

termined compass a significant part

of the available information, is a tour

de force.

H. R. MacCarTHy

METRIC CONVERSION

Contributors of papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.

Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate

objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as Ib/

acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following

table of conversion factors is presented.

1 in. =2.54 cm

1 yard—0.914 m

1 mile=1.61 km

1 1b.—453.6 g

1 gal (U.S.)=.785 liters

1 gal (Imp) —4.546 liters

1 ft3—=28.3 dm;

1 acre—0.405 hectares

1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare

1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/cmz2

1 lb/gal (U.S.)=120 g/liter

1 lb/gal (Imp)=—100 g/liter

1 cm=—0.394 in

1 m=3.28 ft=—1.094 yards

1 km=0.621 mile

iko——2°2 Ib

1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)

1 hter=0.220 Ump)

1 dm3—0.0353 fts

1 hectare—2.47 acres

1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre

1 g/mz—0.0142 psi

1 g/liter=0.83 1b/100 gal (U.S.)

=1000 ppm

1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)

J. Exntomor. Soc. Brrr. Cotumpra, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

Since this society no longer has any support except from sub-

scriptions it has become necessary to institute a page charge. This has

initially been set at cost: $12.00. In other respects policies remain parallel

with those of the Canadian Entomological Society. The page charge

includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such extras

do not comprise more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustra-

tions will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not attached to

universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from their

personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when

submitting a manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:

Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $22.* 31 42 55 70 87 106

Each extra 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

Authors discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify

at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.

Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an

institution will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings

of the Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory,

although preferable, that authors be members of the society. The chief

condition for publication is that the paper have some regional origin,

interest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H. R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8. B.C.

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-

numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and

two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered

sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also

be on separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a

sheet. Photographs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast.

Line drawings should be in black ink on good quality white paper.

The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style

Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of

Biological Sciences.

J. Entomon. Soc. Brit. ConumBia, 64 (1967), Aue. 1, 1967

Entomological Society of British Columbia

Applicatio

Sphere of interest

n for membership [_] subscription [_]

$2.00 Canadian per year

Member of Entomological Society of Canada [], and/or other

regional society

Please return to: Dr. M

. D. Atkins, Secretary-Treasurer,

Forest Research Laboratory,

506 West Burnside Road,

Victoria, B.C.

INTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

tITISH COLUMBIA

Issued August 1, 1968

ECONOMIC

eres ‘management concepts and control of tick paralysis in

id G ISTLINGER—Protecting larch ee from os Sade velutinum

nte) with lindane emulsion ... . ; SOee Say ee |

- Thrips infesting the tips of asparagus spears 2.3... Oe. 16

and DOWNING— Integrated control of the fruit-tree leaf roller,

argyrospilus (Walker), and the eye- bh ie ay bud moth, ee

ak and Schiffermuller) ite ie niet ; 19

GENERAL

a GREGSON—The first discovery of free-living larvae of the ear

, Otobius megnini eens in British Columbia... .. : ; 22

Bae (ceconettides) ee Oa. be

TAXONOMIC

\UER—Aphidius rubifolii n. sp. (Hymenoptera: ppruaudse) a Apne

Masonaphis maxima from British Columbia... . . : eS

RAZ! R and FORBES—Masonaphis maxima (Mason) (homoptera: pentose

ar sd on eayaaaedd with an unusual life history ...... ; 36

ee 42

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 65. Issued August 1, 1968

ECONOMIC

WILKINSON—Pest management concepts and control of tick paralysis in

Mise OMIA 6. 2s ke le ew Me we ee 3

ROSS—Wood- and bark-feeding Coleoptera of felled spruce in interior British

a NMRA APR eo 5 chats Sw) eee eke wf wi hw we we ee 10

WOOD —First occurrence of balsam woolly aphid in the interior of British

Oe Wel SINAN NLM Ee a SI os Selig th Vee ges wales! Sila ow ea we 13

ROSS and GEISTLINGER—Protecting larch logs from Tetropium velutinum

(LeConte) with lindaneemulsion ................0.2..0. 00084 14

BANHAM—Thrips infesting the tips of asparagus spears ............ 16

MADSEN and DOWNING—Integrated control of the fruit-tree leaf roller,

Archips argyrospilus (Walker), and the eye-spotted bud moth, Spilonota

ocellana (Denis and Schiffermuller) .........2............4 19

GENERAL

RICH and GREGSON—The first discovery of free-living larvae of the ear

tick, Otobius megnini (Duges), in British Columbia. ............. 22

SUGDEN—Annotated list of forest insects of British Columbia Part XIV,

Fmnominae (Geometridae ..........0..600 0 ee eee ee ee 24

TAXONOMIC

MACKAUER— 4phidius rubifolii n. sp. (Hymenoptera:Aphidiidae), a parasitoid

of Masonaphis maxima from British Columbia. ................ 34

FRAZER and FORBES—Masonaphis maxima (Mason) (homoptera:Aphididae),

an aphid on thimbleberry with an unusual life history ..........2.. 36

SCIENCE NOTES

ee UN UU Cou eis ies te sade OR coy Soca we om AG a el we 40

J. Extomo.. Soc. Brit. Cortumpra. 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

DIRECTORS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA FOR 1968-1969

President

H. MADSEN

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

President-Elect

W. T. CRAM

Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8

Past-President

F. L. BANHAM

Research Station, Canada Agriculture,

Summerland

Secretary-Treasurer

M. D. ATKINS

Forest Research Laboratory,

506 West Burnside Road,

Victoria

Honorary Auditor

N. V. TONKS

Research Station, Saanichton

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCartuy, Chairman K. GRAHAM

C. V. G. MorGan D. A. Ross

C. L. NEILSON

Directors

K. GRAHAM, Vancouver C. L. NEILSON, Victoria

W. T. Cram, Vancouver A. F. HEDLIN, Victoria

J. GRANT, Vernon G. B. RicH, Kamloops

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 3

PEST-MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS AND CONTROL

OF TICK PARALYSIS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

P. R. WILKINSON!

ABSTRACT

Actual and potential methods for controlling and reducing paralysis

of livestock and humans by the tick Dermacentor andersoni Stiles are

analyzed, and assigned tentative ‘‘Geier ratings” of cost and effectiveness.

Four broad categories of control are discussed: protection from toxins,

prevention of engorgement, avoidance, and reduction in numbers of ticks.

Some control methods are undesirable because of their effects on

the eco-system, including game animals. More information is needed on

immunology of mammals to tick toxins and tick feeding, on variations and

genetics of paralysing ability in ticks, on range management in relation

to paralysis, on the effects of herbicides on rodents and ticks, and on life-

table parameters of ticks and rodents.

Introduction

Recent thinking on pest-manage-

ment considers not only pests which

affect man’s use of some resource but

the entire eco-system in which the

pests occur (Clarke et al, 1967). This

raises questions whether man, or

some Section of society, is utilizing the

resource in the best way, taking into

account economic, aesthetic and other

aspects. Complex problems of desir-

able aims and means have arisen, for

instance, in managing “wilderness”

parks, in the relation of sport fishing

in New Brunswick to DDT spraying of

pulpwood forests, and in the siting of

airfields in or near favourite bird

haunts. This paper reviews present

and potential methods of control of

tick paralysis in British Columbia

from the point of view of effectiveness,

costs, and resource management. Such

broad reviews of narrow fields are

published too rarely, but are neces-

sary to indicate priorities in pest con-

trol, and to enlist the interest of

workers in related fields of enquiry.

The pest-management concept em-

phasizes selectiveness in control, and

fitting control methods to the biology

of the noxious species (Geier, 1966).

The Problem

Classical tick paralysis in British

Columbia is caused by Dermacentor

andersoni Stiles. Rich (1957) describ-

ed cases of toxicosis of cattle caused

by Otobius megnini, but these are dis-

4 1 Canada Department of Agriculture, Reasearch

Station. Entomology Section, P.O. Box 210, Kam-

loops, B.C.

tinct from the ascending paralysis due

to D. andersoni, described by Gregson

(1962) and others.

Tick paralysis of cattle is of major

concern in many parts of the cattle

ranching area, even though large out-

breaks are less common than formerly

(Gregson, 1966), doubtless due to the

widespread adoption of annual back-

line Spraying with BHC. The numbers

of sheep in tick areas are declining,

horses are rarely paralysed, and dogs

usually recover because the owner re-

moves the ticks, so that cattle are the

most important species of livestock at

risk. A few cases of human paralysis

are reported each year to the Kam-

loops laboratory (Jellison & Gregson,

1950), and probably at least an equal

number are not reported. Human

fatalities, usually due to delay in re-

moving the tick, still occur despite

extensive publicity on the need for

protective clothing and prompt re-

moval of the ticks. Jellison and Greg-

son (1950) pointed out that girl chil-

dren are more likely to be paralysed

than boys because long hair tends to

make a tick on the nape of the neck

inconspicuous. Children on Indian re-

serves may tend to come in contact

with tick foci more often than others,

and records are now being Kept to see

whether these children provide a dis-

proportionate number of paralysis

cases,

Control Methods

Barly hopes for control of Derma-

centor ticks by Chalcid wasps were

not fulfilled (Cooley and Kohls, 1934).

4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMepiA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

Control measures recommended by

entomologists [fe.g. Hearle (1938),

Neilson, Rich and Procter (1966),

Neilson and Gregson (1967) | in Brit-

ish Columbia have been largely con-

fined to reducing rodents, protecting

cattle with acaricides, and protective

clothing and de-ticking for humans.

In contrast, in Australia, investiga-

tions by veterinarian Clunies-Ross

and the Commonwealth serum lab-

oratories, were directed towards cura-

tive measures applied to the paralysed

mammal and in particular to the de-

velopment of hyper-immune = sera

(Seddon, 1951).

The basic problem of D. andersoni

on cattle in British Columbia is pre-

venting paralysis. The main tick sea-

son, from late March to early May, is

quite brief in the cattle areas and

there is little indication that ticks are

ever present in sufficient numbers to

Cause irreversible weight losses or

other damage in the cattle.

Prevention of tick paralysis in cat-

tle can be considered under four

major headings.

A. Protecting susceptible animals

from effects of toxins, needing no re-

duction in numbers of ticks engorging

on the cattle.

B. Preventing ticks feeding to the

stage of engorgement which is neces-

sary to cause paralysis, with no at-

tempt to reduce the numbers of ticks

encountered by the cattle.

C. Reducing the numbers of ticks

encountered by the cattle, but not

reducing the numbers present on cat-

tle ranges in general.

D. Reducing the number of ticks

on cattle range, or in the entire range

of the “paralysis strain” of D. ander-

sont. (Prairie strains rarely if ever

cause cattle paralysis—Wilkinson and

Lawson, 1965.)

Various techniques grouped under

these headings, with selected refer-

ences in the literature and brief re-

marks, are shown in Table 1. The

Geier ratings are for satisfactoriness

of treatment based on the diagram in

Clark et ai (1967), which rates treat-

ments for excellence along scales for

“long-term reliability of protection,”

and “required frequency and intensity

of human intervention.’ The ratings

are provisional because many of these

measures have never been given long

term full-scale trial. The monetary

cost of most of the measures is un-

Known. Insecticide for the BHC spray

of cattle, B(4) (a) costs only about

65c per animal per year.

Only items under sections A(2),

A(3), A(4) and D would be applicable

to reduction of tick paralysis of

humans. Items under Section D would

acquire added importance if tick-

borne diseases in Canada (Gregson,

1964), become more virulent or new

diseases are introduced, or if tick vec-

tors interfere with eradication or

serum-testing of brucellosis of cattle

(VolkKova et al, 1960).

Long term investigations under

B (1) should be started to see whether

an inheritable resistance to ticks or

tick paralysis can be detected in a

variety of breeds of cattle, and de-

veloped by selection. The high Geier

rating compensates for the inherent

difficulties in investigating and apply-

ing this method. The reasons for lack

of paralysis in wild ungulates are ob-

scure (Wilkinson, 1965).

For successful investigation of

control measures under D (1), D (2)

and D(3), much more knowledge is

needed on the host-potential (Milne,

1949), of the several species of wild

animals inhabiting tick foci in the

spring range of cattle. The main

methods proposed at present involve

capture-mark-release studies on ro-

dent and other hosts, to provide data

for life-tables of tick populations on

selected study areas. Preliminary ex-

periments, and theoretical considera-

tions of sampling populations of such

a polyphagous tick and its mobile

hosts, indicate that the compilation of

useful life-tables will be very difficult

even with much more massively sup-

ported efforts than are likely to be

available. Nevertheless, by applying

crude approximations, in the belief

that some data are better than none,

it should be possible to improve our

- ees

Brit. CotumsiaA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

Soc.

J. ENTOMOL.

“(G96T “UOSUTHTILM) STSAT

-ered 01 JO UOT}eJSAFUL 1UOSuapUe “Gq 0} JBY}I9

Aypiqndsosns vsonpad snyoidiqye *‘q YM SUOT}2}

-Sojurl IJolid yey} Ajl[Iqissod e ST 9104} Avep UT

‘sory

-1adoid awos uo ‘atqeoyoeid oq AewW SeorTe ps

-jsojur ATIAROY WOIZ Sdnois ase s[qijdsvosns Fo

UOISNJOXY ‘“UOTSISIAUT OYIWUSTOS Spaau ‘Spro

aeak OM} pue SadTed ‘SMOD YYM poiedurod 97}

-yeo Sulpszead Jo AyIqidesosns Jajeo1s JuoIeddy

‘InJ7\Nop St weisoid surpse1q

DATJOVTOS B UT SISATeIed YT} 0} VIURYSISII 9pN[o

-UI 0} SSOUSUTT[IM jnq ‘suTUasse, ST “(p1ojyatoH

‘3'9) Spooiq 911380 Moz e ATUO suUT}d9d0e Ul

yoroidde aAeAIesuog “UOT}NIOS Wie} SUOT VW

‘(OG6T ‘UOSS015H 7 UOS

-I]Jaf) UoTjNqIIjsIp Sp JO uUOoTJIOd Usa}saMyIOU

aU} 0} pauUIjUOD SI tuosdapue ‘q Aq SISATeIed

‘poyruep!l 10

Poye[OSI Useq 4A JOU SeY UIXO], ‘S4nd00 Yeep

e1ojaq wnies IO aj0pmue 94} SUl1o}sTUuTUIpe

pue 91}}e0 pasdAjered 94} suIpuy uo yuspued

-ap oq p[nom poyjyew suIpsoeid oy} pue SIUL

“snypoAD0]OY

sapox, Aq pasdjeied ssop JoFJ wIndtes 9UNUIUT

-1adAy JO UOT}Oe VATJeIND SassnosiIp TOY Ne Sty

‘eljerjsny UT snjaAD0jOY Sapox| WiOIj SsOp jo

uo1}00}01d Aep FI SATS windes sunwUl-1adAH

10 TV

cod

60/60

(8C6T) Yory

(Z96T) UOSUTTTEM

(C96T) Aely

(IS6T) UOppes

(TS61) Uoppas

Sotveds Yor} 19y}0

jo UastIyUe WOT (q)

Sotdeds oules

jo uastjue WOT (®)

ddURISISOI Ppoonpuy (g)

JoURYSISOI OSY (Z)

goue\sIsal povlg (T)

o[}}e9 UO SUI[MPIO

Jaye ‘Syor} Jo JuoW

-98108U9 JO UOTJUIAVIg ‘G

soyeul sutsAyesed

-uou Jo uoTyNG

-lIystp Aq ‘uTeI}S SUTSAT

-ered-uou Aq l!uosuap

-ue ‘q JO UleI}S SUISAT

-ered Jo JUoUIaDe[doY (PF)

sojyopijue [eoIueyD (€)

wWndes JUNUIWT-IadAYy

Aq stshjered Jo ain) (Z)

soy JUNUIUIT

-IadAYy Wort UNAS

Aq ‘s'0 ‘stsAyered

ysulese UOT}eZIUNUIW] (T)

SISA[eied WOIF S[PUTUe

a[qijdaosns JO U0T}D9}0Ig “VW

a EEE EEEEy <TaEpES=aE aE EEEEEEREEEERE REE

swHauvwaa

,Hulryes

4aia9

a1qeqoid

pasueapy—v

Asogonposjul— 1

sdoojwie>y 4e

‘ssaiboiud ul

suoipze6ijSaau|

poz,ebijsaaul

walqoid

poepyejay

umouyx

suoijeaijqnd

ou 40

poyebijsaauy JON

GOHLAW

‘DIGUINJOD USIFI4gG Ul 343309 JO SISA]DIDd 491} 4O [O4}UOD 40} SpOUJeU UO BHpajMoUy 4O SN}O}S—| FIGVL

io.)

for)

co)

to)

[@P)

—

Ye)

[om

)

CoLt

Soc. BrRIt.

ENTOMOL.

‘soutdno10d J0f

ainyYsqns pinood A[qeqoid pue ‘(sajOh09 ‘190p)

sjeulue osieT plim uey} sjscyU os[qeInoAej

aiour A[qeqoid oie 9[}}e9 o[qI}daosns poj,eo1]UyQ

‘sqieq uostod jo suorjeorrdde

jenuew pue [ellee Aq snyedjnsuad sapox| Fo

Jo1jU0D SUTUIIDU0D OTYSIWI}dO 910W ST BAOTIUS

“peuor}

-“UdU DIAM S]JUSWIIIIdx9 posl[[O1}U0D ON ‘“AdTIeA

yOOI-19}}IG 94} Ul STequInU !uOSdapUue “*q sul

-onped UI [NJssaoons AT[etjzed pue AT[BOOT SeM

‘Somnseoul I94}0 YM suoTe ‘sfelaiInbs punois

ueIquin[joj jO UOTJONI}sSap yey. pos}esS JoyIed

‘sSoug0Id UI 91 S[eI1} Bptoiq

-Iof]T ‘100d oie SaIy pa[[o1jUO0d JO asn JOF syoed

-Ssoid ‘tIo00F Yor} JO vANyeU puUe SUOl}e[NS91 A1I}S9

-10F} 0} ond ‘pouoTjUeUT SoTdedsS qnaYys 94} 0}

atqeordde Ajje19ues oq 0} SIvedde ATaATIeUTeENH

‘(L961 ‘UOSUTYIIM) eoie sdoojwmey Ul play suo

ur ‘sqniys YIM UOT}JeTDOSse Jo UOTZeOT[dWIT ‘91

“(100'0—d) Pe}0efart VDUBpUadapuUI Jo sIsoy,odAH

‘apewu uUsaq SeY UOT}ESIJSOAUT BSOTO

ON ‘SOPIST[IY poJSoJUr YO} YIM Seore V9WIOS Ul

siskjeied jo yore, JOF yUNODIe 07 Sivodde SIL

‘uetqoid e aq Aew

r9jem pue SAressoo0u oq Ae SuULDUaJ JO JUD

-asueiieat oulos ‘(uinygesids uosAdouby) sseis

young 04 [elayaueq oq A[qeqoid prnom daorjoeid

ou} pue ‘yeo18 se A[TJe9U oq ABI OseIOF JO PTVIA

‘spoliod [enpiso.1

yIoys aAey AC “poseF UI pue ‘ud-ainod ‘sfeids

se poatjdde saptotjoesut o1wa}sSAS FO UoOT}ed

-O[SUBI}] UL popasesU 21 SUOTIESTIJSOAUL JOIN Y

‘SUIGO[BAZp SY} FO SUTIeI}S JUSISAI Fo

AVTIqIssog ‘(paysttqndun ‘yory) uUotyeUurUlexs-a1

poou 91}}89 UL SanpIselt OHA ‘L(996T) 19}001d

9 YY “UOSTIaN] eATJoee ATYSIY ST Soul] Yorq

uo Aeids (OHA %&7Z'0) poeyer}USNUOD ATTensnuy

cad

I0 ZV

10 cd

(L96T)

je 49 eAOTINS

(€E6T) teysIed

(P96T) WeYyeIH

29 puowunig

93e4s

ynpe jo ysoy pue

‘sadeys [[e@ JO sysoy (q)

sjuapor

Ajutew ‘ase}s

ainyeuUIuT JO sysoy (ke)

S}soy

PIM Jo uorjonpey (Z)

uoT}eoyIpow

uoT}e}a89A (T)

osuel

911389 UO S¥oI} JO Jaquinu

1240} JO suorjonpey “qd

SeaIe YI} IZBId SIATeD

pue SMod ‘S3’a ‘aT}}89 Jo

Sdnois aAtjoe Ssayt ATUO (Z)

SsuIzeds SuIIdS JO peas

“UT ,, TOF YoT},, [Tews

A[PAT]e[II IO Spay po

-ysajur JO sulzeis [[e@q (T)

— $¥OT} SUTIEJUNODUS

WOJJ poJUaAdId 9[}}eD “DO

potisod [enptser Aep

PLL YM “Torey

-aq JUIUIISI03

-Ud YIM SULIOF

-IajUI punodwio0d

Iay}O 10 JUsT[edsy (9d)

SOTUIA}SAS (q)

‘aya ‘sheds (®)

9]}}e9 UO SaptoT}oaSU] (PH)

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotuMBriA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

‘yUoNnbeIJ JIOW IO Tenuuy—=¢ ‘Tenuue Uy} ssaT—Z ‘[PUTUTIN—T :>(Peysi[qeyse T[eM poy}our Jo}je) pormnber uoljUsAIeyU]

"poyuTIJ—) ‘Aloyoejsijes—_ ‘YsIH—V :UvT}I0}01g

Se papodad Useq aARY (LOGT 1€ 42 YIe[O) SoTI0se}¥9 S.JoTay ‘TW UIA SUT}eUTWIIMD sdUVT[I0x9 Jo soTJIeId [e1OUIS 94} YIM ddUePIOIN UT ¢

‘gulyel IaI95 ZO 0} SIU} opeasuMOpP AYU SaTeUl

jeuliou YM ssurjeur jUenbasqng ‘paps0d

AyTIqryedurosut

-o1 usveq JA dARY SaTPTIQnIedwoour oeUeS ON ca dTjoUNS YIM SoayeyL (q)

‘(peysttqnd

-un UOSS9IH) JDUO UeY} JIOW 9}eU 60} Iead Je

solewey pue ‘ued sorew jnq ‘apqiseoF AT[eoTUyIe}

SyoI} o[ew JO sXJoquInU sSIe,T Jo UOT EIPesIT cad So[eUl po}eIpessy (®)

‘seore pou, JaAO ‘asned

-eIP OJUL SOI} ,,Aep-JIOYS,, VIIOF 0} posn 93q So[PUl PYZI[T19}s AT

ATQeAIBNUOD OSTe JYUSIU SIL, ‘YSUsT-Aep surpusy -BATJIBYO JO UOT} LIOQTT ( i)

-xo ATSATJOIIe Ysey as[suris e Aq SyoosuT ,.Aep ; asnedetr TO

-SUO],, UL poyUaAVId 9q JYSIUI oSnedeIip jey} ps od Ip JF

-jsa33ns oavy “(F96I 1e 48 Jaye) SIOYyNe sUI0S 10 €4 uorjyonpuUl dev ea (9)

UIABL

‘gore We[qoId 394} UT 91[}}89 . :

po}ee1} Surzers Aq ‘uoTyeIndod ueumny oO} STI f es a pe ete

gonpal 0} pasn aq p[nod pue zy 01 Ey Wo} (e)P “Aq ®& yor} SuUrAty

‘q Jo Sulyel Joley asuUeYD pl[Nod 4ooVo sSIyL CoV voIF JO UOTIONPYY (G)

‘Solleysy yzoOds 0} osewep 9s qIS

-sod osTy ‘(e)g Se SanpIsed UO syUsUTWIOD aUTeS Soproleoe GYM

“sapox| jsuTese orey0y/Jsnp LAG %OT JO 3¥.0¢ od (L96T) Aysuods/) seore odie] Jo surjsnqd (pF)

SYo1} UO UOTIIV

he ee Go Su meee See Gee (L961) SEI HISD SUL

UJIM PaUIquiod ‘s}Ieq JUSpPOI FO STeII} SUISTUIOIg od Je 48 CAOTIYS Sjuspor JoF sjleg (q)

‘pesn suoqied

-OIpAY poj}eulIJoTyO jt ‘uleyd poo} 9y} Ysnoiyy

‘sloyepoid spyeIIsop SUIZI[I190}s IO UL Sulye[nNuINnd

-08 SOploljsed jo Jesuep as[qissod ‘saxoq peq suljsnp yUIpOoOI pue

ul Ldd suisn Aq SjUspOr I9y}O pue SNJO‘IW e T}sS MOIL e

uo seo JO [O1}UOD 0} SiojJoI Joded S,uewjI1ey oad (8961) ueurey sul BP ring (8)

sjuapor

uO S¥oT} JO UOTJONpsyY (E)

8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

knowledge of the major hosts that

maintain tick populations on cattle

range. Using this knowledge, it may

be possible to modify the environment

so that it becomes unfavourable to

ticks; this may well be economically

worthwhile, for instance, on Selected

areas of cattle range, around Settle-

ments where children wander, and on

camp grounds. The great majority of

tick paralysis cases in British Colum-

bia are due to tickKs picked up in mon-

tane forest or in tick foci in grass-

lands (Wilkinson, 1967).

Massive and widespread applica-

tions of DDT, such as 5 kKg/hectare,

Table 1 D (4), may be undesirable be-

cause of concentration in wildlife food

chains, storage in soil, and danger to

fish. Such treatments have been con-

sidered justifiable in the U.S.S.R. to

protect humans from. encephalitis

carried mainly by Ixodes ticks. Us-

pensky (1967), mentioned an annual

application of 107 kg of 10% DDT dust

over 200,000 hectares. However, US-

pensky implies that more economical

methods should be found, and that

the incidence of encephalitis has not

been reduced as much as expected.

Much of the spring range of cat-

tle is used by deer and gamebirds.

These are a valuable source of meat

and recreation and of income to Sell-

ers of Supplies and services to hunt-

ers; moreover wild animals have an

aesthetic value to an even wider circle

of people. Widespread destruction of

shrubs D (1) would be inadvisable be-

cause these shrubs (Wilkinson, 1967),

are valuable as the main winter

browse species for deer, and may be

of importance to grouse. Preliminary

experiments have been in progress at

Kamloops since 1965 to discover if

destruction of shrubs is an effective

and economically feasible method of

reducing tickKs in small tick foci with-

in large relatively uninfested areas of

grassland, or around settlements and

campsites.

Discussion

The work of Clark et al (1967) and

Beirne (1967), should encourage ap-

plied biologists to re-examine pest

organisms against the background of

the eco-system and with optimum use

of resources in mind. Often they will

be hampered by a lack of definition

of the objectives in resource utiliza-

tion, because conflicts of interest be-

tween different sections of the com-

munity are likely to continue for some

time.

Detailed analysis of any insect

control problem will probably reveal

important gaps in our Knowledge, as

in Table 1. The study of these basic

problems closely related to potential

control measures seems particularly

appropriate to government labora-

tories, since pursuit of abstract knowl-

edge can best be left to universities,

aided by relatively short term studies

by students. Detailed work on well

Known methods, such as studies of

dosage and methods of application of

pesticides under local conditions, is

appropriate to those close to the ex-

tension field.

This analysis of the problem of

tick paralysis shows the extent of the

specialties involved, ranging from

mammalian immunology, through in-

secticide toxicology and tick ecology,

to range ecology and agronomy. A

balanced effort of wide coverage is

needed, Scaled to the importance of

the problem, to identify and pursue

the most profitable lines of investiga-

tion and control.

References

Barker, R. J., C. F. Cohen and A. Mayer. 1964. Photoflashes: a potential new tool for

control of insect populations. Science 145:1195-1197.

Beirne, B. P. 1967. Pest Management. Leonard Hill, London.

Clark, L. R., P. W. Geier, R. D. Hughes, R. F. Morris. 1967. The ecology of insect popu-

lations in theory and practice.

Cooley, R. A., and G. M. Kohls.

Congr. 1933 pp. 3375-81

Methuen, London.

1934. Summary on tick parasites. Proc. 5th Pac. Sci.

Drummond, R. O., and D. H. Graham. 1964. Insecticide tests against the tropical horse

tick, Dermacentor nitens on horses. J. econ. Ent. 57:549-553.

J. Entomoun. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

Geier, P. W. 1966. Management of insect pests. Ann. Rev. Ent. 11:471-90.

Gregson, J. D. 1962. The enigma of tick paralysis in North America. XI Intern. Congr.

Ent., Vienna, Proc.. 3:97-101.

Gregson, J. D. 1964. Ticks in relation to certain diseases of man and animals in Canada.

Can. Ent. 96:112.

Gregson, J. D. 1966. Records of tick paralysis in livestock in British Columbia. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 63:13-18.

Hearle, E. 1938. Insects and allied parasites injurious to livestock and poultry in Can-

ada. Can. Dept. Agr. Publ. No. 604.

Jellison, W. L., and J. D. Gregson. 1950. Tick paralysis in Northwestern United States

and British Columbia. Rocky Mt. Med. J. 47:28-32.

Kartman, L. 1958. An insecticide bait box method for the control of sylvatic plague

vectors. J. Hyg. 56:455-465.

Milne, A. 1949. The ecology of sheep tick, Ixodes ricinus L. Host relationship of the

tick. Parasitology 39:167-172.

Neilson, C. L., G. B. Rich and J. B. Procter. 1966. Livestock pests. Dept. of Agric., Prov.

of British Columbia, Victoria, B.C.

Neilson, C. L., and J. D. Gregson. 1967. Ticks and Man in British Columbia. Dept. of

Agric. Entomol. Circular 19, Prov. of British Columbia, Victoria, B.C.

Parker, R. R. 1932. Certain phases of the problem of Rocky Mountain spotted fever.

Address to American College of Physicians. Reprinted with additions, from

Arch. Pathol. 15:398-429.

Rich, G. B. 1957. The ear tick, Otobius megnini (Duges) (Acarina: Argasidae), and its

record in British Columbia. Can. J. Comp. Med. 21:415-418.

Riek, R. F. 1958. Studies on the reactions of animals to infestation with ticks. Aust. J.

Agric. Res. 9:830-841.

Riek, R. F. 1962. Studies on the reactions of animals to infestations with ticks. Aust.

J. Agric. Res. 13:532-551.

Seddon, H. R. 1951. Tick and mite infestations. Serv. Publ. No. 7 Div. Vet. Hyg. Pub.

Hlth Dep., Aust.

Shilova, S. A., M. B. Azaryan, Yu. M. Schadilov. 1967. Organization of the control of

forest murine rodents and their ectoparasites in foci of certain natural infec-

tions. Med. Parasit. and Parasit. Bolezni 36:301-307.

Uspensky, I. V. 1967. A method of direct elimination of tick-borne encephalitis vector.

Status and prospects. Med. Parasit. and Parasit. Bolezni 36:296-300.

Volkova et al. 1960. Study of the role of ticks of the genera Dermacentor and Haema-

physalis in transmission of brucellosis. Izv. Akad. Nauk Kirghiz, S.S.R. 2:5-24.

Translation No. 134. U.S. Navy Med. Res. Unit No. 3 Cairo.

Wilkinson, P. R. 1962. Selection of cattle for tick resistance, and the effect of herds of

different susceptibility on Boophilus populations. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 13:974-

983.

Wilkinson, P. R. 1965. A first record of paralysis of a deer by Dermacentor andersoni

Stiles and notes on the “Host-potential’” of deer in British Columbia. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 62:28-30.

Wilkinson, P. R., and J. E. Lawson. 1965. Differences of sites of attachment of Derma-

centor andersoni Stiles to cattle in south-eastern Alberta and south central

British Columbia, in relation to possible existence of genetically different

strains of ticks. Can. J. Zool. 43:408-411.

Wilkinson, P. R. 1967. The distribution of Dermacentor ticks in Canada in relation to

bioclimatic zones. Can. J. Zool. 45:517-537.

10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMpBrA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

WOOD- AND BARK-FEEDING COLEOPTERA OF

FELLED SPRUCE IN INTERIOR BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. A. Ross!

ABSTRACT

A list of wood- and bark-feeding Coleoptera of interior British Co-

lumbia reared from Picea glauca (Moench) Voss and P. engelmanni Parry

in 1928-30 and 1965-67, and the range of their emergence dates at Trinity

Valley and Vernon, B.C., respectively, are presented. The species of eco-

nomic importance reared in significant numbers were the wood borers Te-

tropium cinnamopterum Kirby, Serropalpus substriatus Hald., and Mono-

chamus oregonensis LeConte, and the bark beetle Dendroctonus obesus

(Mannerheim).

Wood- and bark-feeding beetles

cause Significant losses in British Co-

lumbia’s forests each year. A Knowl-

edge of the species involved and their

times of emergence and attack are

requisite to the intelligent manage-

ment of our forests.

Two sources of data on wood- and

bark-feeding Coleoptera from felled

spruce in interior British Columbia

are considered here. The first is un-

published information gathered by

J.R. L. Howell and others2 in 1928-30,

and the second by members of the

Forest Insect and Disease Survey dur-

ing 1965-67.

Howell reared insects from two

felled Engelmann spruce trees at

Trinity Valley, B.C., to ascertain the

species complex of the stump, bole

and limbs. One tree, 9 inches d.b.h.

and 85 feet tall, was blown down early

in the summer of 1927. The other tree,

of unrecorded dimensions, was pre-

sumed to have blown down in the

spring of 1929. In each case the ma-

terial was caged early in the spring

within a year of blowdown.

In 1965, the author began investi-

gations to determine the species of

wood-infesting Coleoptera of eco-

nomic importance to spruce in the In-

terior. Engelmann and white spruce

trees windblown or logged in 1964, or

felled in 1965 and 1966 by Survey per-

sonnel in a number of localities were

1Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development of Canada,

Vernon, B.C.

2 In files of Forest Entomology Lakoratory, Ver-

non,

left exposed to attack for the summer.

Samples from a total of 25 infested

logs were taken to Vernon from Ash-

croft, Lumby, Cherryville, Waitabit

Creek, and other localities in the

southern Interior, and from points

northward into Pine Pass to Mile 485

on the Alaska Highway in northern

British Columbia. Each sample con-

sisted of three 2-foot-long bole sec-

tions 8 to 12 inches in diameter. In

the fall the boles were caged outdoors

at Vernon and emergents were col-

lected during 1965-1967. :

Howell reared 11 wood- and bark-

feeding species of Coleoptera from the

stumps, 20 from the boles and five

from the limbs of the two trees (Table

1). Monochamus notatus (Drury),

was the only wood-boring species

reared in Significant numbers from

the bole: all adults of this species

emerged the second year after the at-

tack. Polygraphus rufipennis (Kirby),

a bark feeder, occurred abundantly

in the bole and to a much lesser de-

gree in the limbs and stump. Dryo-

coetes affaber (Mannerheim), was the

only other species of bark beetle pres-

ent in significant numbers; it was

confined to the bole.

The only species of Coleoptera

present in large numbers and reared

from a significant proportion of the

samples of white and Engelmann

spruce (Table 2) were: the wood

borers Tetropium cinnamopterum,

Serropalpus substriatus, and Mono-

chamus oregonensis; the snout beetle,

Pissodes alascensis Hopkins, and the

bark beetle Dendroctonus obesus.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBstiA, 65 (1968), Auac. 1, 1968

TABLE 1—Emergence of wood- and bark-feeding insects the first and second summer

following caging,' of Engelmann spruce wind-felled in 1927 and 1929, Trinity Valley,

B.C.

No. emergents2 ex.

Species Stump Bole

Emergence range

CERAMBYCIDAE

Acmaeops sp. i

Anthophilax

mirificus Bland 2

Leptura

obliterata Hald. 3(1) 1

Megasemum

asperum (LeC.) 1

Monochamus

notatus (Drury) ( 28)

Monochamus

oregonensis (LeC.) 3( 1)

Neacanthocinus

obliquus (LeC.) 2

Phymatodes

densipennis Csy. 1(1) 3( 2)

Pogonocherus

propinquus Fall ( WD

Rhagium

lineatum (Oliv.) a 3

Tetropium

velutinum LeC. 1(1) d( 1)

Xylita

laevigata (Hellw.) 2 10( 1)

Xylotrechus

undulatus (Say) 1

BUPRESTIDAE

Buprestis

adjecta (LeC.) ( 1)

MELANDRYIDAE

Scotochroa

basalis LeC. (1) 1( 1)

Serropalpus

substriatus Hald. 2

CURCULIONIDAE

Pissodes

alascensis Hopk. 6

Pissodes

schwartzi Hopk. 4

SCOLYTIDAE

Dendroctonus

obesus (Mann.) 4 12( 1)

Dryocoetes

septentrionus (Mann.) TD 2

Polygraphus

rufipennis (Kby.) 23(1) 5960(168)

Dryocoetes

affaber (Mann.) 79( 59)

Aug. 8

May 16- May 28

Aug. 12 - Aug. 14

Aug. 10

June 22- Aug. 6

June 16 - Aug. 21

July 25

May 28- July 6

Aug. 7

May 14- June 20

May 26- Aug. 7

May 15- July 30

Aug. 1

July 18

July 13 - Aug. 10

July 14- July 24

May 26 - Sep. 11

June 5

May 12-Aug. 7

June 3- June 24

May 16 - Sep. 25

June 26 - Aug. 16

1 Caged the spring following blowdown.

2 Number of second year emergents in brackets.

Of these only the three species of ing blue staining fungi.

wood borers and the bark beetle D. The

range of emergence dates

obesus are of economic importance. noted in Table 2 serves only as a rough

The wood borers make holes in the’ guide since the logs were infested in

wood reducing the quality of the lum-_ several localities at various times of

ber, and the bark beetles may cause’ the year and then were reared at Ver-

deterioration of the wood by introduc- non.

12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsBtiA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

TABLE 2—Emergence at Vernon in 1965-67 from 25 samples of Engelmann and white

spruce logs from Interior British Columbia.

No. samples

Species infested

CERAMBYCIDAE

Atimia dorsalis LeC.

Meriellum proteus Kby.

Monochamus oregonensis LeC.

Neoclytus muricatulus Kby.

Megasemum asperum (LeC.)

Tetropium cinnamopterum LeC.

Xylotrechus undulatus Say

MELANDRYIDAE

Serropalpus substriatus Hald. 7

BUPRESTIDAE

Melanophila drummondi Kby. 4

CURCULIONIDAE

Pissodes alascensis Hopk. 4

SCOLYTIDAE

Dendroctonus obesus (Mann.)

Dryocoetes septentrionis (Mann.)

Polygraphus rufipennis Kby.

SIRICIDAE!

M10 Ole

COwnnd

Range in no. Range of

emergents emergence dates

1 July 26

2 June 28- July 2

2-23 May 27- July 16

1-14 June 13- Aug. 1

it ?-Aug. 2

6-95 May 5- June 26

1 July 13

2-88 June 13-Aug. 4

2- 9 May 4- July 27

8-43 June 19 - Aug. 10

1-75 May 2- Aug. 13

8-39 July 4- July 25

12-58 May 2- July 24

1-30 July 5-Aug. 14

1 Horntails—recorded to indicate relative importance.

A RECORD OF MEGACHILE ROTUNDATA (F.)

FROM ASHCROFT, BRITISH COLUMBIA

J. C. ARRAND AND J. CORNER

The leaf-cutter bee, Megachile ro-

tundata (F.) is a Eurasian species be-

lieved to have been introduced to

North America on several occasions.

It was recorded in Virginia in 1937,

and since then has been recorded

from Kansas, Missouri, Texas, Cali-

fornia, Utah, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon,

and Washington (Stephen, 1962).

In 1963 specimens of Megachile

rotundata (F.) were noted in a collec-

tion of bees from Ashcroft. Identifica-

tion was confirmed by W. P. Stephen,

Oregon State University, Corvallis,

Oregon. This is believed to be the first

record of M. rotundata occurring na-

turally in Canada. Since 1963 large

numbers of this species have been

brought in from Oregon, to Ashcroft

and Kamloops in the interior of Brit-

ish Columbia, for alfalfa pollination.

Some bees have escaped and nested in

cracks or under shingles in buildings

nearby. Prepupae have survived the

past three winters in these locations.

References

Stephen, W. P. 1962. Propagation of the leaf-cutter for alfalfa seed production. Oregon

State Univ. Stn. Bull. 586.

J. Exntomot. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 13

FIRST OCCURRENCE OF BALSAM WOOLLY APHID

IN THE INTERIOR OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

R. O. Woop!

ABSTRACT

The balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratzeburg), was discovered

near Vancouver in 1958, and in the interior of British Columbia in 1967.

Infested planted ornamentals were found at two locations in the Okanagan

Valley: three Abies alba Miller near Oliver and two Abies concolor (Gor-

don and Glendenning) in Penticton. These trees were either burned or

sprayed.

(Hooker).

The balsam woolly aphid, Adelges

piceae (Ratz.), is an important pest

of true firs, Abies spp. This native of

Europe, found in North America in

1908, now occurs from the Maritime

Provinces of Canada south to North

Carolina and from southern British

Columbia to California. Since its dis-

covery near Vancouver in 1958, it has

become firmly established in that area

on the mainland and on southern

Vancouver Island.

On 28 April 1967, infested bark

and branch samples from three plant-

ed ornamental silver firs, Abies alba

Mill., near Oliver in the Okanagan

Valley were submitted by the owner.

Additional samples taken on 15 May

contained a maximum of 1,890 eggs

and 45 crawlers per square-inch bark

sample, and 33 crawlers per 24-inch

branch.

The trees appeared vigorous in

spite of the heavy stem attack. They

were imported from Holland and

planted at the Oliver site in 1928. They

were infested either when planted

and the aphids had persisted on them

for 29 years, or infestation occurred

at a later date, possibly from exposure

to infested transplanted stock.

At the request of the B.C. Forest

Service, the trees were sprayed by a

pest control firm on 16 May. Wettable

powder formulations of Tedion, Sevin

and Thiodan were mixed at concen-

trations of 1 lb. each to 90 gal of

water and applied at the rate of 30

gal per tree. Bark and branch sam-

ples from the sprayed trees were

1Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department

of Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

No aphids were found on native alpine fir, Abies lasiocarpa

examined in June; only one living

aphid was found. Although the spray

was almost 100% effective, it was de-

cided to destroy all three trees and

they were subsequently felled and

burned.

The discovery of the balsam woolly

aphid at Oliver resulted in a Special

survey of ornamental firs from the

United States border to Penticton.

The survey was conducted between 23

May and 13 August by B.C. Forest Ser-

vice crews supervised by members of

the Forest Insect and Disease Survey.

About 1,100 ornamental fir trees were

examined, resulting in the discovery

of two infested white firs, Abies con-

color (Gord. and Glend.), in Pentic-

ton. These trees were about 40 ft high

and had a light population of aphids

on the branches. The origin and date

of transplanting of the trees were not

known.

The trees were sprayed with a mix-

ture of Thiodan and Sevin (1 lb. W.P.

of each per 100 gal of water), applied

at the rate of 70 gal per tree. Control

was Satisfactory as later sampling

showed no living aphids.

All infested ornamental fir trees

were less than 15 miles from stands of

highly susceptible native alpine fir,

Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.), a distance

suspected to be within the airborne

dispersal limits of the insect. How-

ever, aerial and ground surveys of

these stands in July and August failed

to produce evidence of the balsam

woolly aphid. The native, non-

destructive adelgid, Pineus abietinus

Underwood and Balch, was common.

The balsam woolly aphid presum-

14 J. ENTomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

ably was introduced into southwestern

British Columbia on nursery stock

imported from infested areas. In the

Interior it apparently had a similar

introduction. Steps taken to prevent

further spread included a voluntary

industry quarantine on the movement

of Abies spp. logs outside of the infest-

ed areas, and federal and provincial

quarantines preventing the sale or

movement of Abies nursery stock into

or within the Province. This action

should reduce the long-range spread

of the aphid, leaving only natural

spread by wind and possibly birds to

contend with. Surveys to detect

spread on ornamentals in other inter-

ior areas prior to the present legisla-

tion are necessary. Spraying or fell-

ing of such trees is recommended; if

spread into natural stands far re-

moved from the existing major in-

festation is detected, similar direct

control measures may be advisable.

Reference

Harris, J. W. E., D. H. Ruppel, S. J. Allen, and D. G. Collis. 1964. The balsam woolly

aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.) in British Columbia. Infor. Rept. For. Ent. and

Path. Lab., Victoria, B.C.

PROTECTING LARCH LOGS FROM TETROPIUM

VELUTINUM LECONTE WITH LINDANE EMULSION

D. A. Ross anv N. J. GEISTLINGER!

ABSTRACT

At Trinity Valley, British Columbia, a 1% emulsion of lindane ap-

plied on 12 June 1967, protected freshly felled Larix occidentalis Nuttall

from attack by Tetropium velutinum LeConte. The same concentration,

applied to infested logs on 14 August reduced damage but was too late to

satisfactorily prevent larval penetration of the wood.

Introduction

Ross (1967) noted the importance

of the western larch borer, Tetropium

velutinum LeConte, aS a wood borer

in logs of western larch, Larix occi-

dentalis Nuttall. As with Monocha-

mus, injury by Tetropium may be

prevented by removing recently dead

trees or logs from the forest before

the beetles oviposit, or by utilizing

timber before larvae in the bark en-

ter the wood. Various authors includ-

ing Becker (1959), and Ross and

Downton (1966), have shown that

lindane emulsion protects logs from

wood-borer attack, although its effec-

tiveness had not been tried specifically

against Tetropium. In 1967 the spray

was used A to prevent oviposition by

Tetropium velutinum and B to reduce

damage of the wood by larvae.

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department. of

Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

2 Lindane powder mixed with xylol and an

emulsifier in water.

Methods

Three 14-inch d.b.h. western larch

at Trinity Valley were felled on 12

June 1967, and cut into 30 logs, each

4 feet long. Ten randomly selected

logs for Treatment A were placed in

the forest about 100 feet from the

remaining 20.

Treatment A. On 12 June a 1%

lindane emulsion2 was applied with

a hand sprayer to the point of runoff

on all sides of each log in the group

of 10.

Treatment B. On 14 August every

second remaining log was removed

100 feet and sprayed with 1% lindane.

The remaining 10 logs served as con-

trols. By this time, numerous larvae

had penetrated the wood.

In both treatments and in the con-

trol, individual logs were spaced 10

feet apart parallel to an east-west

line.

Foot-long sections of the treated

and control logs were peeled in mid-

October 1967, and the numbers of

J. ENToMot. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA, 65 (1968), Aua. 1, 1968 15

Tetropium larval entrance holes, and

the living and dead larvae under the

bark were counted.

Results

Table 1 shows the average and

range in numbers of Tetropium velu-

tinum larval entrance holes in treat-

ed and control larch logs in October,

1967.

Woodpeckers had drilled holes in-

to, and scaled bark off most of the

logs given Treatment B or no treat-

ment. Forty-five per cent of the 197

Tetropium larvae that were under the

bark but had not penetrated the wood

of the logs of Treatment B were dead:

20% of the 98 larvae under the

bark of the control logs were dead.

TABLE 1—Influence of Treatment on Western Larch Borers in Larch Logs.

Treatment and Date

1967

A. Lindane 1%—June 12

B. Lindane 1%—Aug. 14

Control

Discussion

The absence of living or dead Tet-

ropium larvae, the absence of galleries

in the wood, and the presence of

larvae in the control logs indicate the

effectiveness of Treatment A in pre-

venting damage to western larch

logs.

Treatment B was applied too late

to prevent damage by some larvae, but

did reduce overall damage.

The presence of a larger number

of larvae under the bark of logs treat-

ed on 14 August than in the control

logs may have been the result of

selectivity by woodpeckers. However,

it was more likely due to the effect of

the poison which probably killed or

weakened some larvae that otherwise

would have penetrated the wood.

There was a greater proportion of

No. Tetropium entrance holes per sq ft

Average Range

0 __

4.5 3.0- 10.9

8.4 5.3 - 12.3

dead Tetropium larvae under the

bark of logs receiving Treatment B

(45% mortality) than in the control

logs (20% mortality), indicating that

the poison had killed some of the

larvae under the bark. Unfortunately

woodpeckers had removed many lar-

vae from the infested logs making

data on living and dead Tetropium

inconclusive.

There were no bark beetles, Scoly-

tidae, in any of the samples receiving

Treatment B, as there were in a simi-

lar trial to control Monochamus in

pine (Ross and Downton, 1966). Bark

beetle galleries in some instances

would presumably have permitted bet-

ter penetration of the poison into the

bark.

Acknowledgements

We thank E. D. A. Dyer and A. C. Molnar

for editing the manuscript.

References

Becker, 'W. B. 1959. Further tests with BHC emulsion sprays to keep boring insects out

of pine logs in Massachusetts. Jour. Econ. Ent. 52(1):173-174.

Ross, D. A., and J. S. Downton. 1966. Protecting logs from long-horned wood borers

with lindane emulsion. Forestry Chron. 42:377-379.

Ross, D. A. 1967. The western larch borer, Tetropium velutinum LeConte, in interior

British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc, Brit. Columbia. 64:25-28.

16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMRBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

THRIPS INFESTING THE TIPS OF ASPARAGUS SPEARS!

F. L. BANHAM!

ABSTRACT

The onion thrips, Thrips tabaci Lind., and the flower thrips, Frank-

liniella tritici (Fitch), mainly from varicornis Bagnall, were found in the

tips of asparagus spears from commercial fields in the southern interior

of British Columbia. Both species occurred in about equal numbers except

in one area, where F. tritici form varicornis was the more abundant species.

Only adults were found. These migrant thrips do not damage the spears

but are a potential source of contamination in the processed product.

Thrips were most abundant in spears with loose or “blown” tips. In all

areas, the highest infestations of thrips in the spears occurred in fields

with a heavy weed cover. The weed cover and bordering forage crops, in-

cluding alfalfa, provided a constant source of infestation. Increased num-

bers of thrips in spears coincided with increased daily temperatures and

cutting of bordering forage crops. Effective weed control reduced the num-

bers of thrips infesting the spears.

Introduction

The presence of thrips in the tips

of harvested asparagus spears has

caused concern among growers and

processors in the southern interior of

British Columbia since 1961. When

thrips are abundant in the tips of

asparagus Spears, processors are

forced to use special washing pro-

cesses prior to canning or freezing to

remove this potential source of con-

tamination from the processed pro-

duct. In some instances, processors

have threatened to cancel the con-

tracts of growers whose asparagus

was heavily infested with thrips. Field

and laboratory investigations were

conducted to determine the extent of

feeding damage, the species, the stage

of insect development, the probable

sources of infestation, and an eco-

nomic control against thrips infesting

growing aSparagus spears.

Materials and Methods

In 1963 and 1964, the occurrence

of thrips in asparagus fields was de-

termined in four widely separated

areas from Kamloops to Kelowna. In

one area, which was heavily infested,

five fields were inspected at weekly

intervals throughout the harvesting

seasons. In three other areas, inspec-

tions were made in fewer fields and

less frequently. Field inspections were

made by dislodging thrips from four

1 Contribution No. 237. Research Station, Canada

Agriculture Summerland, British Columbia.

or more samples each of twenty-five

erowing or freshly harvested spears.

Thrips were dislodged from the spears

by tapping individual spears into the

palm of the hand. Spears were tapped

over a Sheet of white paper when ex-

cessive amounts of soil particles or

other debris made sorting of the

thrips difficult.

In 1964, weekly laboratory examin-

ations were made to determine the

numbers of thrips, stage of develop-

ment, and the extent of feeding dam-

age on the spears and bracts. Four

samples, each of ten randomly select-

ed asparagus spears, were harvested

from fields infested with thrips. One

sample was Stored in a potassium

cyanide killing bottle and the other

three sealed in plastic bags. Aspara-

gus spears from the killing bottles

were dissected with the aid of a bino-

cular microscope to determine the

numbers of thrips, their stage of de-

velopment, the location, and extent

of feeding damage. Bracts were re-

moved from spears stored in the

plastic bags. Immediately, each was

placed in a 10% sodium chloride brine

solution and agitated. Flotation debris

was inspected under the microscope

to determine the presence of thrips

or parts of thrips.

To ascertain the effect of weed

control on infestations of thrips in the

asparagus spears, weekly counts were

continued in 1964 in two fields which,

in 1963, had a dense weed growth and

J. Exromon. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA, 65 (1968), Aua. 1, 1968 17

were heavily infested with thrips. In

one field, a pre-emergence applica-

tion of Monuron herbicide was made

in April, 1964. In the second, a heavy

weed cover was suppressed by disc-

cultivation in the first week of June.

The abundance of thrips on _ the

foliage of weed plants in the aspara-

gus fields and on adjacent crop plants

was determined at the same intervals

by sweeping with a 13-inch diameter

canvas sweep net.

Results

Two species of thrips were iden-

tified by Dr. W. R. Richards, Systema-

tics Unit, Entomology Research Insti-

tute, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa, in

samples collected from asparagus

spears, weed plants and adjacent for-

age and crop plants. Only adults were

found in the tips of the asparagus

spears. The onion thrips, Thrips ta-

baci Lind., and the flower thrips.

Frankliniella tritici (Fitch), mainly

form varicornis Bagnall, were pres-

ent in about equal numbers both mid-

way through and at the end of the

harvesting season in all but one area

where the latter was the more abun-

dant species throughout the season.

In all areas, fields with a heavy weed

cover including: Canada thistle, Cir-

sium arvense (L.) Scop.; common

dandelion, Taraxacum officinale

Weber; shepherd’s purse, Capsella

bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic.; lamb’s

quarters, Chenopodium album L.;

couch grass Agropyron repens (L.)

Beauv.; and storksbill, Erodium cir-

cutarium L.; were infested with sev-

eral forms of F. tritici. Some T. tabaci

were also present. F. tritici form vari-

cornis was taken on wheat and was

also more abundant than T. tabaci on

alfalfa. Nymphs and adult thrips

were collected from most of these

plant species.

Laboratory examinations showed

that thrips were present only on the

bracts of the tips of the asparagus

spears. Most thrips were found in

Spears with loose bracts. These spears

are described as having open or

“blown” tips. Thrips observed feeding

or harbouring on the bracts caused no

detectable damage.

The highest infestations of thrips

occurred in the Armstrong area in

asparagus fields with heavy weed

cover. In 1963, counts averaged 13.3

thrips per spear (range 0-19) in one

weedy field compared to 0.5 thrips per

spear (range 0-3) in a clean cultivat-

ed field. In the other areas, counts

during the same period varied from

0.02 to 1.4 thrips per spear (range 0

to 3). Armstrong was the only area

where populations of thrips in the

weed cover of asparagus fields were

higher than those in the bordering

weed or crop cover.

At Armstrong, when infestations

of thrips in the asparagus Spears were

high, mature alfalfa bordering the

fields had populations averaging 10.9

thrips per sweep and fall wheat 1.9

thrips per sweep. Lamb’s quarters in

or bordering the field averaged 8.5

thrips per sweep and shepherd’s purse

2.1 per sweep. Moderate to heavy

foliage covers of Canada thistle, com-

mon dandelion and _ storksbill had

lighter populations. Couch grass had

the lowest populations.

In 1963 and 1964, populations of

thrips in the asparagus fields and ad-

jacent vegetation increased as the

season progressed. Populations of

thrips increased significantly in the

third and fourth weeks of May and

continued to increase till the third

week of June when harvesting ended.

In all areas, the initial increase in

populations of thrips coincided with

the cutting and drying of forage crops

in nearby fields. This is illustrated by

brine flotation counts which rose to

7.0 thrips per spear two days after

and peaked at 10.3 thrips per Spear

nine days after the adjacent field of

alfalfa was cut. The pre-cut count

averaged only 0.75 thrips per spear.

Suppressing or eradicating the

weed cover within an asparagus field

reduced the numbers of thrips in the

Spears. At Armstrong, in 1964 a pre-

emergence application of Monuron

herbicide effectively suppressed the

growth of weeds in one field which

had a heavy weed growth in 1963. In

18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Ava. 1, 1968

the second week of June, the average

number of thrips in the asparagus

spears was 0.3 per spear in 1964 com-

pared with 4.1 per spear in 1963. The

1964 count was lower than the 0.5

thrips per spear average for clean cul-

tivated fields in the Armstrong area

and was similar to that of clean cul-

tivated fields in other areas. During

the harvesting season, disc-cultiva-

tion to suppress a heavy cover of

weeds also reduced infestations of

thrips in the Spears from 10.3 per

spear to 3.8 per spear in one week and

to 1.5 per spear in two weeks.

Discussion

Processors can tolerate the occa-

sional presence of small numbers of

thrips in the tips of a few asparagus

spears. These can be removed from

the bracts by washing prior to pro-

cessing. Although F. tritici and T.

tabaci cause no apparent damage to

the asparagus, heavy infestations of

13 thrips per spear create a risk that

the processed product will be con-

taminated.

In California, Michelbacher and

Bacon (1949), reported that mainly

adult thrips of the Frankliniella com-

plex infested asparagus Spears for

periods of about one week in some

years. Fields with heavy weed cover

had the highest infestations. In Brit-

ish Columbia, only adult thrips were

found, indicating that these were

migrants. F. tritici, mainly form vari-

cornis, and T. tabaci infested aspara-

gus spears for about five weeks. The

maximum number of thrips per spear

was about double that reported from

California.

Laboratory inspections made in

1962, at the processing plant of Cana-

dian Canners Ltd., Vancouver, showed

that the highest incidence of thrips

occurred in asparagus spears from

the Armstrong area. Field and la-

boratory investigations in 1963 and

1964 confirmed this. Field inspections

showed that weed growth was heavier

in the non-irrigated Armstrong area

than it was in the irrigated areas.

Growers in the Armstrong area claim

a heavy weed cover shades the as-

paragus and “slows “tip-blowing.”

Field observations showed this cul-

tural practice increased the amount

of “tip-blowing” by causing over-

maturity; mature spears frequently

were Shielded from view during har-

vesting operations. “Blown” tips per-

mitted F. tritici and T. tabaci to enter

and feed or harbour on the bracts. In

fields with a heavy weed cover, the

chance of migrant thrips entering the

bracts would be reduced by harvesting

the spears at a less mature stage when

the tips are tight.

Weed control in and bordering an

asparagus field reduces infestations

of thrips in the spears. The use of

herbicides and cultivation to control

the weeds lowered infestations of

thrips to tolerable levels. Further re-

ductions might be achieved by stag-

gering the time of cutting forage in

each bordering field. Trap strips of

alfalfa or other forage left on the side

of a field bordering the asparagus

should assist further to reduce the

number of thrips.

Acknowledgments

The author acknowledges with thanks

the co-operation of Messrs. H. J. Hewitt,

Fieldman, Canadian Canners Ltd., Kelowna,

B.C., and E. M. King, Vegetable Specialist,

British Columbia Department of Agricul-

ture, Kelowna, B.C.

References

Michelbacher, A. E. and O. G. Bacon. 1949. Thrips on asparagus. J. Econ. Entomol.

42:849-50.

J. EnToMo.t. Soc. Brit. Cotumptra, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 19

INTEGRATED CONTROL OF THE FRUIT-TREE LEAF

ROLLER, ARCHIPS ARGYROSPILUS (WALKER), AND THE

EYE-SPOTTED BUD MOTH, SPILONOTA OCELLANA

(DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER)

HAROLD F'. MADSEN' AND R. S. DOWNING!

ABSTRACT

Pre-bloom sprays to control the fruit-tree leaf roller, Archips argyro-

pilus (Walker), and the eye-spotted bud moth, Spilonota ocellana (Denis &

Schiffermuller), were applied in an apple orchard where no insecticides

have been used for 6 years. The phytophagous mites in the orchard are held

under control by predacious phytoselid mites.

Azinphos-methy] at 5 and 24 lb. 25% W.P. per acre gave excellent

control of the two insects when applied at the pre-pink stage. Dormant oil

at 6 gal. per acre applied at the '2-inch green stage was ineffective. Oil at

6 gal. and azinphos-methy]! at 242 lb. did not reduce predacious phytoselid

mites over the untreated control. No phytoseiid mites were found on trees

treated with azinphos-methyl at 5 lb. The timing of the effective sprays

would not interfere with a program of codling moth control by the sterility

method.

Introduction

Interest and research on control

of the fruit-tree leaf roller, Archips

argyrospilus (Walker), and the eye-

spotted bud moth, Spilonota ocellana

(Denis & Schiffermuller) , has declined

in recent years following the intro-

duction of wide spectrum insecticides

for codling moth control. Materials

such as azinphos-methyl and carbaryl

in regularly applied seasonal spray

programs on apples has reduced the

fruit-tree leaf roller and eye-spotted

bud moth to minor pests.

Developments in autocidal control

of the codling moth (Proverbs, New-

ton and Logan, 1967), have raised the

question whether these insects will

become major pests if codling moth

sprays are no longer required. The

type of fruit damage caused by these

two pests in British Columbia or-

chards has been described by Madsen

and Arrand (1966). An indication

that both the fruit-tree leaf roller

and eye-spotted bud moth can in-

crease to damaging numbers has been

noted in an orchard which has not

received codling moth sprays since

1961. In the above orchard, Downing

and Moilliet (1967), have shown that

both the European red mite, Panony-

Contribution No. 229. Research Station, Canada

Agriculture Summerland, British Columbia.

1 Research Station, Canada Agriculture, Sum-

merland, British Columbia.

chus ulmi (Koch), and the McDaniel

mite, Tetranychus mcdanieli (McGre-

gor), are held below economic levels

in McIntosh and Spartan trees by the

predacious phytoseiid mite, Metaseiu-

lus occidentalis (Nesbitt).

Studies were begun in this experi-

mental orchard in 1967 to develop an

integrated control program for the

fruit-tree leaf roller and the eye-

spotted bud moth. The objective was

to find a chemical control that would

not upset natural control of phyto-

phagous mites nor have an adverse

effect on released codling moths ster-

ilized by gamma radiation. Spray

applications were limited to the pre-

bloom period of tree growth. This tim-

ing was at least two weeks before a

codling moth release program would

begin, and at a time when some pre-

dacious mites were Still in overwin-

tering sites.

Methods

Treatments were applied to three

apple varieties in the test orchard,

Red Delicious, McIntosh, and Spartan.

Plots were not replicated within each

variety and the plot size was 2x3 trees

in the Red Delicious and Spartan

varieties and 4x4 trees in the McIn-

tosh variety.

The sprays were applied with a

one-sided air-blast sprayer Set to de-

liver 60 gallons of spray mixture per

CoLtuMBIA, 65 (1968), Auge. 1, 1968

Soc. Brit.

EYNTOMORL.

EEE EEE EE ee

GGL T8 T9 OT SnOroI[ed

T8I 96 6L LT uejyredg ae yooyO

9°LT VL LOT LT YsoyUuyo

80 G0 0 0 Snorol[od ‘dM %G

L'0 v0 0 0 uejyredg yuid Ay1e9 “q[ S—[Ayjouw-soyduizy

60 G0 0 0 ysoyuyo

9°0 9°0 0 T SNOToT[Iq "TM %GZ

L'0 3°0 T 0 ueyreds yuid Aiea ‘dl AG—TAy}eow-soyduizy

eT L'0 G 0 YysoyUupoW

oa! 80 G 0 ‘dM %GE

60 G0 S 0 ecehinde yuid Ayre ‘dl %~2—TAy}ew-soyduizy

IT G0 0 0 YsowUyoI, (STA 0ZZ-002)

usveIs Your % ‘[es 9—TIO JUeULIOG

G &T 9°G 9L CT Snorol[ed (STA 022-002)

TST 8'6 99 LI ueyreds uveIs Your % ‘Tes Q—|IO JUeULIOG

OcT CP 68 &T YysoyUuyoW

qjoul png JaT[O1 JeaT qyour png IaT[OI yea] AyoTle A uortzeat[dde o19e Jad JuNOWe

sq poimmlur ymayz % afddy JO OUIL], pue [el10}e

S}UNOD JSoATeH

S194SN]9 ONE Jod ovareyT

s}UNO0d WOO0[q-}sog

‘SJUSUI}eaT} WOOTG-e1d YIM YoU pnq payods-aho pue Je[[oI Jes, vo1-yMIZ 9y} JO [ONUOO—T WIAVL

J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Auge. 1, 1968 21

acre at 100 psi. Some treatments were

applied on 10 April, when the McIn-

tosh buds were in the % inch green

stage, and the remainder were applied

on 27 April, when the McIntosh buds

were in the pre-pink stage. The early

sprays were dormant oils directed

against the over-wintering eggs of the

fruit-tree leaf roller and overwintered

larvae of the eye-spotted bud moth.

The later applications of azinphos-

methyl at 5 and 214 lb. were designed

to control the newly emerged larvae

of the two insects.

The treatments were evaluated by

post-bloom counts of larvae, and by

harvest counts of injured fruit. The

post-bloom counts were made by ex-

amining a total of 300 fruit clusters

per treatment and recording the

number of fruit-tree leaf roller and

eye-spotted bud moth larvae. At har-

vest, all of the fruit on the two centre

trees in each treatment was examined

and the fruit-tree leaf roller and eye-

spotted bud moth damaged apples

were recorded.

The effect of the various treat-

ments on predacious mites was de-

termined by leaf counts taken at

intervals throughout the _ season.

Samples consisted of 100 leaves picked

at random from each treatment. The

leaves were run through a mite brush-

ing machine (Henderson and Mc-

Burnie, 1943), and the mites counted

with the aid of a stereoscopic micro-

scope.

Results

The data from the plots are sum-

marized in Table 1. Dormant oil at

the dosage used, was_ ineffective

against the fruit-tree leaf roller and

the eye-spotted bud moth. Azinphos-

methyl at either 21% lb. or 5 lb. gave

excellent control of the two insects.

There was no difference in the control

obtained within the three apple va-

rieties, and the check counts showed

the infestation to be fairly uniform.

Mite counts showed no difference

in the number of phytoseiid mites on

the check trees and those treated with

dormant oil or azinphos-methyl at 2%

lb. No phytoseiids were found on trees

treated with azinphos-methyl at 5 lb.

The white apple leafhopper, Typh-

locyba pomaria (McAtee), was pres-

ent in high numbers on all three apple

varieties in the orchard. There was

no indication that any of the pre-

bloom treatments controlled the leaf-

hoppers and their feeding caused

severe leaf damage in all plots.

Discussion

These data indicate that a pre-

bloom application of azinphos-methyl

will adequately control the fruit-tree

leaf roller and eye-spotted bud moth

should these insects become a prob-

lem in orchards under a program of

autocidal control of the codling moth.

Azinphos-methyl at a dosage of 2%

lb. 25% W.P. per acre gives adequate

control, and does not adversely affect

predatory phytoseiid mites. The pre-

pink timing of the application would

not interfere with a Sterile codling

moth release program, since in most

seasons it is not necessary to release

moths until after the trees have

blossomed. One danger in an applica-

tion of azinphos-methyl close to the

bloom period is toxicity to bees and

other pollinating insects. This danger

will be minimized if the sprays are

applied as early as possible during the

pink stage of tree development.

Acknowledgments

The assistance of W. W. Davis and T.

K. Moilliet of this laboratory is gratefully

acknowledged.

References

Downing, R. S., and T. K. Moilliet. 1967. Relative densities of predacious and phyto-

phagous mites on three varieties on apple trees. Can. Entomol. 99:738-741.

Henderson, C. F., and H. Y. McBurnie. 1943. Sampling technique for determining popu-

lations of citrus red mite and its predators. U.S. Dept. Agr. Cire. 671.

Madsen, H. F., and J. C. Arrand. 1966. The recognition and biology of orchard insects

and mites in British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Dept. Agr. Entomol. Branch

66-2.

Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton, and D. M. Logan. 1967. Autocidal control of the codling

moth by release of males and females sterilized as adults by gamma radiation.

J. Econ. Entomol. 60:1302-1306.

99 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMRIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

THE FIRST DISCOVERY OF FREE-LIVING LARVAE OF

THE EAR TICK, OTOBIUS MEGNINI (DUGES), IN

BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. B. RicH' and J. D. GREGSON!

ABSTRACT

In the south Okanagan Valley a cave in a rock face was investigated

after a visiting dog became infested with the ear tick, Otobius megnini

(Duges). Larvae of the ear tick were found in abundance, on the floor and

dropping from the ceiling. The cave is a shelter and resting place for a

protected band of bighorn sheep which is known to be heavily infested.

Near the opening of the cave were larvae of the winter tick, Dermacentor

albipictus Packard, and a nymph and an adult female of the wood tick,

D. andersoni Stiles.

The ear tick, Otobius megnini

(Duges), 1884, was described from

specimens collected in Mexico. Sub-

sequent records show it to be para-

sitic on larger wild mammals and do-

mestic animals in most of the United

States, southeastern British Colum-

bia, Mexico, Peru, Chile, Bolivia, and

northern Argentina (Rich, 1957). In

addition to this natural distribution,

it has been introduced into, and has

become established in Hawaii, India,

and South Africa. This tick infests

only the ear canals of its host, enter-

ing as a larva and emerging as a fed

nymph. The minute, white, six-legged

larvae are extremely active, and are

readily mistaken for mites by casual

observers. The final moult occurs off

the host, and the adult is free-living

and non-feeding.

A nymph removed from the ear of

a house cat at Ewing’s Landing on

Okanagan Lake in 1941, was the first

ear tick recorded in British Columbia

(Gregson, 1956). Subsequently

nymphs were collected rather gener-

ally from the ears of mountain goats,

mountain sheep, elk, mule and white-

tailed deer, domestic cattle and dogs

in that portion of the province south

of the 52nd parallel and east of the

121st meridian (Rich, 1957, and sub-

sequent records). Since 1955 at least

16 cattle are Known to Nave died as

a direct result of ear tick infestations

1 Research Station, Canada Department of Agri-

culture. Box 210. Kamloops, B.C.

2 Photographer and naturalist, Research Station,

canada Department of Agriculture, Summerland,

(Rich, 1957, and subsequent records).

Despite diligent searching, free-living

adults, and until March 29, 1968, free-

living larvae had not been found.

The life history in British Colum-

bia is not completely known. Despite

extensive searching only a _ single

autumn record of engorged larvae

has been made from a mule deer shot

at Blackpines, October 24, 1951. From

much less extensive spring sampling,

numerous records of engorged larvae

have been made from mule deer shot

during February to early May, in-

clusive, in the Adams Lake, Ewing’s

Landing, Lumby and Short’s Creek

areas. These records may be variously

interpreted as indicating either that

(a) some overlaping of generations

occurs, (b) hatching occurs in the

fall with some infestations occurring,

but the majority of larvae overwin-

tering for host infestation in the

spring, or (c) overwintering occurs

largely as eggs with hatching in very

early spring. Laboratory studies have

shown that the larvae are attracted

to warm-blooded animals.

Free-living larvae were discovered

in the South Okanagan Valley as fol-

lows: Dr. Hauston, of Penticton, im-

formed S. Cannings2 that in early

1968 he had found a cave in the Va-

seux Lake area to be “alive” with

fleas, and a Corgi dog that had been

in the vicinity of the cave had been

subsequently infested with ear ticks.

Cannings, with J. D. Gregson, explor-

ed the cave on March 29, 1968, but

could not find fleas. Upon leaving the

J. Exntomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumMBIA, 65 (1968), Aua. 1, 1968 23

cave, Gregson was annoyed by many

“biting” sensations in his hair. As he

had been bareheaded, but had been

careful not to touch his head against

the cave roof, he suspected that the

cause of the bites had dropped from

the roof on to his head. However,

nothing could be found in his hair.

Later, in early evening, he felt “bit-

ing” sensations on his forehead, and

a minute, white “mite” was found.

Examination under magnification

proved the “mite” to be a larval ear

tick. As it appeared probable that this

larva, and the ear tick infestation of

the Corgi, may have originated at the

cave, the cave was re-examined on

April 4, 1968.

The cave is in a vertical rock-face

with a southwesterly exposure, about

one mile south of Gallagher Lake and

directly east of Inkaneep Provincial

Park. The cave is approached up a

talus slope of the type usual to in-

terior British Columbia, with an al-

most vertical lip of rock between the

talus and cave. This feature makes

the cave almost inaccessible to large

mammals other than mountain sheep

and goats, and agile humans. The

cave is Known locally as a shelter and

resting place for mountain sheep of

the Vaseux Lake band, which is

known to be heavily infested with

ear ticks (Gregson, 1956, and other

records). The cave is approximately

40 feet wide at the opening and about

20 feet deep, with the roof sloping

almost to the floor at the rear.

Larval winter ticks, Dermacentor

albipictus Packard, and a nymphal

and a female wood tick, D. andersoni

Stiles, were collected at the top of the

talus. The approach talus and the

cave provided ample evidence of

mountain sheep. Larval ear ticKs were

abundant on the floor and roof of the

cave. A small cotton sheet spread on

the floor yielded numerous larvae

each time it was turned over. The

party knotted white handKerchiefs on

their heads before entering, and were

careful not to touch the roof. Num-

erous larvae appeared on the hand-

Kerchiefs within a few minutes after

entering. To confirm that these

dropped from the roof, a rubber water

bottle filled with warm water and

covered with black silk cloth was held

about 4 to 6 inches from the roof for

one minute intervals, and up to 10

larvae per interval were recovered

from the cloth. A piece of white nylon

voile was spread on the floor with

small pieces of dry ice beneath it, but

this did not yield any greater num-

ber of larvae than an equal area of

the white cotton sheet. No adult ear

ticks or shed nymphal skins were

found.

This sequence of events indicates

that the ear tick larvae had been ac-

tive in this cave for several months

prior to the April 4 visit. A warm-

blooded animal resting in the cave

during this period would have become

heavily infested. It is of interest that

three of British Columbia’s most im-

portant tick species were collected in

one place, which is also a favoured

locale for mountain sheep.

References

Gregson, J. D., 1956. The Ixodoidea of Canada. Canada Dept. Agric. Pub. No. 930.

Rich, G. B. 1957. The ear tick, Otobius megnini (Duges) (Acarina: Argasidae), and its

record in British Columbia. Can. J, Comp. Med. 21:415-418.

24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

ANNOTATED LIST OF FOREST INSECTS OF BRITISH

COLUMBIA PART XIV, ENNOMINAE (GEOMETRIDAE)

B. A. SUGDEN!

ABSTRACT

The mature larvae of 57 species of forest geometrids are described

briefly and their distribution and hosts, as determined from samples col-

lected by personnel of the Forest Insect and Disease Survey, are given.

The larvae of Ennominae are often

tuberculate, with colors and patterns

resembling the leaf-stems and twigs

of the host trees. Pupation may occur

in foliage or bark crevices of trees and

shrubs or in the litter on the forest

floor. Ennominae overwinter as eggs

Or pupae and occasionally as partly

grown larvae.

Frequent outbreaks of several

species of Ennominae have caused

damage of economic importance to

mature, polesized and reproduction

forest trees.

Brief larval descriptions of Semio-

thisa and Caripeta spp. with notes on

their hosts and distributions were

published earlier in the Proceedings

of the Entomological Society of Brit-

ish Columbia (Ross and Evans 1958

and 1959).

ENNOMINAE

Bapta semiclarata W1k.—Prunus

spp., Amelanchier spp., Crataegus sp.

(2 records), Alnus sp. (1), Pseudot-

suga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco (2).

Southern to central British Columbia

and Vancouver Island, common.

LARVA: 1 inch; head small, pale

green, reddish-brown markings on

sides extending to vertex; body ro-

bust, smooth; two color phases: (a)

immaculate pale green, anal shield

marked with reddish-brown; (b) pale

green with broken, reddish-brown ad-

dorsal lines extending from TII to

A8; anal shield and anal prolegs

marked with reddish-brown; venter

immaculate.

Deilinia variolaria Gn.—Salix spp.

Central and southern interior British

1 Forest Entomology Laboratory, Department of

Forestry and Rural Development, Vernon, B.C.

2i.e. rare in Forest Insect and Disease Survey

random beating collections which are taken only

from trees and a few species of the larger shrubs.

Columbia, rare.2 LARVA: 11 inches;

head horizontal, pale green marked

with pinkish-violet; body slim, pink-

ish-orange with medium brown mid-

dorsal spots flanked by pale mauve

patches on Al1-8; Subspiracular area

of TI-III suffused with violet extend-

ing into upper part of legs; anterior

of abdominal prolegs violet, anterior

of anal prolegs marked with a violet

line; venter pinkish-orange Al1-6, re-

mainder yellowish-green, pale yellow-

ish-green midventral line bordered by

deep pink adventral lines Al1-6.

Deilinia erythemaria Gn. — Salix

spp. Throughout British Columbia,

common. LARVA: 1 inch; head hori-

zontal, pale green, lower sides with

reddish-brown line; body slim, pale

green, diffused white subdorsal

stripes, dark reddish-brown middorsal

spots flanked by paler reddish-brown

patches on posterior of TIII and Al-

4, less distinct on A5-7; subspiracular

stripe formed by a powdering of red-

dish-brown spots extending onto up-

per legs of TI-III, becoming gradually

fainter posteriorly; sides of ventral

and anal prolegs marked with pur-

plish-brown; venter pale green with

yellowish-white midventral line.

Deilinia exanthemata bryantaria

Tayl.—Salix spp. Throughout interior

British Columbia, extending to the

Coast in the Prince Rupert District,

apparently more numerous in central

and west central portions, uncommon.

LARVA: 14% inches; head pale green,

thin reddish line on lower sides; body

slim, pale green, Al-6 with reddish

middorsal spots, faint on Al and 6;

sides of abdominal prolegs marked

with pale reddish-brown; venter im-

maculate.

Itame anataria Swett—Alnus spp.,

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumsrA, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 25

Betula spp., Salix spp. Central to

southern interior and southern coas-

tal regions of British Columbia.

LARVA: 1 inch; two color phases with

intermediates (a) head buff, profusely

marked with dark brown; body, dark

mauve with small dark brown mid-

dorsal patches, bordered laterally

with pale buff on Al-4; indistinct pale

purple addorsal lines; irregular brown

Subdorsal lines, outer line darkest;

narrow pale buff supraspiracular line

bordered by dark brown; broad pale

cream subspiracular stripe; dark

brown spots caudad of spiracles on

A2-5; dark brown subventral patches

on Al-5; venter similar to dorsum but

paler: (b) head pale cream profusely

marked with dull orange; body pale

yellowish-buff, irregular .middorsal,

addorsal and subdorsal lines pale

reddish-brown; narrow pale yellowish

supraspiracular stripe bordered above

by dark brown and below by light

brown lines; broad pale yellow sub-

spiracular strip; prominent dark

brown subventral patches on A1-5;

thoracic legs marked with dark brown

and prolegs with pale reddish-brown;

venter similar to dorsum, Al-4 with

small oval, pale brown midventral

spots.

Itame exauspicata W1k.— Betula

spp., Alnus spp., Salix spp. (2 records) ,

Prunus pensylvanica L. f. (1), Corylus

cornuta Marsh. var. californica

(A.DC) Sharp (1), interior British

Columbia north to 56° latitude; com-

mon. LARVA: 1 inch; head tan pro-

fusely marked with dark brown; dor-

sum of TI-III medium brown with

indistinct bands of dark brown flecked

with pale reddish-brown; abdomen

medium brown, irregular pale red-

dish-brown dorsal stripe bordered by

dark brown, anal shield pale buff with

dark brown setal bases; lateral area

reddish-brown banded with dark

brown extending to venter, spiracles

pale yellow; venter pale reddish-

brown marked with dark brown, A2-

2 with large pale reddish-brown mid-

ventral spots bordered by dark brown.

Itame plumosata B. & McD.—Acer

glabrum Torr. var. douglasii (Hook. )

Dipp. Southern central British Co-

lumbia, rare. LARVA: 1%¥g inches;

head green; body pale yellowish-

green, spiracles pale yellow.

Itame bitactata W1kK.—Alnus spp.

Southern interior British Columbia,

uncommon. LARVA: 1 inch; three

color phases: (a) head dull orange

with pale tan markings, front mark-

ed with pale yellow inverted V; body

smooth, pale orange with prominent

dark brown setal bases, irregular pale

yellow addorsal lines bisecting in-

distinct pale yellow diamond-shaped

pattern on Al1-5, pale yellow subdorsal

lines; broad yellow subspiracular

stripe banded anteriorly with dark

brown on Tl and Al1-8; venter with

midventral spots on Al-4, TI and Al-

3S banded with pale brown; (b) dark

phase Similar; head blackish with

pale inverted V, greenish-grey body

and dull black markings; (c) head

green with pale yellow inverted V on

front; body green with pale yellow

dorsal lines; pale yellow subspiracular

stripe; pale greyish-green oval mid-

ventral spots on Al-4, greyish-green

crochets on prolegs.

Protitame matilda Dyar—Populus

tremuloides Michx., P. trichocarpa

Torr. & Gray, Salix spp., Alnus sinuata

(Regel) Rydb.(1 record). Throughout

interior British Columbia north to 54°

latitude and on Vancouver Island,

common. LARVA: % inch; head me-

dium green marked with pale reddish-

brown; body smooth, robust, pale

green; dorsum with a reddish tinge

extending to lateral, pale reddish-

brown addorsal and pale greenish-

yellow subdorsal lines; indistinct pale

yellowish-green supraspiracular

stripe; venter pale green with a yel-

lowish tinge, immaculate.

Protitame hulstiaria Tayl—Popu-

lus tremuloides, Salix spp. Interior

British Columbia north to 56° latitude,

uncommon. LARVA: % inch; head

reddish-brown sides extending to ver-

tex, front green; body smooth, robust,

apple - green, broad reddish - brown

dorsal stripe extending to A8; sides

and venter immaculate.

Itame loricaria julia Hlst.—Popu-

26 J. Enromon. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBrIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

lus tremuloides, P. trichocarpa (2

records), Salix spp. (2). Throughout

British Columbia and on Vancouver

Island, but most common in the cen-

tral and northern Interior. LARVA:

1144 inches; two color phases with in-

termediates: (a) head purplish-brown

with tan markings; body smooth,

purplish-brown, pale tan addorsal

lines, banded with dull black except

on Tiand ail and Ai, 3.-and.9. duit

black lateral bands on TII, III and

A2-6; spiracles pale yellow encom-

passed by irregular dull black

patches; irregular subspiracular stripe

on Al-5; venter pale purplish-brown

banded with dull black A2-5; (b) head

green; body green, pale yellowish-

white middorsal and addorsal lines;

spiracles pale yellowish-green, pale

yellow subdorsal line; small, midven-

tral spots on A1-4, reddish-brown

crochets.

Elpiste lorquinaria Gn.— Alnus

spp., Salix spp., Betula spp. (2 rec-

ords). Southern British Columbia and

Vancouver Island, uncommon.

LARVA: 1% inches; similar to I. l.

julia.

Stenoporpia excelsaria Stkr.—

Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pinus contorta

Dougl., P. ponderosa Laws. Southern

interior and coastal regions of British

Columbia, uncommon. LARVA: 1%

inches; head slightly bilobed, golden

buff marked with dark grey herring-

bone pattern on vertex; body robust,

medium grey shading to golden buff

on lighter areas, indistinct pale dorsal

line bordered by thin dark grey ad-

dorsal lines, irregular diamond pat-

tern bordered by dark grey on A1-7,

dark grey bands extending to venter

on Al-8, darkest on A2 and narrowed

on TI-III, prominent subspiracular

fringe of white, palmate setae, 2 to 5,

on Al and 3; venter pale yellowish-

buff, indistinct pink ventral line, setal

bases outlined with pink.

Stenoporpia albescens Hlst.—Pseu-

dotsuga menziesii, Abies amabilis

(Dougl.) Forbes, A. grandis (Dougl.)

Lindl., Picea sitchensis (Bong.) Carr.,

Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg., T.

mertensiana (Bong.) Carr., Pinus

contorta, P. monticola Dougl., Thuja

plicata Donn. Western British Colum-

bia, Vancouver and Queen Charlotte

Islands, common on Vancouver Island,

uncommon elsewhere. LARVA: 14%

inches; head slightly bilobed, tan

marked with grey; body smooth, grey-

ish shading to brown in lighter areas,

pale broken addorsal line bordered by

blackish addorsal lines, indistinct

diamond pattern irregularly outlined

in black on TII-III and Al-8, on A2

black markings coalesced to create a

band; lateral with diagonal line pos-

terior of spiracles on TI and A\1-8,

prominent subspiracular fringe of

white, palmate setae, 3 to 5 on Al-3;

venter pale yellowish-buff.

Stenoporpia separataria Grt.—.

Pseudotsuga menziesit. Southern and

central interior British Columbia,

rare. LARVA: 1% inches; Similar to

S. excelsaria. Larval period for S.

satisfacta May-June; larvae of S.

excelsaria occur August-September.

Stenoporpia satisfacta B. & McD.

—Pseudotsuga menziesii, Tsuga hete-

rophylla, Pinus ponderosa, P. monti-

cola, Abies lasiocarpa. Southern and

central interior British Columbia, un-

common. LARVA: 1%% inches; similar

to S. excelsaria. Larval period for S.

satisfacta May-June; larvae of S.

excelsaria occur August-September.

Coniodes plumogeraria Hist.—

Quercus garryana Dougl., Salix sp. (1

record), Acer glabrum var. douglasii

(1). Southern British Columbia and

Vancouver Island; Victoria, Gold-

bridge, Summit Lake and an adult

caught in flight at--Wernon, rare:

LARVA: 1% inches; head moderately

bilobed, pale grey heavily patterned

with black; body slim, sparsely pilose,

pale greyish-buff, pale dorsal line

bordered with black on TI-II and AT-

8, black tuberculate setal bases, ad-

dorsal tubercles on Al-3 and 8, most

prominent on A2 and 3; brownish-

orange patch around spiracle and

tubercle on Al, prominent spiracular

tubercles on A2-3 and less prominent

on A7-8; venter pale buff, TI-III and

Al suffused with pink, A2-5 broadly

J. ENToMot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumpBriA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968 27

banded with black, tubercular black

setal bases.

Erannis vancouverensis Hlist.—

Betula spp., Salix spp., Alnus spp.,

Acer spp. Central and southern Brit-

ish Columbia, common; occasionally

localized infestations of short dura-

tion. LARVA: 15 inches; head gra-

nulose, pale tan to dull orange; body

minutely spiniferous, pale greenish-

yellow to pale yellowish-orange with

narrow blackish lines extending to

anal plate and coalesced on supra-

spiracular of Al-8, spicules more pro-

nounced on A8 and anal plate; spir-

acles yellow with black margins; ven-

ter immaculate, paler than dorsum.

Lycia ursaria W1k.—Betula spp.,

Alnus spp., Salix spp., Populus tre-

muloides. Interior British Columbia

south of 55° latitude, rare. LARVA:

23g inches; head rounded, pale mauve

spotted with black; body robust, dull

purple with small flattened tubercles

on Al-5, reddish-purple addorsal,

subdorsal, suprespiracular, spiracular,

subventral and adventral stripes fine-

ly edged with black; venter of TI-III

and A7-9 pale yellow, TI-III marked

with large midventral spots.

Lycia rachelae Hist.—Alnus spp.

(3 records), Salix spp. (2), Amelan-

chier alnifolia Nutt. (1). Interior

British Columbia, rare. LARVA: 1%

inches, head whitish mottled with

dark brown; mauve to pinkish-mauve

with fine brown maculation, dorsal

lines obscure; irregular pinkish-

mauve spiracular stripe flecked with

yellowish - white, prominent black

spiracles; venter like dorsum but

paler.

Biston cognataria (Gn.) — Salix

spp., Betula spp., Populus tremuloides,

Alnus spp., Prunus spp., Larix occi-

dentalis, Nutt. (1 record). Throughout

British Columbia and Vancouver Is-

land, common. LARVA: 3 inches;

head granulose, deeply bilobed, buff

or grey marked with darker shades of

grey, brown or orange; body sparsely

granulate, variable grey, brown,

orange or green, prominent tubercles

on addorsal TI and supraspiracular

AS less prominent on addorsal A8; in-

distinct pattern on TI-III and A6-8;

midventral tubercles on A2-4, largest

on A3; subventral fringe of short pale

setae between prolegs extending onto

posterior of ventral prolegs.

Phaeoura mexicanaria Grt.— Pinus

ponderosa. Southern interior British

Columbia, rare. LARVA: 234 inches;

head granulose, deeply bilobed,

brownish with black and buff mark-

ings; body robust, with minute spines,

pale grey marked with black, medium

brown and buff, dorsum of Al-4 with

pale V markings outlined with black,

darker on A5-7, setal bases pale, tu-

berculate, subdorsal tubercles on Al-

3, largest on A2, small addorsal tu-

bercles on A8; lateral flecKed with

minute whitish tubercles; venter paler

than dorsum marked with black, TII-

III broadly banded with black.

Gabriola dyari Tayl.—Tsuga hete-

rophylla, Pseudotsuga menziesii, Abies

amabilis, A. grandis, A. lasiocarpa,

Thuja plicata, Picea sitchensis, P. en-

gelmanni, P. glauca, Pinus monticola,

P. contorta, P. ponderosa, Larix occi-

dentalis. South of 56° latitude in

British Columbia and on Vancouver

and Queen Charlotte Islands, com-

mon. LARVA: 1% inches; two color

phases: (a) head medium brown,

Slightly bilobed, vertex sparsely gra-

nulose; body stout, rugose, creamy-

buff marked with brown and black,

TI-III with indistinct pale middorsal

line, Al, 2, 4, 8 and 9 pale flecked

with brown, A3, 5-7 darker with +

Shaped pale middorsal marks and

black diagonal subdorsal flecks; small

tuberculate setal bases, partly fused

middorsal tubercles on TII and A&8,

small subdorsal tubercles Al-8, prom-

inent bilobed spiracular tubercles TII

and A2-8; broad, irregular creamy-

buff spiracular stripe on TI, Al-5, 7-9

and onto anal plate; venter pale

brown with indistinct midventral

lines; (bd) similar to (a) but lacking

black markings and will dull orange

replacing brown

Euchlaena johnsonaria Fitch —

Alnus sinuata. Interior British Co-

lumbia south of 54° latitude, rare.

LARVA: 1% inches; head somewhat

28 J. EXromon. Soc. Brir. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

quadrate, horizontal, dull bluish-

grey sparsely marked with creamy-

buff; body twig-like, pale buff mark-

ed with grey, purplish-grey, medium-

brown and black; dark dorsal lines

TI-III and Al indistinct on remainder

of dorsum, A1-3 with pale diamond

pattern, pale chevrons on A6-8,

flattened transverse ridge on Al

bordered with black lines, small tub-

ercles on A5, 6 and 8; lateral with

pale grey or pale buff blotches, paler

than dorsum; venter pale with pale

grey ventral lines outlined by fine

irregular black lines; Al with large

pale spot, small tubercles on Al1-5.

Euchlaena marginata albertanen-

sis Swett—Salix sp. Southern interior

British Columbia, rare. LARVA: 1%

inches; head somewhat quadrate,

horizontal, pale grey with herring-

bone pattern on sides and vertex

composed of tiny purplish dots; body

Slim twig-like, pale grey marked with

medium brown, pink, yellow, white

and black; indistinct black dorsal

lines; small prominent addorsal tub-

ercles on A2-8; black except on Ad2,

yellow bordered with black; setal

bases tuberculate; indistinct black

and dull white lateral lines; venter

with irregular black lines, posterior

of thoracic legs heavily marked with

black.

Euchlaena_ tigrinaria sirenaria

Stkr—Betula spp. Interior British

Columbia south of 54° latitude, rare.

LARVA: 1% inches; head pale grey

with pale pinkish-buff markings and

whitish transverse band on lower

front bordered above with black;

body slim, twig-like, wider anteriorly,

pale whitish-buff mottled with grey,

pinkish-brown and black, middorsal

and addorsal lines on TI-III and A3-

0, indistinct on Al and 2, pale chev-

rons on A6 and 7, pale anal plate,

pale transverse ridge bordered with

black on Al, prominent addorsal tub-

ercles on Ad and 8; broad but indis-

tinct brownish supraspiracular band

on TI-III and Al-5, A6-8 mottled with

dark brown and pinkish-brown, short

black spiracular tubercles on A7-8;

small ventral tubercles on Al-5; tho-

racic legs marked with black.

Epirrhanthis substrictaria danbyi

Hl1st.—Salix spp., Pseudotsuga men-

eiesit (1 record), Larix occidentalis

(1), Populus tremuloides (1). South-

ern British Columbia and Vancouver

Island, uncommon. LARVA: 1%

inches; head whitish to pale buff

marked with brown, herring-bone

pattern on sides; body pale buff,

maculation medium brown, TI-III

with dark brown middorsal line, paler

and indistinct on remainder of dor-

sum, TII, III and Al-7 with indistinct

chevrons, traverse ridge, with small

tubercles, bordered posteriorly with

a narrow dark brown line on A8;

lateral paler than dorsum; venter

pale, marked with irregular, pale

pinkish lines.

Campaea perlata Gn.—Salix spp.,

Betula spp., Populus tremuloides,

Alnus spp., Pseudotsuga menziesii,

Tsuga heterophylla, Thuja _ plicata,

Pinus contorta, Picea spp., common.

Throughout British Columbia and

Vancouver Island. LARVA: 134

inches; head pale mauve with black

spots; body twig-like pale yellow,

occasionally greenish, with medium

grey, brownish-orange and _ black

markings, indistinct pale subdorsal

lines, black dorsal band on A2, brown

cervical shield, pale areas around

Spiracles on Al-3; venter pale, sub-

ventral fringe of hair-like tubercles,

abdominal prolegs on Ad and 6, pos-

terior pair larger.

Anthelia taylorata Hist.— Tsuga

heterophylla. Southwestern British

Columbia and Vancouver Island,

rare. LARVA: 1% inches; similar to

the following species: A. hyperborea

Hist. (Personal communication, D.

Evans, Department of Forestry and

Rural Development, Victoria, B.C.)

Anthelia hyperborea Hist.—Tsuga

heterophylla, T. mertensiana, Pseu-

dotsuga menziesii, Thuja _ plicata,

Abies amabilis, A. lasiocarpa, A. gran-

dis, Picea engelmannti, P. glauca.

sitchensis, Pinus -monticola, sane

spp., Alnus spp. South of 56° latitude

in British Columbia, on Vancouver

and Queen Charlotte Islands, com-

J. Exromo.. Soc. Brrr. Cotumretia, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968 29

mon. LARVA: 13% inches; head yel-

lowish-buff marked with medium

brown, yellowish-buff stripes from

vertex to labrum; body smooth taper-

ing anteriorly, yellowish-buff marked

with medium and light brown, mid-

dorsal, addorsal and subdorsal lines

pale yellowish, irregular subdorsal

stripes extending onto head and anal

shield; narrow pale yellow supra-

spiracular line bordered with medium

brown, setal bases black, spiracles

outlined with black; venter paler

than dorsum, marked with alternate

lines of pale yellow and pale pinkish-

brown, midventral spots of pale

brown.

Plagodis phlogosaria Gn.—Betula

spp., Alnus spp., Salix spp. Through-

out British Columbia and Vancouver

Island, uncommon. LARVA: 1%

inches; head retractile, pale grey lib-

erally marked with black; body pale

grey heavily suffused with purplish

and reddish-brown, transverse black-

ish bands on TI-II, TII with lateral

swellings, prominent blackish trans-

verse ridge on A5 extending to lat-

eral; prominent tubercles on poster-

ior of anal prolegs just below anal

Shield, venter paler than dorsum,

adventral spots, dark grey on A3-5,

fused and velvety black on Al-2; TI-

II and A7-9 pale buff.

Anagoga occiduaria W1k—Alnus

spp., Betula spp., Salix spp. South of

95° latitude in British Columbia and

on Vancouver Island, uncommon.

LARVA: 142 inches; two color phases:

(a) head small, bilobed, pale grey

heavily suffused with purple, indis-

tinct blackish markings; body pale

grey suffused with purple, pale sub-

dorsal stripe on TI-III and Al, one

pair of small subdorsal spots A2-9,

blackish transverse ridge extending

to lateral on A5; small tubercles on

lateral, TI-III pale flecked with pink-

ish mauve; venter with small tuber-

cles, black V markings on Al-2; (b)

Similar but with brown, dull orange

and yellow replacing purple, mauve

and pale grey.

Hyperetis amicaria H.-S.—Alnus

spp., Betula spp., Salix spp. (2 rec-

ords), Populus tremuloides (1). South

56° latitude in British Columbia, on

Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Is-

lands, uncommon. LARVA: 1%

inches; two color phases: (a) head

small, pale yellow, sides marked with

minute brown spots; body smooth,

pale yellow, A1-9 suffused with dull

orange, TII-III wider than other body

segments, TI with medium brown

subdorsal spots, TII with medium

brown transverse band from addorsal

extending to subspiracular, trans-

verse band on TII from subdorsal to

subspiracular, transverse ridge on

Ad medium brown marked anteriorly

with yellow; lateral paler than dor-

sum, spiracular spots on A2-5; venter

paler than dorsum, wide irregular

midventral line on Al-6; (b) head

green, sparse pale pink maculation;

body green, dorsum faintly suffused

with pale pink, medium brown trans-

verse ridge on Ad, brown extending

onto lateral, spiracles outlined with

black, setal bases brown; ventral

setal bases brown.

Nematocampa filamentaria Gn.—

Pseudotsuga menziesii, Tsuga hete-

rophylla, Picea engelmanni, P. glauca,

Thuja plicata, Abies lasiocarpa, A.

grandis, Larix occidentalis, Pinus

monticola, P. contorta, Salix spp.,

Alnus spp., Betula spp. ‘Throughout

British Columbia and on Vancouver

Island, most common in Columbia

Forest Region, rare on coast. LARVA:

1% inches; tone of markings vari-

able; head small pale yellow, dark

brown maculation on sides and front;

body slim, dull white to pale yellow,

middorsal line TI to Al, indistinct on

TI, pale addorsal and subdorsal lines

TI-III extending onto apex, two

prominent, cone-like addorsal tuber-

cles on Al, four long filaments on A2

and 3, two small tubercles fused to

form a transverse ridge on A8, Al

marked with dull orange, A2-3 suf-

fused with pink; pale subspiracular

line TI-III extending onto head TI-

II and Al-5 indistinctly banded, Ad

with oblique marking, A6-9 pale; ven-

ter banded, dark irregular midven-

tral line with pale margins A1-8.

30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

Metarranthis duaria septentrion-

aria B. & McD.—Betula sp. (1 record),

Populus tremuloides (1), Salix sp.

(1). Southern interior British Colum-

bia and Vancouver Island, rare.

LARVA: 1% inches; head slightly

bilobed, pale yellow sparsely flecked

with pink, front narrowly outlined

with dark brown; body robust, pale

yellow, medium brown markings with

bluish overtone, indistinct, irregular

dorsal lines, pale inverted U-shaped

marking on A2, one pair of small

whitish addorsal spots outlined with

black Al1-8, black addorsal tubercles

on A8, black line extending from

tubercles to spiracles on A8; irregular

yellow lateral lines; pale yellow ven-

tral lines, setal bases velvety black

forming band on AI1-3.

Metanema inatomaria Gn.—Popu-

lus tremuloides, P. _ trichorcarpa.

South of 57° latitude, interior British

Columbia, rare. LARVA: 1% inches;

head small, pale buff marked with

dark brown, herring-bone pattern on

sides; body pale buff marked with

shades of brown and black, pale in-

verted V pattern on Al-3 and 5, pat-

tern coalesced on A3-4 extending

obliquely on A4 to subspiracular line,

pale middorsal line bordered irregu-

larly with black TI-III, pale indistinct

subdorsal lines extending onto ver-

tex; lateral with narrow black line

obliquely through spiracles Al-6, dark

brown subspiracular stripe bordered

irregularly above with a yellow line

extending onto head; venter pale

yellow fiecked with pink.

Metanema determinata WI1k. —

Salix spp. Interior British Columbia:

Summit Lake, Mile 53 Alaska High-

way and also recorded from Creston

(J. R. J. Llewellyn-Jones), rare.

LARVA: 11% inches; head small, flat-

tened, pale buff profusely marked

with brown; body, twig-like, pale

buff mottled with brown, pale diam-

ond markings on Al, 2, 4 and 5 on

A3 extending obliquely to lateral, one

pair of small, flattened dark brown

addorsal tubercles on Al to 5; dark

brown subspiracular line extending

on underside of head, darkest on TI-

III and A5-9; venter pale, fine, pink-

ish maculation.

Selenia alciphearia W1kK.—Populus

tremuloides, Alnus spp., Salix sp. (1

record). Throughout British Colum-

bia, including Vancouver Island, rare.

LARVA: 1% inches; head horizontal

and fiattened, pale yellow, lower front

and sides marked with dark brown;

body slender to A3 remainder thicker,

pale brown, A6-9 greyish, all marked

with darker shades of brown, pale ad-

dorsal lines extending onto head on

TI-III and A6-9; dark brown trans-

verse ridges with one pair of small

addorsal tubercles on A4 and 5, ridges

with fine white markings; lateral of

TI-III suffused with reddish-brown,

wide dark brown oblique bands on A4

and 5 extending to, and bisecting

venter, venter of A2 and 3 with nar-

rower brown bands, pale yellow mid-

ventral stripe Al-3 broadly bordered

with pale brown.

Selenia kentaria G. & R.—Alnus

sp. Interior British Columbia at An-

nis and Mile 53 Alaska Highway, rare.

LARVA: 1% inches; similar to S.

alciphearia but with one pair of ad-

dorsal tubercles on Al1-3, smallest on

A3, dark brown frosted with grey,

transverse ridges rusty dark grey

marked with white, venter dark grey

with small tubercles on Al1-2.

Pero behrensarius Pack.—Pseudot-

suga menziesii, Tsuga heterophylla,

Thuja plicata, Abies grandis, A. lasio-

carpa, A. amabilis, Picea engelmanni,

P. glauca, P. sitchensis, Pinus con-

torta, P. ponderosa, P. monticola,

Larix occidentalis. South of 55° lati-

tude in British Columbia and on Van-

couver Island, common. LARVA: 2

inches; head moderately bilobed,

yellowish-buff marked with brown on

sides and front; body smooth, slen-

der, tapering anteriorly, pale grey;

dorsum greyish-brown V markings

darkest on TI-III and extending ob-

liquely to venter on Al-7; venter with

pale irregular midventral stripe.

Pero morrisonarius Hy. Edw. —

Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudotsuga

menziesii, Thuja plicata, Picea sit-

chensis, P. glauca, Abies grandis, A.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMpBiaA, 65 (1968), Aua. 1, 1968 31

lasiocarpa, Salix spp., Alnus spp.

South of 56° latitude in British Co-

lumbia and on Vancouver Island, un-

common. LARVA: 2 inches; similar

to P. behrensarius but head more

strongly bilobed, pale fawn marked

with medium brown, lower half of

front pale; body slimi with transverse

ridge on A8, one pair of prominent

subventral tubercles on A2; body

brownish with paler longitudinal

shades, rarely with broad alternating

bands of pale grey and rich brown.

Pero mizon Rindge—Pseudotsuga

menziesii, Thuja plicata, Tsuga hete-

rophylla. South of 56° latitude in

British Columbia and on Vancouver

Island, rare. LARVA: 2 inches; simi-

lar to P. morrisonarius but lacks

prominent subventral tubercles on

A2; dorsum of Al and 4 marked with

black.

Phengommataea edwardsata Hist.

—Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pinus con-

torta, P. ponderosa, P. monticola,

Picea sitchensis, Tsuga heterophylla.

Central to southern British Columbia,

including Vancouver Island, uncom-

mon. LARVA: 1%% inches; head pale

green marked on the sides and front

with reddish-brown; body smooth,

robust, medium green, prominent

yellowish-white subdorsal lines ex-

tending onto head; yellowish-white

Spiracular lines wider posteriorly,

spiracles pale yellowish outlined with

reddish-brown; venter paler than

dorsum with yellowish-white subven-

tral lines.

Enypia venata Grt.—Tsuga hete-

rophylla, T. mertensiana, Pseudot-

suga menziesii, Abies amabilis, A.

grandis, A. lasiocarpa, Thuja plicata,

Picea sitchensis, P. engelmanni, P.

glauca, Pinus monticola, P. contorta.

Central to southern British Columbia,

Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Is-

lands, more common in western por-

tions of the province. LARVA: 1%

inches; head small, pale, marked

with dark brown lines, herringbone

pattern on sides; body smooth, ro-

bust, pale yellowish-buff with longi-

tudinal pattern of medium buff,

discontinuous blackish middorsal,

addorsal and subdorsal lines; broken,

irregular, blackish lateral and ventral

lines.

Enypia griseata Grossb.—Pseudot-

suga menziesii, Abies lasiocarpa (2

records), Picea engelmanni (1), P.

glauca (1). Central to southern in-

terior British Columbia, uncommon.

LARVA: 144 inches; head small, pale

ereen, dark brown markings on upper

front bordering cleavage line, sides

of head suffused with pale reddish-

brown; body smooth, pale green, dark

green middorsal line, white addorsal

lines extending onto head; white

spiracular line marked with reddish-

brown on TI-III; venter with white

midventral and subventral lines.

Enypia packardata Tayl.—Tsuga

heterophylla, T. mertensiana, Pseu-

dotsuga menziesii, Abies amabilis, A.

grandis, A. lasiocarpa, Thuja plicata,

Pinus monticola, P. contorta. South

of 56° latitude in western British Co-

lumbia, Vancouver and Queen Char-

lotte Islands, common. LARVA: %

inch; head reddish-brown with pale

vertices; body smooth, light green

with dark dorsal, subdorsal and sup-

raspiracular lines, yellowish spiracu-

lar line. (Personal communication,

D. Evans, Dept. of Forestry and Rural

Development, Victoria, B.C.)

Nepytia umbrosaria nigrovenaria

Pack.—Pseudotsuga menziesii, Tsuga

heterophylla, Abies grandis, Pinus

contorta, P. monticola, Thuja plicata,

Picea sitchensis. Southern British

Columbia including Vancouver Is-

land, uncommon in coastal regions

and rare in the Interior. LARVA:

13g inches; head pale brown; body

distinctively striped; dorsum cream-

colored with broken orange dorsal

and subdorsal lines; dark brown-red

laterally, indistinctly light-lined and

edged black; ventral surface pale

brown-green. (Personal communica-

tion, D. Evans, Dept. of Forestry and

Rural Development, Victoria, B.C.)

Nepytia freemani Munro — Pseu-

dotsuga menziesii, Tsuga heterophyl-

la, Picea engelmanni. Interior British

Columbia south of 54° latitude, com-

mon. Localized outbreaks, of short

39 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMRIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

duration, have occurred in reproduc-

tion and polesized stands of P. men-

ziesti. LARVA: 1% inches; head

square, vertex and Sides tan, front

pale yellow, immaculate except for

dark setal bases and ocelli; body slim,

broad rich tan dorsal stripe with

black margins bordered by narrower

yellow subdorsal stripes; rich tan

supraspiracular stripe marked irregu-

larly with black and finely outlined

with black; broad yellow spiracular

stripe, narrower than Ssubspiracular

stripe, finely outlined in black ex-

tending onto thoracic legs; broad yel-

low ventral stripe, pale tan adventral

stripe finely bordered with black,

pale pinkish subventral stripe.

Nepytia phantasmaria Stkr.—

Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudotsuga

menziesii, Thuja plicata, Picea sit-

chensis, Abies amabilis, A. lasiocarpa,

A. grandis, Pinus monticola, P. con-

torta. South of 54° latitude in western

British Columbia and Vancouver Is-

land, common. Localized but severe

outbreaks have occurred resulting in

mortality of mature T. heterophylla

and P. menziesii located in municipal

and city parks. LARVA: 1% inches;

head green with black dots; body

smooth, lime green with dark edged,

yellowish subdorsal and_ spiracular

lines. (Personal communication, D.

Evans, Dept. of Forestry and Rural

Development, Victoria, B.C.)

Lambdina fiscellaria lugubrosa

Hlst—Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudot-

suga menziesii, Thuja plicata, Abies

lastocarpa, A. amabilis, A. grandis,

Picea engelmanni, P. sitchensis, P.

glauca, Larix occidentalis, Pinus con-

torta, P. monticola, Alnus spp., Salix

spp., Betula spp., Acer spp. South of

97° latitude in British Columbia, Van-

couver and Queen Charlotte Islands,

common; frequent outbreaks have

occurred causing damage of econo-

nomic importance to mature western

hemlock forests. LARVA: 11% inches;

head pale yellowish-buff minutely

spotted with brown and black, sparse-

ly marked with larger black spots;

body smooth, transverse ridge on A&8,

pale yellowish-buff marked longitu-

dinally with fine, irregular, pale grey-

ish and brownish lines; irregular

black, addorsal lines, TI-III with ad-

dorsal spots, Al-7 each with four

addorsal spots, A8 with six addorsal

spots; pale yellow addorsal stripe

marked intermittently with pale

brownish - orange; lateral suffused

with pale grey, darker than dorsum,

marked with fine longitudinal grey

lines; dark grey, broken supraspira-

cular stripe; spiracular stripe brown-

ish grey; venter pale marked longi-

tudinally with fine irregular pale

grey lines.

Lambdina somniaria Hlst.—Quer-

cus garryana, Salix spp., Acer circi-

natum, Alnus rubra. Southern Van-

couver Island where localized out-

breaks occur, common. LARVA: 15%

inches; similar to L. f. lugubrosa but

generally paler.

Besma quercivoraria Gn.—Betula

spp., Salix spp., Alnus rubra. South of

56° latitude in British Columbia and

on Vancouver Island, uncommon.

LARVA: 1% inches; slim and twig-

like, lateral swelling on T2, transverse

ridge, with addorsal tubercles, ex-

tending to lateral on A3, addorsal

tubercles on A6, two color phases with

intermediates: (a) head pale yellow-

ish-green occasionally with reddish

markings on sides; body immaculate

pale green; (b) head reddish-brown

with fine white irregular lines on ver-

tex; body reddish-purple, prominent

parts marked with black, small white

markings around or near setal bases;

lateral with blackish patches around

spiracles; (c) head yellowish-green

with reddish markings darkest on

sides; body green suffused with pale

red darkest on A6-9, prominent parts

dark reddish-brown.

Sicya macularia agyllaria W1k.—

Salix spp., Populus tremuloides, Alnus

spp., Betula spp. South of 55° latitude

in British Columbia including Van-

couver Island, rare. LARVA: 1%

inches; head pale yellow, lower ver-

tex and posterior portion of sides

marked with reddish-brown; body

slim, twig-like, lateral swelling on

TII, one prominent horn-like mid-

PR I ee

J. Entomot.. Soc. Brit. CorumpiaA, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 33

dorsal tubercle on A3 and 5, trans-

verse rige and small addorsal tuber-

cles on A8, A3 with lateral swelling

and small spiracular tubercles; dor-

sum reddish-purple; lateral reddish-

purple, paler around spiracles; occa-

sional speciments with broad whitish

spiracular stripe continuing onto anal

shield; venter reddish-purple with

whitish midventral stripe.

Deuteronomus magnarius Gn. —

Betula spp., Populus tremuloides,

Salix spp., Alnus spp. South of 55°

latitude in British Columbia, includ-

ing Vancouver Island, uncommon.

LARVA: 1% inches; head rounded,

horizontal, pale greyish-white mark-

ed with brown; body slim, twig-like,

brownish, slightly raised ridges on

A2 and 5, two tubercles on A8, venter

paler than dorsum.

Synaxis jubararia Hist. — Tsuga

heterophylla, Pseudotsuga menziesii,

Abies amabilis, A. lasiocarpa, A. gran-

dis, Thuja plicata, Picea engelmanni,

P. sitchensis, P. glauca, Larix occiden-

talis, Pinus contorta, Salix spp., Alnus

spp., Populus spp., Betula spp. South

of 56° latitude in British Columbia,

including Vancouver Island, common.

LARVA: 152 inches; head small, buff

patterned with minute dark brown

spots coalesced to form lines; body

slim and twig-like, wider from A6-9,

TII with lateral swelling; pale buff

marked with shades of grey and

brown; pale indistinct middorsal line

margined with black TII and III,

diamond markings on A1-2, chevrons

on A3-8, smallest on A6-9, TI and II

of lateral pale, TIII and A1-9 greyish

brown, darker posteriorly, lateral of

abdominal prolegs with white vertical

stripe; venter paler than dorsum.

Tetracis cachexiata Gn. — Acer

glabrum, Salix spp., Betula spp. Cen-

tral to southern interior British Co-

lumbia, uncommon. LARVA: 1%

inches; head small, horizontal, dull

yellowish-white marked with medium

brown on vertex, two short black

lines extending from vertex to mid-

front; body slim wider from A6-9, TII

with lateral swelling and small ad-

dorsal tubercles, subspiracular tuber-

cles on Al and 2; subdorsal tubercles

on A4 and 5, brown transverse ridge

extending to venter on A8; prominent

parts blackish, black middorsal line

on A5-8; pale lateral patches on TI

and II extending onto head, subspira-

cular tubercles on Al-2 dark brown

surrounded by brown outlined with

black creating short oblique mark-

ings; venter paler posteriorly, setal

bases dark.

Prochoerodes forficaria combinata

McD.—Acer glabrum. Southern in-

terior of British Columbia, rare.

LARVA: 14g inches; head rounded,

small, pale grey or buff marked with

dark brown, narrow brown band be-

low vertex extending onto and partly

bisecting front, two prominent whit-

ish spots on front; body slim, pale

grey, marked medium brown densely

spotted with black, indistinct mid and

subdorsal lines, indistinct diamond

pattern Al-7, setal bases whitish and

Slightly tuberculate, prominent ad-

dorsal tubercles inclined anteriorly

on A8, ‘broKen pale spiracular line,

setal bases pale and slightly tuber-

culate, venter pale whitish-grey with

pale medium brown longitudinal

lines, dark grey middorsal spots and

setal bases.

Acknowledgment

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the as-

sistance derived through correspondence

with Mr. D. Evans, Forest Research Labora-

tory, Victoria, B.C.

References

Forbes, William T. M. 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighbouring States. Cor-

nell U. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 274. 263 p.

Llewellyn-Jones, J. R. J. 1951. An Annotated List of the Macrolepidoptera of British

Columbia. Occasional Paper No. 1 Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 148 p.

Ross, D. A., and D. Evans. 1958. Annotated list of forest insects of British Columbia

Part VIlI—Semiothisa spp. (Geometridae). Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia

50:40-41.

Ross, D. A., and D. Evans. 1959. Annotated list of forest insects of British Columbia

Part [X—Caripeta spp. (Geometridae). Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia 56:15.

34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

APHIDIUS RUBIFOLIT N.SP. (HYMENOPTERA:

APHIDITDAE), A PARASITOID OF MASONAPHIS

MAXIMA FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA

MANFRED MACKAUER!

ABSTRACT

Aphidius rubifolii n. sp. is described from coastal British Columbia.

The parasitoid appears to be specific to Masonaphis species that feed on

thimbleberry, Rubus parviflorus Nutt.

A large material of aphid parasi-

toids collected in British Columbia in

recent years contained representa-

tives of an undescribed species of

genus Aphidius Nees. In Smith’s

(1944) key to the Nearctic Aphidius

the new species runs to rosae Haliday.

It differs from that species, in the fe-

male, mainly by its more slender

petiole and the lighter colour which,

in fact, is more similar to that of the

Kuropean lonicerae Marshall. Small

specimens of rubifolii resemble poly-

gonaphis (Fitch) in some respects,

but may be distinguished by the

shape of the valvula 3 which in poly-

gonaphis is almost three times as long

as the maximum width as compared

to less than twice as long as wide in

rubifolit.

Descriptions

Female — Length, 1.8 - 2.7 mm;

length of antenna, 1.3-2.1 mm; length

of forewing, 1.7-2.6 mm.

Head: smooth, highly polished,

sparsely hairy, contracted towards

occiput; temples approximately twice

as wide as transverse eye diameter.

Eyes ovate, shortly pubescent. Face

aS wide as high (index 0.93-0.96).

Malar space about twice as wide as

length of second antennal segment.

Antennae: with 18 or, rarely, with 17

or 19 segments (sgts. 3/17, 25/18,

2/19), distinctly shorter than body.

Segment 3 slender, three times to

three and one-half times as long as

Wide, one-sixth shorter than seg-

ment 4. All flagellar segments uni-

formly hairy; the last segment up to

two times longer than _ preceding,

1 Professor, Department of Biological Sciences,

Pestology Centre, Simon Fraser University, Bur-

naby 2, British Columbia.

tapering distally. Thorax: smooth,

shiny, very sparsely hairy. Notauli

indicated at cephalic end only. Pres-

cutellar groove sharply impressed,

smooth. Scutellum more or less flat,

broadly triangular. Propodeum with

distinct longitudinal and transverse

carinae; area centralis narrowly pen-

tagonal, almost closed; areae postero-

externae concave, smooth. Wings:

hyaline. Pterostigma of forewing nar-

row, elongate, approximately four

times as long as broad, one and one-

half times as long as metacarp (index

1: 0.26 : 0.60); first abscissa of radius

one-sixth longer than second; disco-

cubital vein completely pigmented.

Hind wings moderately broad, bluntly

rounded apically. Abdomen: smooth,

shiny, terminal segments sparsely

hairy. Petiole slender, about four

times as long as wide across spiracles;

spiracular tubercles small but dis-

tinct; anterior third of tergite finely

sculptured, more or less smooth apic-

ally; central carina distinct separat-

ing the two well-defined lateral de-

pressions. Genitalia of typical form;

valvula 3 stout, with a distinct basal

hook. Legs: slender, moderately

hairy. Colour: yellowish-testaceous.

Head above antennae, second and

following antennal segments (except

anellus and base of third), mesoscu-

tum, scutellum, postnotum, ovipositor

sheaths, and last tarsal segments fus-

cous to black; abdominal segments 3

and following yellowish-beige, band-

ed, the darker bands separated by

more or less wide yellowish rings.

Male—Length, 2.0-2.8mm; length

of antenna, 2.0-3.0mm; length of

forewing, 2.1-2.6 mm.

Morphologically similar to female,

except for sexual differences. Anten-

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMbiaA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968 35

nae with 19-21 segments, rarely with

one or two segments more or less

(sgts. 2/18, 4/19, 7/20, 4/21, 1/23),

approximately as long as body. Peti-

ole slender, more parallel-sided than

in female, three to three and one-half

times as long as wide across spiracles;

tergite weakly sculptured, central

carina more or less distinct. Colour:

fuscous. Malar region, cheeks, first

antennal segment and anellus, pro-

thorax, parts of meso- and metas-

terna, lower half of propodeum, peti-

ole, a variable-sized central area of

the third abdominal tergite, and legs

(except upper side of hind femora

and tarsi which are obfuscated), tes-

taceous to fusco-testaceous.

Cocoon—Inside the indurated skin

of the dead host aphid. Colour of

mummy beige to yellowish-brown;

emergence hole generally between

cornicles, roundish to ovate, with

smooth edges.

Types—Holotype: ¢, Vancouver,

B.C., 29.vii.1965, B. D. Frazer (C.N.C.,

No. 10,005). Allotype: ¢ (same locality

and date), (C.N.C. No. 10,005). Para-

typoids: 2 6 (see material examined).

Type locality: Vancouver, U.B.C.

Campus, British Columbia, Canada.

Type host: Masonaphis (Oestlundia)

maxima (Mason, 1925); (Homoptera:

Aphididae, Aphidinae) on Rubus par-

viflorus Nutt. (Rosaceae).

Material examined — Described

from a large series of material which

was reared from Masonaphis maxima

on Rubus parviflorus in coastal Brit-

ish Columbia: Vancouver, U.B.C.

Campus, 3.-29.vi.1965, B. D. Frazer;

Vancouver, Point Grey district, 25.v.

1965, M. MacKauer.

COMMENTS

The host range of Aphidius rubi-

folit appears to be restricted to species

of Masonaphis Hille Ris Lambers that

feed on thimbleberry, Rubus parvi-

florus Nutt. It is relatively common

as a parasitoid of M. (Oestlundia)

maxima (Mason) which evidently is

the main host. In addition to maxima

the parasitoid possibly may also at-

tack M. (O.) davidsoni (Mason), since

it was collected on occasion from mix-

ed colonies containing both species of

aphids on thimbleberry.

The only other record of a para-

sitoid that attacks genus Masonaphis

is that of Aphidius rosae which was

reared from M. (O.) rubicola (Oest-

lund) on Rubus by MacGillivray and

Spicer (1953) in New Brunswick. This

record may or may not pertain to the

new species, A. rubifolii.

References

MacGillivray, M.E., and P. B. Spicer. 1953. Aphid parasites collected in New Bruns-

wick in 1950. Can. Ent. 85:423-431.

Smith, C. F. 1944. The Aphidiinae of North America (Braconidae: Hymenoptera). Ohio

State Univ. Contr. Zool. Ent. 6:xii+154 p.

36 J. ENTomMo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBrA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

MASONAPHIS MAXIMA (MASON) (HOMOPTERA:

APHIDIDAE), AN APHID ON THIMBLEBERRY WITH

UNUSUAL LIFE HISTORY!

B. D. FRAZER AND A. R. FORBES

ABSTRACT

A two-year study of Masonaphis maxima (Masqn) on thimbleberry,

Rubus parviflorus Nutt., revealed an unusual life history. The eggs hatched

in late March or early April, and the fundatrices matured and reproduced

a month later. Males and females were produced in late May or in June

and egg-laying had started by July. This early egg-laying coincided with

the cessation of production of new growth by the host plant. Additional

description of the fundatrix is included.

Introduction

Three species of aphids occur com-

monly on thimbleberry, Rubus parvi-

florus Nutt., around Vancouver, B.C.

These are Amphorophora parviflori

Hill, Masonaphis (Oestlundia) mazx-

tma (Mason), and Masonaphis (Oest-

lundia) davidsoni (Mason). They are

easily separable by the following Key:

1. Clavate cornicles with a few slight

striations just below the flange but

not reticulated........ A. parvifiori Hill

Clavate cornicles distinctly

reticulated 2. 423.2 2

2. Apterous viviparous female.......... 3

Alate viviparous female................ 4

3. 6-14 sensoria on third antennal

segment............ M. maxima (Mason)

20-23 sensoria on third antennal

segment..:..... M. davidsoni (Mason)

4. Fore wings each with conspicu-

ous dark spot at the

MO eee ee ee. M. maxima (Mason)

Fore wings without dark

SDOUs 2s M. davidsoni (Mason)

M. maxima is by far the common-

1 Contribution No. 135, Research Station, Re-

search Branch, Canada Department of Agricul-

ture, Vancouver, B.C.

est and most numerous of the three.

All are vectors of thimbleberry ring

spot virus (Stace-Smith, 1958). Mac-

Gillivray (1958) has added to the

published descriptions of M. maxima

and M. davidsoni. Hill (1958) describ-

ed A. parvifiori. The present paper

presents additional description of the

fundatrix of M. maxima and biological

data on this species.

Description of the Fundatrix

Since MacGillivray’s (1958) de-

scription is based on a single speci-

men, we add the following descrip-

tion:

Similar to apterous’ viviparous

female but with shorter antennae.

Body 2.69-4.70 mm long. Antennae

0.6-0.8 of the length of body; third

segment with 1-4 secondary sensoria;

unguis considerably shorter than

third segment and 2.7-3.3 times as

long as the base of sixth segment.

Cornicles only slightly swollen, maxi-

mum diameter 1.1-1.2 times the

smallest, and reticulated on distal

0.06-0.11 of their length.

Lengths in mm and number of secondary sensoria:

No. Body Ant. Corn. Cauda

1 4.33 2.88 0.99 .20

y) 4.67 3.11 1.07 ?

3 4.70 2.94 1.00 29

4 4.70 3.13 1.14 30

5 2.69 2.36 1.05 34

6 3.88 2.49 0.98 30

(1-6, from Rubus parviflorus, Vancouver, B.C.;

1967.)

Antennal segments Sensoria

III IV V VI on LI

61 43 46 18 =—.52 Zl

69 46 49 .20-+ .59 3,4

65 43 47 .20+ .54 2,1

76 48 50 19+ .53 3,0

63 48 42 14+ .46 3,4

65 49 46 18+ .50 3, 4

1-2, April 12, 1966; 3-6, April 26,

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 a

Biology

M. maxima is a large non-eco-

nomic aphid living on the undersides

of young leaves and growing terminal

shoots of thimbleberry, Rubus parvi-

florus Nutt. Thimbleberry is a na-

tive shrub of the forest understory,

particularly common along partially

shaded edges of clearings.

The following life history data

were gathered from extensive, natur-

ally occurring plots of thimbleberry

on the campus of the University of

British Columbia. Frequent observa-

tions were made until first instar

fundatrices were found on the plants.

Plots were sampled at least weekly

thereafter. A number of colonies were

reared on thimbleberry in pots in a

screenhouse and greenhouse.

The entire life cycle occurs on

thimbleberry. The eggs hatched dur-

ing the period March 22-31 in 1966

and April 1-10 in 1967 and funda-

trices were mature and reproducing a

month later. Progeny of the funda-

trices were mostly apterous; only 10-

15 per cent were alate. Some male

nymphs were produced in the third

generation starting as early as May

17. Male nymphs were easily distin-

guished by their bright red color. The

first mature males were noted on May

31 in 1966 and on June 13 in 1967.

Mature oviparae were found at about

the same time. Egg laying had com-

menced by early July. The last aphids

were found on August 9 in 1966 and

on July 18 in 1967. Thus there are only

3 or 4 parthenogenetic generations

each year. Maximum density of 525

aphids per cane was reached by July

12 in 1966 and the numbers decreased

very rapidly thereafter. Maximum

density of 252 aphids per cane was

reached by June 20 in 1967.

Eggs were found on buds, leaves,

and stipules of stems 2-3 inches long

arising from the crown. These parts

remain green throughout the winter.

Few eggs were found on stems and

leaves well above the ground. Some

eggs were found on dead leaf litter

Close to thimbleberry crowns. In the

screenhouse, large numbers of eggs

were laid on the clay pots containing

the thimbleberry plants; very few

were laid on the plants themselves.

The eggs are dark green when laid

and turn black and shiny in 3-7 days

depending on the temperature. They

are ellipsoid, 1.55-1.69 mm in length

and 0.78-0.85 mm in width.

The aphids were heavily preyed

upon by syrphid larvae, primarily

Metasyrphus fumipennis Thomson,

Scaeva pyrastri (L.), Syrphus ribesii

(L.), S. opinator O.S., and S. torvus

O.S. (det. J. R. Vockeroth), starting

with the fundatrices. During April

and early May each year, adult can-

tharids (Podabrus sp.), preyed upon

the aphids. At least two species of pre-

dacious cecidomyiids were prominent

in the colonies from late June on-

wards. No coccinellid eggs, larvae, or

adults were found in the two years of

sampling. Parasitism reached 15 per

cent. The primary parasites were:

Aphidius rubifolii Mackauer and a

Praon sp. (det. M. J. P. Mackauer).

In the greenhouse or screenhouse

where predators and parasites were

excluded and where the more catas-

trophic meteorological agents were

eliminated, M. maxima attained den-

sities sufficient to defoliate and kill

thimbleberry plants. In the field, on

the other hand, no infestation observ-

ed in three seasons of observations

was severe enough to cause visible

damage to the host.

Dispersal of alates was mainly to

new growth on plants within the im-

mediate area. Yellow pan water traps

and yellow sticky boards near the

observation plots caught only two

alate M. maxima. Isolated plots of

thimbleberry which did not have fun-

datrices in the Spring received few

immigrant alates from other plots

and populations on them remained

low. Apterae dispersed themselves by

falling to new growth of new plants

arising from the stolons beneath the

old plants and from the crown.

Body size of both apterous and

alate viviparae varied with the time

of collection. Measurement of the

lengths of the body, antennal seg-

38 J. ENToMotL. Soc. Brrr. CotumpBtia, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968

ments, cornicles, and cauda generally

showed the shortest lengths in aphids

collected during April, the greatest in

those collected during May, and inter-

mediate values in those collected dur-

ing June.

Field, greenhouse, and screenhouse

observations showed that the aphids

would not settle or feed on fully ma-

ture leaves or stems; they fell from

the plants and died whenever there

was no succulent growing tissue avail-

able.

Discussion

The reduction in the number of

parthenogenetic summer generations

with very early production of sexuales

and eggs on the primary overwinter-

ing host is unusual in aphids. In a

temperate climate such as at Van-

couver, aphids typically migrate in

the spring from primary woody over-

wintering hosts to secondary herba-

ceous Summer hosts (heteroecy), or

sometimes spend their entire life cycle

on a single host. In either case 10 or

more parthenogenetic generations

may be produced between April and

November , and sexuales, if present,

occur in September, October, and No-

vember.

Abbreviated life cycles such as that

of M. maxima have been reported for

only a few other aphids. For Dysaphis

devecta (Walker), on apple, Hille Ris

Lambers (1945) and Stroyan (1963)

report a short life cycle of three par-

thenogenetic generations with pro-

duction of sexuales in June or July.

For Brachycaudus rociadae (Cocker-

ell), on larkspur, Hottes and Frison

(1931), report oviparae in Illinois on

May 13 and state that as a result, this

aphid passes the larger part of the

year in the egg stage. Other authors,

however, report sexuales of this

species on the same host in Colorado

on October 3 (Gillette and Palmer,

1932). For Kakimia essigi (Gillette

and Palmer), on columbine, Hottes

and Frison (1931) mention early pro-

duction of sexuales and eggs (p. 133),

but also describe sexual forms collect-

ed at Urbana on October 15 (p. 337).

Similarly Palmer (1952) reports sexu-

ales of this species from October 3 to

November 29. For Aphis farinosa

Gmelin, Hille Ris Lambers (1945) re-

ports overwintering eggs in June and

July. Robinson (1968) has just re-

ported the presence of oviparae of

Kakimia canadensis Robinson in early

summer in British Columbia and

Idaho.

Hottes and Frison (1931) suggest

that early production of sexuales and

early oviposition is a response to pro-

gressive unsuitability of the host and

is a Substitute for heteroecy and that

in the case of B. rociadade it is an

adaptation to the short period of

growth of the host. In a recent re-

view Kennedy and Stroyan (1959)

point out that the period of maximum

favourability of the sap of any plant

is short and that the production of

both alate viviparae and sexuales in

aphids is a result of this. Alates are

able to exploit a fresh host and sexu-

ales produce resistant overwintering

eggs. In the case of M. maxima, the

production of sexuales and eggs cer-

tainly coincides with the cessation of

production of new growth by the host

plant and there is ample evidence

that the aphid cannot live on fully

mature leaves. Other aphids react to

unfavourable host plant condition in

other ways. The sycamore aphid, Dre-

panosiphum platanoides (Schr.),

shows a density dependent reduction

in its reproductive rate (Dixon, 1963

and 1966), and several Periphyllus

spp. on maple aestivate as peculiar

first instar sexuparae called dimorphs

(Essig and Abernathy, 1952).

The habit noted with this aphid

of laying appreciable numbers of eggs

on debris on the ground near its host

plant would also seem to be unusual.

Aphid eggs are usually laid on or near

dormant buds, or on the bark on

limbs or canes,

Other instances have been docu-

mented of seasonal variation in the

body size of aphids. In Israel, Boden-

heimer and Swirski (1957), report

three species of aphids as being at

their largest about March and small-

est between August and October.

J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 65 (1968), Auc. 1, 1968 39

Bodenheimer and Swirski regard body

size aS an expression of growth con-

ditions for the aphids and tend to

attribute the variation they noted to

the nutritive status or physiological

condition of the host plant. Other

evidence would support this view

(Kennedy and Stroyan, 1959; Dixon,

1963 and 1966). For M. maxima a

combined effect of host plant condi-

tion and temperature is indicated. In

April the thimbleberry is succulent

and favourable for maximum growth,

but the temperature is less than op-

timum; in May both the host plant

condition and temperature are

favourable; in June the host plant is

less succulent and higher tempera-

tures are somewhat less favourable.

Because of its short life-cycle, its

complement of predators and para-

Sites, its relationships with the host

plant, and its relatively easily de-

termined age-distribution, M. maxima

has been chosen for further studies

of the biotic and abiotic factors in-

fluencing aphid population dynamics.

References

Bodenheimer, F. S., and E. Swirski. 1957. The Aphidoidea of the middle east. The

Weizmann Science Press of Israel, Jerusalem. 378p.

Dixon, A. F. G. 1963. Reproductive activity of the sycamore aphid, Drepanosiphum

platanoides (Schr.) (Hemiptera, Aphididae). J. Anim. Ecol. 32:33-48.

Dixon, A. F. G. 1966. The effect of population density and nutritive status of the host

on the summer reproductive activity of the sycamore aphid, Drepanosiphum

platanoides (Schr.). J. Anim. Ecol. 35:105-112.

Essig, E. O., and F. Abernathy. 1952. The aphid genus Periphyllus. University of Cali-

fornia Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles.

166p.

Gillette, C. P., and M. A. Palmer. 1932. The Aphidae of Colorado. Part II. Ann. Entomol.

Soc. Amer. 25:369-496.

Hill, A. R. 1958. A new species of aphid from Rubus parviflorus Nutt. Can. Entomol.

90:672-674.

Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1945. De Bloedvlekkenluis van Appel, Sappaphis devecta (WIk.).

Tijdschr. over Plantenziekten 51:57-72.

Hottes, F. C., and T. H. Frison. 1931. The plant lice, or Aphiidae, of Illinois. Illinois

Natural History Survey Bull. 19:121-447.

a and H. L. G. Stroyan, 1959. Biology of aphids. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 4:139-

MacLaggan, M. E. (Mrs. M. E. MacGillivray). 1958. A study of the genus Masonaphis

Hille Ris Lambers, 1939 (Homoptera, Aphididae). E. J. Brill, Leiden. 131p.

Palmer, M. A. 1952. Aphids of the Rocky Mountain region. The Thomas Say Founda-

tion, Vol. 5. 452p.

Robinson, A. G. 1968. Two new species of aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) from Canada.

Can. Entomol. 100:275-279.

Stace-Smith, R. 1958. Studies on Rubus virus diseases in British Columbia, V. Thimble-

berry ring spot. Can. J. Bot. 36:385-388.

Stroyan, H. L. G. 1963. A revision of the British species of Dysaphis Borner (Sappaphis

Auct. Nec Mats.), Part II: The subgenus Dysaphis sensu stricto. H.M. Station-

ery Office, London. 119p.

40 J. Exromorn. Soc. Brrr. Cotumptra, 65 (1968), Aua. 1, 1968

A RECORD OF RHAGOLETIS INDIFFERENS CURRAN

FROM CRESTON, BRITISH COLUMBIA

J. C. ARRAND AND W. S. PETERS

In 1962 Rhagoletis indifferens Cur-

ran was identified from collections in

cherry orchards at Creston. Identi-

fication was confirmed by J. F. Mc-

Alpine, Canada Department of Agri-

culture, Research Branch, Ottawa.

Previously only Rhagoletis fausta

(Osten Sacken), had been recorded

from the Kootenay area of British

Columbia. The presence of R. indiff-

erens has greatly increased the prob-

lem of fruit fly control in that area.

Although this is the first record of

R. indifferens in Canada, the R. cin-

gulata that have been reported from

the Fraser Valley and Vancouver Is-

land were undoubtedly R. indifferens.

Specimens from both locations which

have been examined fit the descrip-

tion of R. indifferens.

According to G. L. Bush (1966), R.

cingulata is not found west of Iowa in

North America. Although the range of

Rk. indifferens is largely within the

range of the main wild host, bitter

cherry, Prunus emarginata, it is pres-

ent in the commercial cherry area of

Western Montana beyond the range

of bitter cherry.

References

Bush, G. L. 1966. “The Taxonomy, Cytology and Evolution of the Genus Rhagoletis in

North America (Diptera Tephritidae), Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Vol. 134, No. 11—Harvard University Press.

THE WORLD OF AN INSECT

By REMY CHAUVIN

World University Library, McGraw-Hill Book

Co. New York and Toronto. 1967. Pp.

254. $2.45.

But $2.75 at the UBC Bookstore,

a high price for a paperback that is

not really a teaching or reference

text. Without question Prof. Chauvin

is a first rate entomologist and cer-

tainly a great teacher. The flyleaf

says the book was written for univer-

sity students, the title suggests for

laymen. But numerous unexplained

scientific names and jargon terms

would discourage laymen. The book

needs a glossary and list of insects

and plants mentioned. The lack of a

proper bibliography is a very serious

Omission. True, there are 122 refer-

ences chosen for their general ap-

plication and for further reading,

but these may or may not be referred

to. For most of the citations in the

text, often without dates, the reader

is invited to go to the Zoological

Record, Review of Applied Entomol-

ogy, Biological Abstracts, etc. In a

book of this size it seems shortsight-

ed to begrudge four or five pages for

references. In the first that interest-

ed me which I tried to trace, the

senior author’s name turned out to

be not just misspelled but wrong, and

it took a professional librarian some

time to verify this. Perhaps the inten-

tion is to give students practice in

searching literature. In general, the

book is not explicit enough for an un-

dergraduate text and contains simply

too many errors. Thus on. -p.203-

Sheals (1955) used DDT “at 75-80%

of the gamma isomer... the only

active part in the commercial pro-

duct.” The date was 1956 and the

isomer was p,p’. In a Short reference

to Balachowsky (p. 241) on biological

control, six misstatements or outright

errors occur within nine lines. In

quotation from Balachowsky (p. 226)

we read of the fruit-growing valley

of Yatima, Washington. There afe

others.

The author has been ill-served by

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpta, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968 41

his translator and proof readers.

Harold Oldroyd is a competent trans-

lator but a neglectful rewriter subject

to unforgivable lapses into literal

translation such as: “ .. . for the

beetles the most abundant and most

mequent ,...” (p.138); or“... have

been equally detected by ... ” (p.

108); alfalfa is nearly always referred

to as the field of alfalfa, e.g. “ ... the

field of alfalfa is a perennial crop.”

The proofreading is inexact, leaving

too many misspellings even of names,

and a pair of transposed captions for

full-page pictures.

Physically the book is attractive

despite an infuriating tendency to

close itself. The paper and type are

good, the numerous photographs are

well chosen and the line drawings are

simple, very clear, and improved by

judicious use of green ink. The same

applies to the graphs, which are

mostly re-drawn and re-lettered, sim-

plified, and occasionally over-simpli-

fied. The 15 tables are well worKked-

over, but at least one is reduced

beyond the point of clarity, by the

omission of units (p. 147).

Canadian entomologists come off

well. The work of Morris, Wellington,

Watt, Turnbull, and Stanley is dis-

cussed at some length and with ap-

proval amounting to enthusiasm.

Wellington, Watt, and Beirne appear

in the bibliography. French entomol-

ogists fare even better, almost to the

point of chauvinism (no pun intend-

ed). They are said to be distinct from

Americans, who are preoccupied with

Overpopulation, tending to rear large

populations of grain insects then

applying Statistics without asking

whether the biology of two Tribolium

differs from that of a singleton (p.

85). French workers reject ‘“‘... the

soft pillow of simple, mechanical fac-

tors upon which certain research

workers take it easy.” (p. 86). In the

bibliography only 14 of 122 titles are

in French, 16 are in German, and 40

appeared in U.S. publications. Chap-

ter 4, Populations in Nature, is largely

based on German studies in cultivat-

ed field crops.

Chauvin is loquacious but not un-

duly so and the book moves, albeit

slowly. It adds up to a usable and,

in spite of my complaints, a curiously

enjoyable book. For all its shortcom-

ings I should recommend it strongly

for graduate students, who could not

help but be stimulated. But as a

teaching and reference text it cannot

compete with Southwood’s Ecological

Methods.

—H. R. MacCarthy

METRIC CONVERSION

Contributors of Papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.

Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate

objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as lb/

acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following

table of conversion factors is presented.

1 in.=2.54 cm

1 yard=0.914 m

1 mile=1.61 km

1 Ib.=453.6 g

1 gal (U.S.)=83.785 liters

1 gal (Imp) =4.546 liters

1 ft3s—=28.3 dm3

1 acre—0.405 hectares

1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare

1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/em2

1 lb/gal (U.S.)\=120 g/liter

1 Ib/gal (Imp)—100 g/liter

1 cm—0.394 in

1 m=3.28 ft—1.094 yards

1 km=0.621 mile

1 kg=2.2 lb

1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)

1 liter—0.220 (Imp)

1 dms=0.0353 fts

1 hectare=2.47 acres

1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre

1 g/mz—0.0142 psi

1 g/liter—0.83 1b/100 gal (U:S.)

=1000 p

1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)

J. ENtomon. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMsraA, 65 (1968), Aue. 1, 1968